Bobcat S130 Skid-Steer Loader Service Manual - PDF DOWNLOAD by www.heydownloads.com

Service Manual S130 Skid-Steer Loader S/N 529211001 & Above S/N 529611001 & Above S/N A84W11001 & Above S/N A1Z711001 - A1Z759999 S/N A8NW11001 & Above S/N A8KA11001 - A8KA59999

EQUIPPED WITH BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) 6904121 (7-09)

Printed in U.S.A.

MAINTENANCE SAFETY WARNING

Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow W-2003-0807 instructions can cause injury or death.

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

CORRECT

P-90216

B-15590

Never service the Bobcat SkidSteer Loader without instructions.

Use the correct procedure to lift or lower operator cab.

CORRECT

B-15591

Cleaning and maintenance are required daily.

WRONG

B-15592

B-15593

B-15599

Have good ventilation when welding or grinding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust and gas can be produced. Avoid exhaust fume leaks which can kill without warning. Exhaust system must be tightly sealed.

Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Do not go under lift arms when raised unless supported by an approved lift arm support device. Replace it if damaged.

WRONG

B-15600

B-15601

Stop, cool and clean engine of flammable materials before checking fluids. Never service or adjust loader with the engine running unless instructed to do so in the manual. Avoid contact with leaking hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel under pressure. It can penetrate the skin or eyes. Never fill fuel tank with engine running, while smoking or when near open flame.

Keep body, jewelry and clothing away from moving parts, electrical contact, hot parts and exhaust. Wear eye protection to guard from battery acid, compressed springs, fluids under pressure and flying debris when engines are running or tools are used. Use eye protection approved for type of welding. Keep rear door closed except for service. Close and latch door before operating the loader.

Never work on loader with lift arms up unless lift arms are held by an approved lift arm support device. Replace if damaged. Never modify equipment or add attachments not approved by Bobcat Company.

WRONG

B-6589

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. Batteries contain acid which burns eyes or skin on contact. Wear protective clothing. If acid contacts body, flush well with water. For eye contact flush well and get immediate medical attention.

Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/ operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer. MSW08-0409

ALPHABETICAL INDEX AIR CLEANER ........................................................70-01 AIR CLEANER SERVICE .......................................10-01 ALTERNATOR ........................................................ 60-01 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM ................................... 60-01 BATTERY................................................................ 60-01 BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) ............................. 60-01 BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN)............................ 60-01 BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) ............... 60-01 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) ................................................... 60-01 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) ........................ 10-01, 50-01 BOB-TACH (POWER)............................................. 10-01 BOB-TACH (POWER-OPTION) .............................. 50-01 BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK................................ 20-01 BRAKE .................................................................... 40-01 BUCKET POSITION VALVE ................................... 20-01 CALIBRATION ........................................................ 60-01 CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS......................... 70-01 CASE DRAIN FILTER ............................................. 30-01 CHAINCASE ........................................................... 40-01 CHARGE PRESSURE ........................................... 30-01 CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER .................................. 50-01 CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) ....................... 50-01 CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (SJC) ........................ 50-01 CONTROL PANEL .................................................. 50-01 CONTROL PANEL (SJC)........................................ 50-01 CONTROL PANEL SETUP ..................................... 60-01 CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGE ...................... 50-01 CONTROL PEDALS (ACS) .................................... 50-01 CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) .................................... 60-01 CONVERSIONS ................................................SPEC-01 CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS .............................. 70-01 CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) ........................................ 20-01 CYLINDER (LIFT) ................................................... 20-01 CYLINDER (TILT) ................................................... 20-01 CYLINDER HEAD ................................................... 70-01 DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES......................... 60-01 DRIVE BELT ........................................................... 30-01 DRIVE COMPONENETS ........................................ 40-01 ELECTRICAL/HYD. CONTROLS ........................... 60-01 ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS REFERENCE (SJC).............................................. 60-01 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION ................ 60-01 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ...................... 10-01, 70-01 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM ......................... 10-01 ENGINE INFORMATION ........................................ 70-01 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL .................................. 70-01 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) ........................ 70-01

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSTION (CHAINCASE)....10-01 FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING ...................................70-01 FLYWHEEL RPM SENSOR ....................................60-01 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK ...............................................20-01 FUEL SYSTEM.............................................10-01, 70-01 FUEL TANK .............................................................50-01 HEATER COIL .........................................................80-01 HEATER FAN ..........................................................80-01 HEATER SYSTEM...................................................80-01 HEATER UNIT .........................................................80-01 HEATER VALVE ......................................................80-01 HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECS ............... SPEC-01 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) ..20-01 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) ......20-01 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FILTERS ..................20-01 HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR ..........................20-01 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS................................ SPEC-01 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM..................10-01 HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD)..........................20-01 HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) ......................................20-01 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION ..................20-01 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR .........................................30-01 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER ........................30-01 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC)..............30-01 HYDROSTATIC PUMP ............................................30-01 HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) ..................................30-01 HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION..............30-01 INSTRUMENT PANELS .........................................60-01 LIFT ARMS ..............................................................50-01 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE ..................20-01 LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE................................10-01 LIFTING AND BLOCKING THE LOADER...............10-01 LIGHTS....................................................................60-01 S130 LOADER SPECIFICATIONS.................... SPEC-01 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE 10-01 LUBRICATING THE LOADER.................................10-01 LUBRICATION SYSTEM .........................................70-01 MAIN RELIEF VALVE ..............................................20-01 MAINTENANCE CLOCK .........................................60-01 MUFFLER................................................................70-01 OIL COOLER...........................................................20-01 OPERATOR CAB .........................................10-01, 50-01 OPERATOR SEAT...................................................50-01 OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION)........................50-01 PASSWORD SETUP (IF EQUIPPED WITH KEYLESS START).................................................60-01 PIVOT PINS ............................................................10-01

S130 Service Manual

ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT’D) REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE ....................20-01 REAR DOOR ..........................................................50-01 REAR GRILL ..........................................................50-01 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ....................................80-01 REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 ...................10-01 REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT-6689779 ......................................................10-01 SEAT BAR............................................................... 50-01 SEAT BAR SENSOR ...............................................60-01 SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) ....................60-01 SERVICE SCHEDULE ............................................10-01 SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER ..............................10-01 STARTER ................................................................60-01 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION .....................60-01 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER .......................................10-01 TIRE MAINTENANCE .............................................10-01 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS........ SPEC-01 TOWING THE LOADER ..........................................10-01 TRACTION LOCK....................................................60-01 TRANSPORTING THE BOBCAT LOADER.............10-01 TROUBLESHOOTING.............................................80-01 WHEEL SPEED SENDORS (SJC)..........................60-01 WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) .....................................50-01 WINDOW (REAR)....................................................50-01 WINDOW (SIDE) .....................................................50-01 WINDOW (TOP) ......................................................50-01

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY & MAINTENANCE

CONTENTS FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

DELIVERY REPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-01

DRIVE SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-01 MAIN FRAME HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-01 DRIVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-01 MAIN FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-01

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-01 ENGINE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-01

ENGINE SERVICE

HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-01 SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-01

HEATER

SPECIFICATIONS

S130 Service Manual

FOREWORD This manual is for the Bobcat loader mechanic. It provides necessary servicing and adjustment procedures for the Bobcat loader and its component parts and systems. Refer to the Operation & Maintenance Manual for operating instructions, starting procedure, daily checks, etc. A general inspection of the following items must be made after the loader has had service or repair: 1. Check that the ROPS/FOPS (Including side screens) is in good condition and is not modified.

9. The parking brake function correctly.

must

2. Check that ROPS mounting hardware is tightened and is Bobcat approved.

10. Enclosure door latches must open and close freely.

3. The seat belt must be correctly installed, functional and in good condition.

11. Bob-Tach wedges and linkages must function correctly and be in good condition.

4. The seat bar must be correctly adjusted, clean and lubricated.

12. Safety treads must be in good condition.

5. Check lift arm support device, replace if damaged.

13. Check for correct function of indicator lamps.

6. Machine signs (decals) must be legible and in the correct location.

14. Check hydraulic fluid level, engine oil level and fuel supply.

7. Steering levers, hand controls and foot pedals must return to neutral (as applicable).

15. Inspect for fuel, hydraulic fluid leaks.

8. Check for correct function of the work lights.

16. Lubricate the loader.

oil

FW SSL-1008 SM II

S130 Service Manual

17. Check the condition of the battery and cables.

23. Operate the machine and check all functions.

18. Inspect the air cleaner for damage or leaks. Check the condition of the element.

24. Check for correct function of the Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) before the machine is returned to the customer.

19. Check the electrical charging system.

25. Check for proper function of front horn and back-up alarm (if equipped).

20. Check tires for wear and pressure. Check tracks for wear and tension. Use only approved tires or tracks.

26. Check function or condition of all equipped options and accessories (examples: fire extinguisher, rotating beacon, lift kits, etc.).

21. Inspect for loose or broken parts or connections.

27. Recommend to the owner that all necessary corrections be made before the machine is returned to service.

22. Check for any field modification not completed.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

FW SSL-1008 SM III

S130 Service Manual

FW SSL-1008 SM

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

The following publications provide information on the safe use and maintenance of the Bobcat machine and attachments:

Safety Alert Symbol This symbol with a warning statement means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

•

The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete instructions have been given to the new owner and that the machine is in safe operating condition.

•

The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the machine or attachment contains operating information as well as routine maintenance and service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can be stored in a container provided on the machine. Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.

•

Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The signs and their locations are shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.

•

An Operator’s Handbook fastened to the operator cab. It’s brief instructions are convenient to the operator. The handbook is available from your dealer in an English edition or one of many other languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more information on translated versions.

•

The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine gives general safety information.

•

The Service Manual and Parts Manual are available from your dealer for use by mechanics to do shoptype service and repair work.

•

The Skid-Steer Loader Operator Training Course is available through your local dealer or at www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com. This course is intended to provide rules and practices of correct operation of the Skid-Steer Loader. The course is available in English and Spanish versions.

•

Service Safety Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer or at www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com. They provide information for safe and correct service procedures.

•

The Skid-Steer Loader Safety Video is available from your Bobcat dealer or at www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com.

WARNING Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0903

IMPORTANT This notice identifies procedures which must be followed to avoid damage to the machine. I-2019-0284

DANGER The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. D-1002-1107

WARNING The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. W-2044-1107

SI SSL-1008 SM V

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) The dealer and owner / operator review the recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the owner / operator will be using the machine for a different application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for recommendations on the new use.

Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease and is known to the state of California to cause cancer.

Call Before You Dig Dial 811 (USA Only) 1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada) When you call, you will be directed to a location in your state / province, or city for information about buried lines (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).

SI SSL-1008 SM

S130 Service Manual

Hydraulic System

FIRE PREVENTION

Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly routed and have adequate support and secure clamps. Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Maintenance

Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable solvents.

The machine and some attachments have components that are at high temperatures under normal operating conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcs or sparks.

Fueling

Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine compartment is a potential fire hazard.

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.

Starting Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.

All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can cause a fire.

Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Operation Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or hot components can contact flammable material, explosive dust or gases.

Spark Arrestor Exhaust System The spark arrestor exhaust system is designed to control the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still hot.

Electrical

Check the spark arrestor exhaust system regularly to make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for cleaning the spark arrestor muffler (if equipped). Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or frayed. Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not smoke in battery charging area. SI SSL-1008 SM

VII

S130 Service Manual

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher near the machine when welding. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust or gas can be produced. Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive. Repair such components in a well ventilated area away from open flames or sparks. Fire Extinguishers

Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are located and how to use them. Inspect the fire extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.

SI SSL-1008 SM VIII

S130 Service Manual

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS

Engine Serial Number

Always use the serial number of the loader when requesting service information or when ordering parts. Early or later models (identification made by serial number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary to use a different procedure in doing a specific service operation.

Figure 2

Loader Serial Number Figure 1

1 P-48387

The engine serial number is in the location shown [Figure 2].

P-48677

The loader serial number plate is located on the outside of the loader frame [Figure 1]. Explanation of loader Serial Number: XXXX Model 1.-Model/ Engine Combination

XXXXX Model 2.-Production Sequence (Series)

1. The four digit Model/Engine Combination Module number identifies the model number and engine combination. 2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies the order which the loader is produced.

S130 Service Manual

DELIVERY REPORT Figure 3

B-16315

The Delivery Report must be filled out by the dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the Bobcat loader is delivered. An explanation of the form must be given to the owner. Make sure it is filled out completely [Figure 3].

S130 Service Manual

LOADER IDENTIFICATION FRONT LIGHTS

OPERATOR SEAT with SEAT BELT & SEAT BAR

GRAB HANDLES

TILT CYLINDER

FRONT AUXILIARY QUICK COUPLERS

STEPS

BUCKET STEPS † BUCKET

B-23185B

● OPERATOR CAB

(ROPS / FOPS)

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE

◆ REAR AUXILIARY

QUICK COUPLERS LIFT ARM REAR GRILL

LIFT CYLINDER

REAR DOOR REAR LIGHT TAIL LIGHT

* TIRES

B-23186B

◆ Optional or Field Accessory (Not Standard Equipment) * TIRES - Tires shown may not be standard. The machine is factory equipped with standard tires. Other tires are available. † Bucket - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for this machine. ● ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449, Level I, Level II is available.

S130 Service Manual

XII

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE

SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80-1 Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80-1 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-140-1 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-140-1 BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-141-1 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-141-1 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking And Adding Engine Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Oil Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-90-1 10-90-1 10-90-1 10-90-2

10-110-1 10-110-1 10-110-1 10-110-2

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-1 Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-1 Removing And Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-1 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DRIVE SYSTEM

10-100-1 10-100-2 10-100-3 10-100-1 10-100-3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

SPECIFICATIONS HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing And Replacing Case Drain Filters. . . . . . . . . . Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter. . . . . . Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter .

10-120-1 10-120-6 10-120-1 10-120-1 10-120-4 10-120-5 10-120-2 10-120-3

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-1 Installing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-1 Removing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-2 LIFTING AND BLOCKING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10-1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10-1 Continued On Next Page

10-01

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE (CONT’D) LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . 10-190-1 Return to Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-190-1 Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-190-1 LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1 Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . .

10-30-1 10-30-4 10-30-1 10-30-3 10-30-2 10-30-4 10-30-4

PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-180-1 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-180-1 REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Start Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Start Tool - MEL1563 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service Tool Harness Communicator - MEL1566 . . . . . . . Service Tool Harness Control - MEL1565 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-60-1 10-60-4 10-60-1 10-60-3 10-60-2

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 6689779 . . Computer Service Tool Harness - 6689746 . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Start Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) - 6689778 . . . . . . . . . . .

10-61-1 10-61-4 10-61-1 10-61-3 10-61-5 10-61-2

SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70-1 Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70-1 SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-170-1 Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-170-1 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . 10-200-1 Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-200-2 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-200-1 Continued On Next Page

10-02

S130 Service Manual

SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE (CONT’D) TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-160-1 10-160-2 10-160-1 10-160-1

TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50-1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50-1 TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1 Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1 TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC-01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

10-03

S130 Service Manual

10-04

S130 Service Manual

LIFTING AND BLOCKING THE LOADER

Figure 10-10-2

Procedure Figure 10-10-1

P-31849

Put floor jack under the rear of the loader. B-7023A

Lift the rear of the loader and install jack stands [Figure 10-10-2]. Figure 10-10-3

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

P-3868

Always park the loader on a level surface.

Put the floor jack under the front of the loader [Figure 1010-3].

WARNING Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death. W-2017-0286

Lift the front of the loader and put jack stands under the axle tubes [Figure 10-10-3]. NOTE: Make sure the jack stands do not touch the tires. Make sure tires clear floor or any obstacles.

10-10-1

S130 Service Manual

10-10-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-20-1

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE Installing

WARNING

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm support device can allow the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death. Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop causing injury or death. W-2572-0407

1 P-54468

Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame. Disconnect the spring (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-1] from the lift arm support device retaining pin. Support the lift arm support device (Item 2) [Figure 10-20-1] with your hand and remove the retaining pin (Item 3) [Figure 10-20-1].

DANGER

Figure 10-20-2

P-90328

•

AVOID DEATH Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless supported by an approved lift arm support. Replace if damaged. D-1009-0409

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-40-1.) OR (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-41-1.)

P-54469

Lower the lift arm support device to the top of the lift cylinder. Hook the free end of the spring (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-2] to the lift arm support device so the spring does not interfere with the support device engagement. Sit in the operator’s seat, fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar. Start the engine.

10-20-1

S130 Service Manual

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D)

Removing

Installing (Cont’d)

Remove the pin from the lift arm support device.

Figure 10-20-3

Figure 10-20-4

P-54470A

N-20524B

P-54472

Raise the lift arms until the lift arm support device drops onto the lift cylinder rod (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-3].

Connect the spring (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-4] from the lift arm support device to the bracket below the lift arms.

Lower the lift arms slowly until the support device is held between the lift arm and the lift cylinder. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar and move both pedals until both pedals lock.

Sit in the operator’s seat fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar.

Install pin (Item 2) [Figure 10-20-3] into the rear of the lift arm support device below the cylinder rod.

Start the engine. Figure 10-20-5

P-54468

Raise the lift arms a small amount. The spring will lift the support device off the lift cylinder rod. Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar, disconnect the seat belt, move pedals until both pedals lock and exit the cab. Disconnect the spring from the bracket. Raise the support device into storage position and insert pin (Item 1) [Figure 10-20-5] through lift arm support device and bracket. Connect the spring to the pin. Remove the jackstands. 10-20-2

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR CAB Description The Bobcat Loader has an operator cab (ROPS and FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator from rollover and falling objects. Check with your dealer if the operator cab has been damaged. The seat belt must be worn for rollover protection. ROPS / FOPS - Roll Over protective Structure per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per SAE J1043 and ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available. Level I - Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks, and hand tools encountered in operations such as highway maintenance, landscaping, and other construction sites. Level II - Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or forestry.

WARNING Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, drilling holes or adding attachments unless instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to the cab can cause loss of operator protection from rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or death. W-2069-0200

10-30-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-30-2

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Raising Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab. Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-20-1.) Figure 10-30-1

N-20520

N-20519

Remove the nuts and plates [Figure 10-30-2] (both sides) at the front corners of the cab.

P-43747

Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame [Figure 10-30-1].

NOTE: On Advanced Control System (ACS) equipped machines, the steering levers could contact the cab frame while raising or lowering the operator cab. The engine MUST be stopped before raising or lowering the cab.

10-30-2

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Raising (Cont’d) Figure 10-30-3

P-43613B

Lift on the grab handle and bottom of the operator cab slowly until the cab is all the way up and the latching mechanism engages [Figure 10-30-3]. Lowering

Support the cab and release the latching mechanism (Inset) [Figure 10-30-4]. Remove your hand from latching mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the cab all the way.

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab.

WARNING

NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the cab. Figure 10-30-4

PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY Remove your hand from the latching mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop. W-2469-0803

Figure 10-30-5

N-20120

N-20608A

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops at the latching mechanism [Figure 10-30-4]. NOTE: The weight of the cab increases when equipped with options and accessories such as cab door, heater, air conditioning, etc. In these cases, the cab may need to be raised slightly from the latch to be able to release the latch.

N-20520

N-20519

Install the plates and nuts (both sides) [Figure 10-30-5]. Tighten the nuts to 40 - 45 ft.-lb. (54 - 61 N•m) torque.

10-30-3

S130 Service Manual

Special Applications Kit

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Cab Door Sensor This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor. Figure 10-30-6

B-15551J

B-25286A

Available for special applications to restrict material from entering cab openings. Kit includes 1/2 inch polycarbonate front door, top and rear windows.

See your Bobcat dealer for availability. P-68116

P-68115

Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance The cab door (option) has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 1030-6] installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the door is open.

• • •

• •

Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required. Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials. Wash with a mild household detergent and warm water. Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee. Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners. Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.

10-30-4

S130 Service Manual

CLOSE DOOR TO OPERATE lift and tilt valves. • The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2) [Figure 10-30-6] will be ON when the door is closed and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER BUTTON is pressed.

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER

Fastening

Loading And Unloading

Figure 10-40-2

WARNING AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are needed to support the weight of the machine when loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can break and cause personal injury.

N-19048A

W-2058-0807

N-18530

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of adequate size and capacity. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-10-4.) Figure 10-40-1

N-20528C

Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat Loader to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes [Figure 10-40-2]. •

Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.

•

Stop the engine.

•

Engage the parking brake.

•

Install chains at the front and rear loader tie down positions (Inset) [Figure 10-40-2].

•

Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

10-40-1

S130 Service Manual

1 N-20527C

A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 1040-1]. The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item 1) [Figure 10-40-1] when loading or unloading the loader to prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.

10-40-2

S130 Service Manual

TOWING THE LOADER Procedure Because of the design of the loader, there is not a recommended towing procedure. •

The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.

•

The loader can be skidded a short distance to move for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. (The tires/tracks will not turn.) There might be slight wear to the tires/tracks when the loader is skidded. The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1 & 1/2 times the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page SPEC-10-2.)

10-50-1

S130 Service Manual

10-50-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-60-2

REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 Remote Start Tool - MEL1563 Tools that will be needed to complete the following steps are:

2 MEL1563 - Remote Start Tool MEL1565 - Service Tool Harness Control MEL1566 - Service Tool Harness Communicator (Computer Interface)

Figure 10-60-1

P16117

The traction lock switch (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-2] is used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the switch to the override position. The switch will illuminate to indicate traction lock OVERRIDE, in this position the wheels are able to turn.

P16114

The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-1] is required when the service technician is checking the hydraulic/hydrostatic system or adjusting the steering linkage.

The maximum flow/variable flow switch (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-2] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. Pressing the switch once will activate maximum flow. Pressing the switch again will activate variable flow. The switch will illuminate to indicate which flow rate is active. Pressing the switch a third time will turn the flow OFF. The switch is used when checking pressures and flow rate. The auxiliary pressure release (Item 3) [Figure 10-60-2] is used to release hydraulic pressure to the front and/or rear auxiliary couplers. To release pressure; push and hold the switch for a few seconds. NOTE: With the engine running; pushing and holding the pressure release switch will cause the engine to stop. To relieve the pressure; press the switch until the engine stops.

10-60-1

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL-MEL1563 (CONT'D)

Service Tool Harness Control - MEL1565

Remote Start Tool - MEL1563 (Cont’d)

Figure 10-60-5

Figure 10-60-3

P16114 P16116

The service tool harness control (Item 1) [Figure 10-605] is used to connect the remote start tool (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-5] to the electrical system on the loader.

Figure 10-60-4

Figure 10-60-6

P16120

The 10-pin rectangular connector (Item 1) [Figure 10-603] is used to update software in the Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-4]. NOTE: The Service PC must be connected to the remote start tool to update the deluxe panel software.

N-19561

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-6] from the loader harness connector. Connect the service tool harness control to the loader harness connector.

The panel must be removed from inside the operator cab and plugged into this connector [Figure 10-60-3].

10-60-2

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL-MEL1563 (CONT'D)

Service Tool Harness Communicator - MEL1566

Service Tool Harness Control - MEL1565 (Cont’d)

Figure 10-60-8

Figure 10-60-7

2 1

1 P16119 N-19631

Loaders equipped with an attachment harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-7] must disconnect the attachment harness from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure 10-607].

The service tool harness communicator (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-8] is required to connect remote start tool to the Service PC (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-8].

Connect the service tool harness to the ACD connector and the loader harness connector. NOTE: To monitor, diagnose or load new software the Service PC must be connected to the Remote Start Tool Switch.

10-60-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-60-11

REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 (CONT’D) Remote Start Procedure The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL1563: Remote Start Tool Kit

Figure 10-60-9

1 N-19150

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-10] or disconnect the attachment control harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-11] if connected. Figure 10-60-12 P16115

The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-9] is required when the operator cab is in the raised position for service and the service technician needs to turn the key switch on or start the engine. Example: adjusting the steering linkage. Lift and block the loader. Raise the lift arms (if required by the procedure) and install an approved lift arm support device. Raise the operator cab (if required by the procedure). Open the rear door of the loader.

P13861

Connect the remote start tool to the engine harness connector [Figure 10-60-12].

Figure 10-60-10

NOTE: The key switch on the right-hand side operator panel must be in the off position or the Remote Start Kit will not operate.

WARNING 1

N-19151

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH With the 7-pin connector plugged into the loader and Remote Start Key Switch in the OFF position, the loader can still be started from the operator panel inside the cab. Placing the key switch of the remote start tool in the run position disconnects the operator panel key switch from the start circuit. If the service technician will be working the engine area it is important to remove the operator panel keys. W-2357-0899

10-60-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-60-14

REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 (CONT'D) Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd) Figure 10-60-13

2 3

P16118

P16116

The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-13] has three rocker switches.

The traction lock switch (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-14] is used to turn traction lock on or off. Push the switch to the override position. The switch will illuminate to indicate traction lock OVERRIDE, in this position the wheels are able to turn. The maximum flow/variable flow switch (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-14] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. Pressing the switch once will activate variable flow. Pressing the switch again will activate maximum flow. The switch will illuminate to indicate which flow rate is active. Pressing the switch a third time will turn the flow OFF. The switch is used when checking pressures and flow rate. The auxiliary pressure release (Item 3) [Figure 10-60-14] is used to release hydraulic pressure to the front and/or rear auxiliary couplers. To release pressure; push and hold the switch for three seconds. NOTE: With the engine running; pushing and holding the pressure release switch will cause the engine to stop in three seconds. To relieve the pressure; continue to press the switch after the engine has stopped.

10-60-5

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 (CONT'D) Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd) NOTE: With the engine running; pushing and holding the pressure release switch will cause the engine to stop in three seconds. To relieve the pressure at the rear or right hand auxiliary, (If so equipped.) continue to hold the switch for three seconds after the engine has stopped. Figure 10-60-15

P-34661

Push the couplers on the front auxiliary block toward the block and hold for five seconds to release the front auxiliary pressure [Figure 10-60-15].

10-60-6

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 Description The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit is a replacement tool for MEL 1563 Remote Start Tool and MEL 1400B BOSS® Diagnostic Tool. The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit, P/N 6689779, can be used to service older loaders with the BOSS® system using the supplied BOSS® Service Tool Harness P/N 6689745. The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit, P/N 6689779, can be used to service newer loaders using the supplied harness P/N 6689747. A computer can be connected to the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) for diagnostics and software updates using the computer harness P/N 6689746 in conjunction with the loader harness.

10-61-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-61-17

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D)

Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) - 6689778 Tools that will be needed to complete the following steps are:

Order from Bobcat Parts P/N: 6689779 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit

Kit Includes: 6689778 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) 6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness 6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness 6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness

P-76439

Figure 10-61-16 The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure 1061-17] has five buttons. The STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to stop the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) from communicating and stop the loader engine. The RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to turn the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) on and activates the loader ignition power. The button will illuminate to indicate the service tool is active.

The START button (Item 4) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to start the loader engine. P-76678

The remote start tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-16] is required when the service technician is checking the hydraulic / hydrostatic system or adjusting the steering linkage.

The traction lock button (Item 5) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the button and the button will illuminate indicating the traction lock is disabled in which the wheels or tracks are able to turn. Loader S/N: xxxx60000 & Below The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing the button once will activate maximum flow. Pressing the button again will activate variable flow. Pressing the button a third time will turn the flow OFF. The button is used when checking pressures and flow rate. Loader S/N: xxxx60001 & Above The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-17] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing the button a second time will turn the flow OFF. The button is used when checking pressures and flow rate.

10-61-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-61-20

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D) Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747

Figure 10-61-18

1 1

P-76452

Loaders with an attachment control harness (7 pin or 14 pin), the attachment harness (Item 1) must be disconnected from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-20].

P-76678

The loader service tool harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-6118] is used to connect the remote start tool (service tool) (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-18] to the electrical system on the loader.

When the remote start procedure is completed, replace the loader connector cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-19] or reconnect the attachment control harness to the loader harness [Figure 10-61-20].

Figure 10-61-19

P-76451

Loaders without an attachment control harness, remove the loader harness cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-19] and connect the Loader Service Tool Harness from the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool).

10-61-3

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D)

Computer Service Tool Harness - 6689746 Figure 10-61-22

Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747 (Cont’d) Figure 10-61-21 2

1 1

P-76450

1 P-76453

NOTE: The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connection harness has two connectors (Item 1) and (Item 3). The main connector (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-21] is always used for connection to the loader harness.

The computer service tool harness (Item 1) [Figure 1061-22] is required to connect remote start tool (service tool) to the Service PC (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-22].

The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-6121] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or attachment operational diagnostics only. This connector has a cap attached to it to prevent damage or corrosion when not in use. Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector (Item 1) to the loader harness connector (Item 2) and the other Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector to the ACD harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-21]. NOTE: The right instrument panel (Key Switch or Keyless) must be in the off position or the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) will not operate.

WARNING • • •

•

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Lift and block the machine. Check that wheels or tracks are clear. Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to start the engine with the Service Tool (if applicable). See machine Service Manual for more instructions. W-2792-0409

10-61-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-61-24

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D) Remote Start Procedure

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH With the 7-pin connector plugged into the loader and Remote Start Tool RUN button is not illuminated, the loader can still be started from the operator panel inside the cab. P-76451

Pressing the RUN button on the Remote Start Tool disconnects the operator panel from the start circuit. If the service technician will be working in the engine area it is important to remove the operator panel key or lock the keypad with a unique password. W-2647-0707

The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

Loaders without an attachment control harness, remove the loader harness cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-24] and connect the Loader Service Tool Harness from the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool). Figure 10-61-25 2

6689779: Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit Figure 10-61-23

P-76452

Loaders with an attachment control harness (7 pin or 14 pin), the attachment harness (Item 1) must be disconnected from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-25].

P-76450

The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure 1061-23] is required when the operator cab is in the raised position for service and the service technician needs to turn on the loader or start the engine. Example: adjusting the steering linkage.

When the remote start procedure is completed, replace the loader connector cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-25] or reconnect the attachment control harness to the loader harness [Figure 10-61-25].

Lift and block the loader. Raise the lift arms (if required by the procedure) and install an approved lift arm support device. Raise the operator cab (if required by the procedure). Open the rear door of the loader. 10-61-5

S130 Service Manual

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D)

Figure 10-61-27 2

Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd) Figure 10-61-26

2 1 1

P-76439

3 1

The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure 1061-27] has five buttons. P-76453

NOTE: The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connection harness has two connectors (Item 1) and (Item 3). The main connector (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-26] is always used for connection to the loader harness. The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-6126] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or attachment operational diagnostics only. This connector has a cap attached to it to prevent damage or corrosion when not in use. Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector (Item 1) to the loader harness connector (Item 2) and the other Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector to the ACD harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-26].

The STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to stop the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) from communicating and stop the loader engine. The RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to turn the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) on and activates the loader ignition power. The button will illuminate to indicate the service tool is active. The START button (Item 4) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to start the loader engine. The traction lock button (Item 5) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the button and the button will illuminate indicating the traction lock is disabled in which the wheels or tracks are able to turn. Loader S/N: xxxx60000 & Below

NOTE: The right instrument panel (Key Switch or Keyless) must be in the off position or the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) will not operate.

WARNING • • •

•

The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing the button once will activate maximum flow. Pressing the button again will activate variable flow. Pressing the button a third time will turn the flow OFF. The button is used when checking pressures and flow rate. Loader S/N: xxxx60001 & Above The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-27] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing the button a second time will turn the flow OFF. The button is used when checking pressures and flow rate.

W-2792-0409

10-61-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-61-29

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT 6689779 (CONT'D) Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd) Figure 10-61-28

2 P-34661

Push the couplers on the front auxiliary block toward the block and hold for five seconds to release the front auxiliary pressure [Figure 10-61-29].

P-76441

The gear icon with the left facing arrows (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-28] will illuminate and blink when the RUN key is pressed and the loader is communicating with the service tool. The computer icon with the right facing arrows (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-28] will illuminate and blink when the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) is transmitting data to and from the computer. Loader S/N: xxxx60000 & Below NOTE: To relieve the pressure at the rear or secondary front auxiliary, (if equipped) press and hold the AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELEASE button on the left instrument panel for three seconds after the engine has stopped. Loader S/N: xxxx60001 & Above NOTE: To relieve the pressure at the rear or secondary front auxiliary, (if equipped) press the RUN button on the remote start tool. Then press the auxiliary (AUX) hydraulics button on the remote start tool and move the AUXILIARY Hydraulic Switch on the to the right and left several times.

10-61-7

S130 Service Manual

10-61-8

S130 Service Manual

SERVICE SCHEDULE Chart Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat Loader.

WARNING

Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0903

SERVICE SCHEDULE ITEM Engine Oil Engine Air Filter and Air System Engine Cooling System Fuel Filter Lift Arms, Cylinders, Bob-Tach Pivot Pins and Wedges Tires

SERVICE REQUIRED

HOURS 8-10

100

■

250

500

1000

Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill. Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components. Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grill. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed. Remove the trapped water. Lubricate with multi-purpose lithium based grease.

Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as Belt, Seat Belt Retractors needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris from moving parts. Bobcat Interlock Control Systems Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate with seat (BICS) bar raised. See details in this Manual. Safety Signs and Safety Treads Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety treads that are damaged or worn. Operator Cab Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. Indicators and Lights Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. Heater and A/C Filters Clean or replace filters as needed. (If Equipped) Hydraulic Fluid, Hoses and Check fluid level and add as needed. Check for damage and leaks. Repair or Tubelines replace as needed. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase), Check fluid level and add as needed. Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed. Hand Controls and Steering Levers or Joysticks Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TIRE MAINTENANCE in this manual.) Spark Arrestor Muffler Clean the spark chamber. Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed. Steering Lever Pivots Grease fittings. Fuel Filter Replace filter element. Engine / Hydro. Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. Drive Belts (Alternator, air Check condition and tension. Adjust or replace as needed. conditioner, water pump) Bobcat Interlock Control System Check the function of the lift arm bypass control. (BICS) Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter, Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, charge filter, and the reservoir Charge Filter, Reservoir Breather breather. Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase) Replace the fluid. Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid. Case Drain Filters Replace the filters. Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves. Coolant Replace the coolant

❏

▲

● ▲

✶

▲

❍ Every 2 years

■

Or every 12 months.

✶ ❍

Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals. Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter element after the first 50 hours, then when the transmission warning light comes ON while operating or as scheduled. Change oil and filter every 250 hours when operating under severe conditions. Perform at first 500 hours, then as scheduled.

▲ ❏ ●

10-70-1

S130 Service Manual

10-70-2

S130 Service Manual

AIR CLEANER SERVICE

Outer Filter

Replacing Filter Elements

Figure 10-80-3

Figure 10-80-1 1 1 1

P-54385 B-15552G

B-15553G

It is important to change the air filter element only when the Air Cleaner icon in the right panel is ON (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-1] and you hear three beeps from the alarm.

Remove the wing nut and remove the dust cover (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-3]. Figure 10-80-4

Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is replaced or as indicated. 1

Figure 10-80-2

2 P-54386

Remove the wing nut and remove the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-4]. NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris. Do not use air pressure to clean.

B-15551

Press and hold the LIGHT button (Item 1) [Figure 10-802] for two seconds. If the filter element needs replacement, the CODE [0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 10-80-2].

Install a new outer element. Install the dust cover and the wing nut [Figure 10-80-4]. (Be sure the evacuator is down.) Check the air intake hose and the air cleaner housing for damage. Make sure all connections are tight.

10-80-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-80-6

AIR CLEANER (CONT’D) Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d) Inner Filter Only replace the inner filter element the following conditions: •

Replace the inner filter element every third time the outer filter is replaced.

•

After the outer element has been replaced, start the engine and run at full RPM. If the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY shows [01-17] (Air Filter Plugged), replace the inner filter element.

P-31836

Figure 10-80-5 Install the dust cover and the wing nut [Figure 10-80-6] (Be sure the evacuator is down).

P-54387

Remove the wing nut and remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-5]. NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris. Install the new inner element. Install the outer element.

10-80-2

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Checking Level

Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance or engine damage.

Open the rear door and raise the rear grill. Figure 10-90-2

Cleaning Open the rear door and raise the rear grill. 1

Figure 10-90-1

P-39967

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-2]. Check the coolant level. The level markers are on the tank. Coolant must be at the bottom marker when the engine is cold; top marker when hot.

P-45101

Close the rear door before operating the loader. Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the oil cooler (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-1]. NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the oil cooler so that the oil cooler does not fall on the radiator and damage the fins. Raise the oil cooler and use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-1]. Lower the oil cooler. Check the cooling system for leaks. Lower the rear grill and close the rear door.

IMPORTANT AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze. Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system efficiency and may cause serious premature engine damage. Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which protect the internal engine components; reduces the boiling point and freeze protection of the system. Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength concentrated coolant can cause serious premature engine damage. I-2124-0497

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any of the following conditions exist: • When fluids are under pressure. • Flying debris or loose material is present. • Engine is running. • Tools are being used. W-2019-0907

10-90-1

S130 Service Manual

NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Coolant Open the rear door and raise the rear grill.

Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene glycol to the recovery tank. (See Checking Level on Page 10-90-1)

Figure 10-90-3

One gallon and one pint of propylene glycol mixed with one gallon of water is the correct ratio (53%/47%) to provide -34° F (-37° C) freeze protection. 2

Remove the coolant fill cap. Fill the tank until it is at the lower marker on the tank.

Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene glycol in your cooling system and replace the coolant fill cap. NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap must be tightened until it clicks.

P-54299

P-54298

Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Add coolant as needed.

Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-3]. Connect a hose to the engine block drain valve (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-3]. Open the drain valve and drain the coolant into a container.

Install the rear grill and close the rear door.

After all the coolant is removed, close the drain valve and remove the hose. Recycle or dispose of coolant in an environmentally safe manner. Mix the coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-10-4.)

10-90-2

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM

Biodiesel Blend Fuel

Fuel Specifications

Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be considered before using in this machine:

Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or Grade No. 1.

•

Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel system components and hard starting.

•

Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for microbial growth and contamination which can cause corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.

•

Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature failure of fuel system components, such as plugged fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.

•

Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters and fuel lines.

•

Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector pump and seals.

The following is one suggested blending guideline which should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: TEMPERATURE F° (C°)

NO. 2

NO. 1

+15° (9°)

100%

Down to -20° (-29°)

50%

Below -20° (-29°)

100%

The following fuels may be used in this machine: •

Low Sulfur (500 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel.

•

Ultra Low Sulfur (15 ppm sulfur) Diesel Fuel.

•

Biodiesel Blend Fuel - Must contain no more than five percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM D975 (US Standard) or EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.

Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is used: •

Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.

•

Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.

•

Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces, remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces immediately.

•

Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before operating the machine.

•

Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

•

Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes.

NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term stability and should not be stored for more than three months.

10-100-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-100-2

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WRONG

Filling The Fuel Tank

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an explosion or fire. W-2063-0807

Figure 10-100-1

B-15650

Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO SMOKING! [Figure 10-100-2].

Install and tighten the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10100-1].

WARNING P-54297

Open the rear door. Remove the fuel fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-1].

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508

10-100-2

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Figure 10-100-4

Fuel Filter For the service interval for removing water from, or replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Removing Water Figure 10-100-3

2 2 1 P-54298 P-48388

Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-3] at the bottom of the filter element to remove water from the filter. Replacing Element

Open the vent (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-4] on the fuel filter housing. Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4] until fuel flows from the vent with no air bubbles.

Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-3]. Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and hand tighten. Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air From The Fuel System below.) Removing Air From The Fuel System After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system before starting the engine.

Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-4] on the fuel filter housing Open the vent (Item 3) [Figure 10-100-4] on the fuel injection pump Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4] until the pump feels solid. Tighten the vent plug (Item 3) [Figure 10-100-4]. Start the engine. It may be necessary to open the vent plug (Item 3) [Figure 10-100-4] briefly while the engine is running. Close the vent when the engine runs smoothly.

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. W-2072-0807

10-100-3

S130 Service Manual

10-100-4

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Engine Oil Chart

Checking And Adding Engine Oil

Figure 10-110-2

Check the engine oil level every day before starting the engine for the work shift. Figure 10-110-1

2 Use a good quality motor oil that meets API Service Classification of CD or better See Oil Chart [Figure 10110-2].

P-54298

Open the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-1].

Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick.

10-110-1

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine.

Figure 10-110-3 2

P-24679

P-54298

Open the rear door. Remove the drain hose from its storage position (Item 1) and remove the drain plug (Item 2) [Figure 10-110-3]. Drain the oil into a container and dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner. Remove the oil filter (Item 2) [Figure 10-110-1] and clean the filter housing surface. Put clean oil on the new oil filter gasket, install the filter and hand tighten. Install and tighten the drain plug. Remove the fill cap (Item 3) [Figure 10-110-1]. Put oil in the engine. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-104.) (Also See Engine Oil Chart [Figure 10-110-2].) Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop the engine and check for leaks at the oil filter. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-3] on the dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

10-110-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Checking And Adding Fluid

Figure 10-120-2

Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system. (See (S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-10-1.) Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach fully back. Stop the engine. Figure 10-120-1

2 P-64023A

Use the correct hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid shown in chart [Figure 10-120-2]. 3

N-20565

P-54304

Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-1]. Remove the fill cap (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-1]. Add fluid as needed to bring the level to the top mark on the dipstick. Do not overfill. Remove the screen (Item 3) [Figure 10-120-1] and clean with solvent as needed. Install the fill cap [Figure 10-120-1].

10-120-1

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid For the correct service interval. SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

(See

SERVICE

Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after major repair. Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, the case drain filters and the hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 10-1203.)

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner. Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is at the top mark on the dipstick. Do not overfill. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

Figure 10-120-3

P-54304

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-3]. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 10-120-4

P-54300

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-4] from the hydraulic reservoir and drain the fluid into a container. Reconnect the hose when reservoir is empty. 10-120-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter For the correct service interval. SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

(See

SERVICE

Open the rear door. Figure 10-120-5

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. W-2072-0807

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

1 P-48470

Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-5]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal contacts the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install and hand tighten the new filter.

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508

Close the rear door. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.

10-120-3

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Removing And Replacing Case Drain Filters For the correct service interval. SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

(See

SERVICE AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 10-120-6

W-2103-0508

Install right side access cover and lower the cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-3.) 1

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls. Stop the engine and check for leaks. 2

WARNING P-54306

Disconnect the hoses from the case drain filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-6].

Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have sufficient force to enter a person’s body by penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury and possible death if proper medical treatment by a physician familiar with this injury is not received immediately. W-2145-0290

Remove the case drain filter (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-6]. Install new case drain filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

Figure 10-120-7

1 2

P-54307

Remove the right side access cover. Disconnect the hoses from the case drain filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-7]. Remove the filter (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-7]. Install new case drain filter.

10-120-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter The hydraulic charge filter is located under the cab. See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Raise the cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 10-120-8

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

P-64255

Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-8]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal contacts the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install and hand tighten the new filter.

Lower the cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-3.) Start the engine and operate the loader.

10-120-5

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Breather Cap See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Raise the cab (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 10-120-9

P-1497 P-1497

N-20566

Remove and discard the hydraulic breather (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-9]. Install new breather. Be sure baffle is installed under breather cap (Inset) [Figure 10-120-9]. Lower the cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-3.)

10-120-6

S130 Service Manual

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

Removing And Replacing Oil

Checking And Adding Oil

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-1] from the front of the chaincase housing.

The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and chains. Use the same type of oil as the hydraulic / hydrostatic system. (See (S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-10-1.)

Figure 10-130-2

Stop the loader on a level surface. Stop the engine. Figure 10-130-1

1 P-31287A

Use a pump to suction the oil from the chaincase [Figure 10-130-2]. Recycle or dispose of the used oil in an environmentally safe manner. P-31287

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-1] from the front of the chaincase housing. If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the hole, the oil level is correct. If the level is low, add lubricant through the check plug hole until it reaches the desired level. Install and tighten the plug.

10-130-1

S130 Service Manual

10-130-2

S130 Service Manual

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 10-140-2] must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame (Item 2) [Figure 10-140-2].

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) Inspection And Maintenance

The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) [Figure 10-140-2] must contact the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 10-140-2].

Figure 10-140-1

If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole [Figure 10-140-2], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach. Figure 10-140-3

N-17027

Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges [Figure 10-140-1]. The levers and wedges must move freely. B-17460

WARNING Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in attachment. Lever(s) must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off and cause injury or death. W-2102-0497

Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and BobTach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 10-140-3]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight. Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts. Lubricate the wedges (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 10-150-1.)

Figure 10-140-2 1

Wedge must contact lower edge of hole in the attachment. N-17023

B-15177

10-140-1

S130 Service Manual

10-140-2

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER)

Figure 10-141-5

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach. 1 Inspection And Maintenance Figure 10-141-4

Wedge must contact lower edge of hole in the attachment. P-24488A

B-15177

The wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame (Item 2) [Figure 10-141-5]. B-15993N

The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) [Figure 10-141-5] must contact the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 10-141-5].

B-15891

Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch [Figure 10-141-4] until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch [Figure 10-141-4] until the wedges are fully down.

If the wedge does not contact the lower edge of the hole [Figure 10-141-5], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

Figure 10-141-6

B-17460

Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and the Bob-Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 10-141-6]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent, or missing. Keep all fasteners tight. Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts. Lubricate the wedges (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 10-150-1.)

10-141-1

S130 Service Manual

10-141-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-150-3

LUBRICATING THE LOADER Lubrication Locations Lubricate the loader as specified for the best performance of the loader (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the Bobcat Loader. Always use a good quality lithium based multi-purpose grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant until extra grease shows. Lubricate the following locations on the loader:

P-54384

Figure 10-150-1 3. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-3]. Figure 10-150-4 1

P-54473

1. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-1].

N-20574

Figure 10-150-2 4. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) [Figure 10-1504].

P-54474

2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) [Figure 10-1502].

10-150-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 10-150-7

LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) Figure 10-150-5

P-54308

N-20573

8. 250 Hours: Steering Lever Shaft (2) [Figure 10-1507].

P-54305

Figure 10-150-8 5. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-5]. 6. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-5].

Figure 10-150-6

P-43829

P-43830

Figure 10-150-9 7 P-1564

7. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) [Figure 10-150-6].

P-43831

9. Power Bob-Tach Pivot Pins (If Equipped) [Figure 10150-8] & [Figure 10-150-9].

10-150-2

S130 Service Manual

TIRE MAINTENANCE

Rotating

Wheel Nuts

Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure. Inflate tires to the maximum pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire.

Figure 10-160-1

Figure 10-160-2

N-20569

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval to check the wheel nuts [Figure 10-160-1]. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 160 ft.-lb. (217 N•m) torque. When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench to 140 ft.-lb. (190 N•m) to prevent over-tightening.

B-9976

Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires to the front [Figure 10-160-2]. It is important to keep the same size tires on each side of the loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will be turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The tread bars of all the tires must face the same direction. Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid excessive tire wear and loss of stability and handling capability. Check for the correct pressure before operating the loader.

10-160-1

S130 Service Manual

TIRE MAINTENANCE (CONT’D) Mounting Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person using the proper procedures and safe equipment. Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage. The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber lubricant before mounting the tire. Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and cause serious injury or death. During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure frequently to avoid over inflation.

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an explosion which can result in injury or death. W-2078-1007

IMPORTANT Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same loader. I-2057-0794

10-160-2

S130 Service Manual

SPARK ARRESTOR MUFFLER Cleaning Procedure

WARNING

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for cleaning the spark arrestor muffler. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust system.

When the engine is running during service, the steering levers must be in neutral and the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can cause injury or death. W-2006-0284

Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a second person, wearing safety goggles, holds a piece of wood over the outlet of the muffler.

IMPORTANT This loader is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A. Forestry Service approved spark arrestor muffler. It is necessary to do maintenance on this spark arrestor muffler to keep it in working condition. The spark arrestor muffler must be serviced by dumping the spark chamber every 100 hours of operation. If this machine is operated on flammable forest, brush or grass covered land, it must be equipped with a spark arrestor attached to the exhaust system and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442 PRC. Consult local laws and regulations for spark arrestor requirements I-2022-0807

This will force contaminants out through the cleanout hole. Stop the engine. Install and tighten the plug. Close the rear door.

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning. W-2050-0807

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 10-170-1

WARNING Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles. Failure to obey can cause serious injury.

W-2011-1285

WARNING P-54302

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-170-1] from the bottom of the muffler.

Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive dust or gases or where exhaust can contact flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can cause injury or death. W-2068-1285

10-170-1

S130 Service Manual

10-170-2

S130 Service Manual

PIVOT PINS Inspection And Maintenance Figure 10-180-1

N-20575A

All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 10-180-1]. Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

10-180-1

S130 Service Manual

10-180-2

S130 Service Manual

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE

Return to Service

Storage

After the Bobcat Loader has been in storage, it is necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to service.

Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat Loader for an extend period of time. Below is a list of items to perform before storage.

•

Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check coolant level.

•

Install a fully charged battery.

•

Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.

•

Check all belt tensions.

•

Be sure all shields and guards are in place.

•

Lubricate the loader.

•

Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under frame.

•

Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.

•

Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while observing the instrument panels and systems for correct operation.

•

Operate machine, check for correct function.

•

Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as needed.

10-190-1

S130 Service Manual

•

Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine compartment.

•

Lubricate the loader.

•

Replace worn or damaged parts.

•

Park the loader in a dry protected shelter.

•

Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat on the ground.

•

Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the tires.

•

Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.

•

Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump and fuel injectors. If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the following: Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes.

•

Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with premixed coolant.

•

Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hyd. / hydro.).

•

Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.

•

Put all controls in neutral position.

•

Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry place above freezing temperatures and charge it periodically during storage.

•

Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

•

Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage condition.

10-190-2

S130 Service Manual

STOPPING LOADER

THE

ENGINE

AND

LEAVING

THE

Procedure

Remove the key from the switch (Key Switch) to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized personnel. Figure 10-200-3

Stop the loader on level ground. Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Figure 10-200-1

P-66663

P-66664

Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps (maintaining a 3-point contact) [Figure 10-200-3].

P-31864

WARNING

Pull the engine speed control fully backward [Figure 10200-1] to decrease the engine speed.

Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms, put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise seat bar. • (Foot Pedal Controls) Move pedals until both lock. • (Advanced Control System-ACS) Move the hydraulic controls to the NEUTRAL POSITION to make sure that both lift and tilt functions are deactivated. The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt control functions when the seat bar is up. Service the system if hand controls do not deactivate. • (Selectable Joystick Controls-SJC) Move the joysticks to the NEUTRAL POSITION to make sure that travel and hydraulic functions are deactivated. The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. Service the system if controls do not deactivate.

Figure 10-200-2

2 B-15552G

B-15553G

Engage the parking brake. Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) [Figure 10-200-2] (Key Switch) or press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-200-2] (Keyless).

W-2463-0603

Lift the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions are deactivated. Unbuckle the seat belt.

10-200-1

S130 Service Manual

Front Door (If Equipped)

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Emergency Exit The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.

NOTE: When an Operator Cab Enclosure Kit is installed, the window of the front door can be used as an emergency exit. [Figure 10-200-6]

Rear Window (If Equipped)

NOTE: If the loader has a Special Application Door Kit installed, the window of the front door is NOT an emergency exit.

Figure 10-200-4

Figure 10-200-6

P-64994

N-20171

Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove the rubber cord [Figure 10-200-4].

Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 10-200-6].

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

Figure 10-200-7

Figure 10-200-5

X X

6707852

P-24472

P-45260A

Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 10-2005].

Push the window out with your foot [Figure 10-200-7] at any corner of the window. Exit through the front door.

10-200-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-3 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-1 BUCKET POSITION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-110-1 20-110-1 20-110-4 20-110-2 20-110-1 20-110-2

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-1 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-4 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-3 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-2 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-1 CYLINDER (LIFT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-4 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-3 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-2 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-1 CYLINDER (TILT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-1 Base End Pivot Pin Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-3 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-5 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-4 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-1 Rod End Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation . . . 20-21-3 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-1

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

DRIVE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

SPECIFICATIONS

FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1 Continued On Next Page

20-01

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-1 Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-6 Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-12 Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-25 Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-24 Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-32 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-1 End Cap Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-16 Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-9 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-30 Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-10 Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-17 Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt & Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-41-11 Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-28 Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-31 Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-15 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . 20-41-13 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . 20-41-13 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . 20-41-14 Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-14 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-1 Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-26 Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-22 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-1 Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-8 Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-28 Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-26 Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-34 End Cap/Spool Lock Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-13 Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-6 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-32 Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-7 Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-14 Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt & Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-8 Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-30 Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-33 Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-12 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . . 20-40-9 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . 20-40-10 Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . 20-40-10 Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-11 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-1 Rubber Boot Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-13 Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-29 Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-24 Continued On Next Page

20-02

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Fluid Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-90-1 20-90-1 20-90-2 20-90-1

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charge Filter Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-80-1 20-80-1 20-80-3 20-80-1

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Pump Test (Standard Section). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Pump Start Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump Test At Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-70-1 20-70-1 20-70-4 20-70-2 20-70-8 20-70-6 20-70-7 20-70-1 20-70-6

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1 Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-3 Direct Pump Test (Standard Section). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-2 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-11 Hydraulic Pump Start Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-9 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-10 Pump Test At Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-7 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-1 Glossary Of Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-5 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-50-1 20-50-1 20-50-2 20-50-1 20-50-1

MAIN RELIEF VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-30-1 20-30-2 20-30-1 20-30-3 20-30-1

Continued On Next Page

20-03

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1 REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20-120-1 20-120-1 20-120-4 20-120-1 20-120-1

TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC-01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

20-04

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC S130 (S/N 529211001 & Above) (S/N 529611001 - & Above) (S/N A1Z711001 - A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 - A8KA59999) (S/N A84W11001 & Above) (PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) V-0793legend

LEGEND 1

RESERVOIR: Capacity . . . . . . . 14.0 Qts. (13,25 L)

SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 Bar)

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 Bar) Normally Closed

DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE

RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH PRESSURE: 5000 PSI (345 Bar)

RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: 360 PSI (24,8 Bar) at High Engine Idle With 140 degrees F. (60 degrees C.) Fluid

FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE

HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) at High Engine Idle

RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 2650-2750 PSI (183-190 Bar) at Front Quick Couplers

10 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE PORT 3500 PSI (241,3 Bar)

15 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 16

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL

17 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 18 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 19

PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT ARM BY-PASS

20 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING SPOOL 21 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL SPOOL 22

FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BASE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - ROD

11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE

LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL

RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE PORT (OPTIONAL) 3500 PSI (241,3 Bar)

PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY

RESTRICTION - 0.343 inch (8,73 mm)

14 LOAD CHECK VALVE

29 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm)

Printed in U.S.A.

RELIEF VALVE:

3300 PSI (228 Bar)

PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH

RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)

RESTRICTION - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)

31 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 32 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (SINTERED BRONZE) 33 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE (SCREEN)

47 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (137 Bar)

34 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE

48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 Bar)

RESTRICTION

VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP

SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE (Not Adjustable - Factory Set) 65 PSI (4,5 Bar)

38 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR

49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 50 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT HYDRAULIC MOTOR 51

ANTICAVITATION VALVE

52 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – (Fan Speed Regulator): 1566 - 1784 PSI (108 - 123 bar) 53

FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE

39 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 Bar) Spring 40 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE (ON/OFF) 41

CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE

CHARGE PUMP 12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle

CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 Bar) Spring And With 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) Orifice NOTE: Unless otherwise specified springs have NO significant pressure value. V-0793legend (2-7-08)

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC S130 (S/N 529211001 & Above) (S/N 529611001 & Above) (S/N A1Z711001 - A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 - A8KA59999) (S/N A84W11001 & Above)

(REAR QUICK COUPLERS)

FEMALE

BASE

MALE

ROD

REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)

INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK

(PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) V-0793

MALE

26 7

(FRONT AUXILIARY LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)

MALE 7

DRIVE MOTOR 29

FEMALE

27 4

37 P-OUT

P-IN

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL)

D 34

HYDRAULIC FILTER 31 OIL COOLER

2 B

HYDROSTATIC PUMPS 36

A 5

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VAVLE

C 21

13 CHARGE INLET

AUXILIARY SPOOL 12

B B

31 2 14

36 10

TILT CYLINDERS BICS CONTROL VALVE

5 D

8 50

OUTLET

INLET

B 42 BOB-TACH CYLINDER (OPTIONAL) 52

A TILT CYLINDER SPOOL

HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH (OPTIONAL)

14 LIFT CYLINDERS

10 18

39 B

DRIVE MOTOR 38

LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL

43 46

48 49

45 9

14 16

WORKING CIRCUITS PILOT CIRCUITS DRAIN CIRCUITS COMPONENTS

44 LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE 32 19

Printed in U.S.A.

V-0793 (2-7-08)

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC WITH SJC OPTION S130 (S/N 529211001 & Above) (S/N 529611001 & Above) (S/N A1Z711001 - A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 - A8KA59999) (S/N A84W11001 & Above) (PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) V-0794legend

LEGEND 1

RESERVOIR: Capacity . . . . . . . 14.0 qt. (13,2 L)

SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 45-55 PSI (3,1-3,8 bar)

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL

32 FILTER - CASE DRAIN (SINTERED BRONZE)

17 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL

33 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE (SCREEN)

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 36-44 PSI (2,5-3,0 bar) Normally Closed

18 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL

DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE

RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH PRESSURE: 5075 PSI (350 bar)

RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: 360 PSI (24,8 bar) at High Engine Idle With 140 degrees F. (60 degrees C.) Fluid

PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE LIFT ARM BY-PASS

20 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING SPOOL 21 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL SPOOL

CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE

47 RELIEF VALVE - 2000 PSI (137 bar) 48 RELIEF VALVE - 1200 PSI (83 bar) 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 50 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT HYDRAULIC MOTOR

RESTRICTION

VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP

SHUTTLE RELIEF VALVE (Not Adjustable - Factory Set) 65 PSI (4,5 bar)

52 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – (Fan Speed Regulator): 1566 - 1784 PSI (108 - 123 bar)

ANTICAVITATION VALVE

CHARGE PUMP 12.8 GPM (48,5 L/min) at High Engine Idle

FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE BLEED-OFF VALVE

FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE

HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) at High Engine Idle

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BASE

39 CHECK VALVE - With 80 PSI (5,5 bar) Spring

CHECK VALVE - With 300 PSI (20,7 bar) Spring with 0.016 inch (0,40 mm) orifice SOLENOID ACTIVATED CONTROL VALVE - FORWARD/REVERSE SERVO PISTON -Swash Plate

RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 2650-2750 PSI (183-190 bar) at Front Quick Couplers

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - ROD

40 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE (ON/OFF)

POSITION SENSOR -Swash Plate

PORT RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE 3500 PSI (241,3 bar)

LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF

CHECK VALVE - BICS CONTROL VALVE

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL

RESTRICTION - 0.343 inch (8,7 mm)

PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY

FILTER - Bob-Tach Valve

PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH

RESTRICTION - 0.089 inch (2,26 mm)

RESTRICTION - 0.025 inch (0,6 mm)

11 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 12

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY

15 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP Printed in U.S.A.

29 RESTRICTOR - 0.031 inch (0,8 mm) 30

CHARGE PRESSURE SENSOR

PORT RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE: . . . . . (Optional) 3500 PSI (241,3 bar) 14 LOAD CHECK VALVE

38 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BI-DIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR

RELIEF VALVE:

3300 PSI (228 bar)

31 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER)

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, springs have NO significant pressure value. V-0794legend (2-6-08)

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC WITH SJC OPTION

(REAR QUICK COUPLERS)

FEMALE

S130 (S/N 529211001 & Above) (S/N 529611001 & Above) (S/N A1Z711001 - A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 - A8KA59999)

BASE

MALE

ROD

REAR AUX VALVE (OPTIONAL)

(S/N A84W11001 & Above)

INTEGRATED QUICK COUPLER BLOCK

(PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) (V-0794)

MALE

26 7

(FRONT AUXILIARY LEFT SIDE LIFT ARM)

MALE 7 DRIVE MOTOR

FEMALE

27 4

37 P-OUT

P-IN

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (OPTIONAL) D

HYDRAULIC FILTER 31

HYDROSTATIC PUMPS

A 2

OIL COOLER

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 5

C 21

20 12 12

CHARGE INLET

AUXILIARY SPOOL A

42 28

TILT CYLINDERS

BICS CONTROL VALVE

55 3 B

11 14

INLET 52

TILT SPOOL

LIFT CYLINDERS

53 OUTLET

FAN MOTOR

10 HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH (OPTIONAL)

38 39

18 B

LIFT SPOOL 35

47 15

DR 14 54 48 46 49 4

45 PP

LIFT ARM BY PASS VALVE

P1 44

Printed in U.S.A. DRIVE MOTOR V-0794 (2-7-08)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION Glossary Of Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Symbols SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

BASIC and MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS

FLOW LINES and CONNECTIONS WORKING CIRCUITS - Continuous, Solid Line - Working (Main) Line, Return Line (line conducting fluid from working devices to the reservoir) and Feed line (main line conductor).

RESTRICTION - Line with Fixed Restriction - Affected by Viscosity (property of resistance to flowing fluid). VARIABLE ADJUSTMENT RESTRICTION - Regulated or Variable Restriction.

PILOT PRESSURE - Dashed Line Pilot Line (Line which conducts control fluid). DRAIN CIRCUITS - Dotted Line Drain Line (drain or bleed line - line conducting fluid from a component housing to the reservoir.

COMPONENTS - Long Chain Line Enclosure outline for several components assembled in one unit. MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS Double Line (Shaft, Lever, Piston Rod). CONNECTED JUNCTION OF OIL LINES (Flow Line Connection).

OIL LINES Connected).

CROSSING

(NOT

TEMPERATURE CONTROL (Indication of temperature).

TEMPERATURE INDICATOR (temperature measurement thermometer).

FILTER (strainer or screen) - For fluid conditioning. VENTED RESERVOIR atmosphere).

AND FILTERED (reservoir open to

PRESSURIZED, VENTED AND FiLTERED RESERVOIR (Reservoir uses a pressured cap). OIL COOLER (heat exchanger) - The arrows in the diamond indicate the extraction of heat (heat dissipation). PRESSURE SENSOR electric signal with pressure.

Varies

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch activates when pressure difference reaches specified level.

COUPLER - Quick - Acting Coupling (uncoupled, closed by non-return valve).

PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch activates when pressure reaches specified level. MUFFLER noise.

20-10-1

(silencer)

Reduces

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d) SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

CYLINDER: Equipment to convert hydraulic energy into linear energy and in which the fluid pressure operates alternately in both directions (forward and backward strokes). DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER, UNEQUAL DISPLACEMENT - With single piston rod. DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER, UNEQUAL DISPLACEMENT and CUSHION ON ONE END - With single piston rod.

PUMP: To convert mechanical energy into hydraulic energy.

DESCRIPTION CONTROL MECHANISMS CONTROL VALVE WITH DETENT (Holds Valve in Position) - device for maintaining a given position (mechanical). CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A PULL BUTTON (manual).

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A PUSH-PULL BUTTON (manual).

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A LEVER (manual). CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A PEDAL (manual).

FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT HYDRAULIC PUMP - With one direction of flow. VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL HYDRAULIC PUMP - With two directions of flow (bidirectional).

CONTROL VALVE WITH SPRING RETURN (mechanical).

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY AN ELECTRIC SOLENOID (electrical).

MOTOR: To convert hydraulic energy into rotary mechanical energy.

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A PROPORTIONAL ELECTRICAL SOLENOID (electrical).

FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL HYDRAULIC MOTOR - With two directions of flow (bidirectional.

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY DUAL ELECTRICAL SOLENOID (electrical). CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY PILOT PRESSURE (indirect control, pilot actuated by application of pressure).

20-10-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d) SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

NON-RETURN VALVE, SHUTTLE VALVE: Valve which allows free flow in one direction only.

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE: Valve providing for the opening (fully or restricted) or the closing of one or more flow paths (represented by several squares).

NON-RETURN VALVE (Check Valve) - Used as Replenishing Valve, Lock Check Valve or Anticavitation Valve Opens if the Inlet pressure is higher than the Outlet pressure. Often contains internal spring which has NO significant pressure value.

TWO PORTS and CLOSED FLOW PATHS

OUT

SPRING LOADED VALVE (bypass Valve) - Opens if the Inlet pressure is greater than the Outlet pressure plus the spring pressure.

PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE (Two Position) controlled by pressure (with return spring).

PILOT CONTROLLED NONRETURN VALVE- It is possible to open the valve by pilot pressure.

OUT

SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE (Two Position) - controlled by an electric solenoid (with return spring).

MANUALLY ACTIVATED DIRECTION CONTROL VALVE (Variable Position) Joystick Controlled, variable pressure to shift the pilot activated directional control valve spool.

OUT

SHUTTLE VALVE - The Inlet port connected to the higher pressure is automatically connected to the Outlet port while the other Inlet port is closed.

FRON T BACK

MANUALLY ACTIVATED FLOW CONTROL VALVE (Two Position) allows for changing pilot flow to control switching joystick functions for STD / ISO Control (Excavators Only). STEERING CONTROL VALVE (Variable Position) - Used for controlling the hydraulic flow for the steering cylinders in relationship to the amount the steering wheel is rotated.

20-10-3

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d) SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE: Valve ensuring the control of pressure.

OUT

RELIEF VALVE - When the Inlet pressure overcomes the opposing force of the spring, the valve opens permitting flow from the Outlet port.

DESCRIPTION MISCELLANEOUS ACCUMULATOR Supplies temporary reserve pressure to the hydraulic system when the engine has been stopped.

RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE or RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE When the Inlet pressure overcomes the opposing force of the spring, the valve opens permitting flow from the Outlet port - Allows free flow in the opposite direction. DUAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE When the Inlet pressure overcomes the opposing force of the spring, the valve opens permitting flow from the Outlet port. Pilot pressure provides a second pressure value. LOCK VALVE - hydraulic pressure is applied to open the valve to allow the hydraulic cylinder to move.

FLOW CONTROL VALVE: Valve controlling the flow in one or both directions. ONE WAY RESTRICTOR VALVE (Non-Return Valve with Restriction) Unit allowing free flow in one direction but restricted flow in the other direction. TOW VALVE - Normally in closed position. LOAD SENSE BLEED VALVE Regulates small amount of fluid flow (leakage).

20-10-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

WARNING

Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to make correct repairs or adjustments can cause injury or death.

PROBLEM

W-2004-1285

CAUSE

The hydraulic system will not operate. The transmission warning light comes ON when hydraulics are operating. Slow hydraulic system action. Hydraulic action is not smooth. Lift arms go up slowly at full engine RPM. The lift arms or Bob-Tach will move when the pedal is in neutral position. Bypass valve stuck. Bypass valve stem bent or broke.

1, 2, 3, 5, 8 1, 3, 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 4 12 13

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE 1. The fluid level is not correct. 2. The pedal linkage is disconnected. 3. The hydraulic pump has damage. 4. The pedal linkage is not adjusted correctly. 5. Relief valve is not at the correct pressure. 6. Suction leak on the inlet side of the hydraulic pump. 7. Fluid is cold. Wrong viscosity fluid. 8. Using the loader for more than its rated capacity. 9. Internal leak in the lift cylinder(s). 10. External leak from the lift cylinder(s). 11. Damaged lift spool. 12. Rotate shaft. 13. Replace manual spool cartridge.

20-10-5

S130 Service Manual

20-10-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-20-2

CYLINDER (LIFT) Testing

WARNING

2 1

P-45266

W-2072-0807

Install a plug in the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-2] and tighten.

Figure 20-20-1

Connect the negative ground cable to the battery. Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE BUTTON. Push the top (toe) of the lift pedal. 1

If there is any leakage from the base end cylinder port (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-2], remove the lift cylinder for repair. Repeat the procedure to check the other lift cylinder.

P-45265

WARNING

Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Pull up on the lift arm bypass control to release the hydraulic pressure. Check only one cylinder at a time. Open the rear door. Disconnect the negative ground cable from the battery.

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-1] from the lift cylinder base end port.

20-20-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-20-5

CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation Figure 20-20-3

1 P-45268

Remove the lift arm pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-5] (both sides).

P-45265

Figure 20-20-6 Stop the engine. Pull up on the lift arm bypass control to release the hydraulic pressure. Open the rear door and disconnect the negative ground cable from the battery.

1 2

Disconnect and plug the hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-3] from the lift cylinder. Figure 20-20-4

1 P-45258

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-6] and nut from the lift cylinder rod end pivot pin (both sides). Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Use a drift pin and hammer, remove the cylinder pivot pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-6] (both sides).

P-45267

Remove the lift cylinder (both sides). Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-4] and nut from the lift arm pin (both sides). Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (35 - 38 Nm) torque. NOTE: Remove the air cleaner (See Housing Removal And Installation on Page 70-40-1) to remove the left rear pivot pin. The pin must be driven out from the engine compartment. 20-20-2

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT’D) Parts Identification

1. Plug 2. O-ring 3. Cylinder 4. O-ring 5. Nut 6. Piston 7. Seal 8. O-ring

9. Spacer 10. Seal 11. O-ring 12. Head 13. Rod Seal 14. Wiper Seal 15. Rod

2 5 4

14 1 2

13 12

3 11

B-13593

20-20-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-20-8

CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

4 Use the following tools to service the cylinder:

MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook Spanner Wrench

MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool MEL1396 - Seal Installation Tool Piston Ring Compressor Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them.

P-48036

Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3) and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-8].

Always install new O-rings and seals during assembly. Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic oil during installation. Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.

Assembly: Tighten the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-8] to 600 ft.-lb. (814 N•m) torque. NOTE: Clean and dry the threads before installing the nut. Install the new nut from the kit. Figure 20-20-9

Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise. 2 Figure 20-20-7 2

3 P-48038

Remove the seal (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 2020-9] from the piston.

P-48033

Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-7] from the cylinder case.

NOTE: If the fiber surface (Item 3) [Figure 20-20-9] on the piston head, becomes damaged, the complete piston head must be replaced.

Assembly: Tighten the head with a spanner wrench until the head is seated all of the way into the cylinder (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-7].

20-20-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-20-12

CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-20-10

P-48040

Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-12] from the cylinder head.

P7424

Figure 20-20-13 Assembly: Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it fits the piston [Figure 20-20-10]. Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it on the piston.

Once the seal is installed on the piston, a piston ring compressor can be used on the piston for 3 minutes to compress the seal into place.

Figure 20-20-11 1

P-48041A

P-48042

Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item 1), toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-2013].

P-48039

Remove the two O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-11] from the cylinder head.

20-20-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-20-16

CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-20-14

P7425

Assembly: Install the rod seal in the head. Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal.

P-48042

Remove the rod seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-14] from the cylinder head.

Reverse the disassembly procedure to assemble the lift cylinder.

Figure 20-20-15

P-48043A

P7427

Assembly: Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-20-15]. NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-15] must be installed toward the inside of the cylinder.

20-20-6

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

CYLINDER (TILT) Testing

WARNING

Remove the attachment. Roll the Bob-Tach fully back. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.

WARNING Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have sufficient force to enter a person’s body by penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury and possible death if proper medical treatment by a physician familiar with this injury is not received immediately.

W-2103-0508

Figure 20-21-2

W-2145-0290

Figure 20-21-1

N-20733

Remove the attachment. Roll the Bob-Tach forward and lower the lift arms. Place the Bob-Tach flat on a pallet to allow the tilt cylinder base end pin enough clearance to be removed [Figure 20-21-2].

N-20732

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-1] which goes to the base end of the tilt cylinder.

Stop the engine. Move the tilt pedal to release the hydraulic pressure. Raise the seat bar.

Install a cap on the fitting and tighten. Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the engine and push the Press to Operate button. Push the bottom (heel) of the tilt pedal. If there is leakage from the open port, remove the tilt cylinder for repair.

20-21-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-21-5

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-21-3

N-20739

Remove the grease fitting from the rod end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-5].

1 N-20731

Remove the rod end pivot pin. Disconnect both hydraulic hoses (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 20-21-3]. Figure 20-21-4

W-2103-0508

N-20734

Remove the retainer nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-4] from the cylinder rod end pivot pin. Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 38 N•m) torque.

20-21-2

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D)

Base End Pivot Pin Removal And Installation

Rod End Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation

Figure 20-21-7

Figure 20-21-6

1 1 N-20737

Remove the retainer nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-7] and bolt from the base end pivot pin.

N-18556

Remove the old seal (both sides) from the end of the tilt cylinder [Figure 20-21-6].

Installation: Tighten the retainer nut and bolt to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Apply a light coat of grease on the new seals (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-6].

Figure 20-21-8

Install the new seals with the lip facing in [Figure 20-216]. Install the rod end of the tilt cylinder into the Bob-Tach. Be careful not to damage the new seals during installation.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the pivot pin bushing and seal.

N-00845

Remove the base end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-218]. Remove the tilt cylinder from the loader.

20-21-3

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Parts Identification

1. Cylinder 2. Case 3. Piston 4. Head 5. Rod 6. Nut 7. O-ring 8. Seal 9. O-ring 10. Washer

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

O-ring Seal Seal Bushing Tube O-ring Plug Clamp Nut Seal 1

18 16 6

17 4 3

19 7

13 8

5 10 14

MS1797

20-21-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-21-10

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly

3 Use the following tools to service the cylinder:

MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook MEL1396 - Seal Installation Tool MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool Piston Ring Compressor Spanner Wrench Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them.

Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other damage. Replace any damaged parts. P-48071

Always install new O-rings and seals during assembly. Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic oil during installation.

Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and head (Item 3) [Figure 20-21-10].

Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.

Assembly: Tighten the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-10] to 100 ft.-lb. (136 N•m) torque.

Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.

NOTE: Clean and dry the threads before installing the nut. Install the new nut from the kit.

Figure 20-21-9

Figure 20-21-11 2 1

P-48088

P-48034

Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-9] from the cylinder case.

P-48089

Assembly: Mark the end of the shaft and nut. Tighten the nut an additional 135 degrees or 2-1/4 flats [Figure 20-21-11].

Assembly: Tighten the head with a spanner wrench until the head is seated all of the way into the cylinder (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-9].

20-21-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-21-14

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 20-21-12 2 2 1

P-48039

Remove the two O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-14] from the cylinder head.

P-48073

Figure 20-21-15 Remove the seal (Item 1), and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-12] from the piston. Figure 20-21-13 1

P-48040

Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-15] from the cylinder head.

P7424

Assembly: Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it fits the piston [Figure 20-21-13]. Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it on the piston. Once the seal is installed on the piston, a piston ring compressor can be used on the piston for 3 minutes to compress the seal into place.

20-21-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-21-18

CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-21-16

1 2

P-48043

P-48041

P7427

Assembly: Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-21-18].

P-48042

Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item 1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-2116].

NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-18] must be installed toward the inside of the cylinder. Figure 20-21-19

Figure 20-21-17

P7425 P-48042

Remove the rod seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-17] from the cylinder head.

Assembly: Install the rod seal in the head. Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal [Figure 20-21-19].

20-21-7

S130 Service Manual

20-21-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-22-2

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) Testing

WARNING

Install a plug in the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-2] and tighten.

Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the engine. Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” Switch (Front Accessory Panel). If there is any leakage from the base end cylinder port (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-2], remove the Bob-Tach cylinder for repair.

Figure 20-22-1

P-31514

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor [Figure 20-22-1]. Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-1] from the power Bob-Tach cylinder base end port.

20-22-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-22-4

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation Figure 20-22-3

P-31513

Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-4]. P-31514

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Disconnect the hoses (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 20-22-3] from the cylinder fittings.

Remove the washers and cylinder from the lever pivots.

Install plugs and cap in fittings.

20-22-2

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT’D) Parts Identification

1. Cylinder 2. Plug 3. O-Ring 4. Nut 5. Piston 6. O-Ring 7. Ring 8. Spacer 9. O-Ring 10. Ring 11. O-Ring 12. Head 13. Seal 14. Seal 15. Rod

3 2 14

9 8

5 4

PE1064

20-22-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-22-6

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly

Use the following tools to service the cylinder:

1 MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook Spanner Wrench MEL1396 - Seal Installation Tool MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool Piston Ring Compressor Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them. Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other damage. Replace any damaged parts.

P16294

Remove the head and rod assembly from the cylinder [Figure 20-22-6]. Put the rod end in a vise. Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3) and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-6] from the rod.

Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.

Assembly: Grease the piston where the nut contacts the piston. do not get grease on the threads. Install the new nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-6].

Figure 20-22-5

Assembly: Tighten the nut to 90 ft.-lb. (122 N•m) torque. Figure 20-22-7

3 2 1 4

P-43212

P16295

Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-5]. Assembly: Tighten the head with a spanner wrench until the head is seated all of the way into the cylinder (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-5].

Remove the O-ring (Item 1), and seal (Item 2) from the piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-7]. NOTE: The piston center hole (Item 4) [Figure 20-227] has a bevel on one end. The bevel goes toward the rod when assembling.

20-22-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-22-10

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-22-8

P-48040

Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-10] from the cylinder head.

P7424

Figure 20-22-11 Assembly: Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it fits the piston [Figure 20-22-8]. Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it on the piston.

Once the seal is installed on the piston, a piston ring compressor can be used on the piston for 3 minutes to compress the seal into place.

Figure 20-22-9 1

P-48041A

P-48042

Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item 1), toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-2211].

P-48039

Remove the two O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-9] from the cylinder head.

20-22-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-22-14

CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-22-12

P7425

Assembly: Install the rod seal in the head. Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal [Figure 20-22-14].

P-48042

Remove the rod seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-12] from the cylinder head.

Reverse the disassembly procedure to assemble the Bob-Tach cylinder.

Figure 20-22-13

P-48043A

P7427

Assembly: Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-22-13]. NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-13] must be installed toward the inside of the cylinder.

20-22-6

S130 Service Manual

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

MAIN RELIEF VALVE Description

Figure 20-30-1 The main relief valve limits the hydraulic system pressure by opening at a certain pressure and allowing the hydraulic oil to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir. (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) The main relief valve is adjustable and is located on the hydraulic control valve near the bottom, facing the front of the loader. 2

Testing

IMPORTANT P-48503

The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open position before you start the engine. I-2024-0284

Connect the IN port (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-1] of the hydraulic tester to the bottom (female) quick coupler on the loader. Connect the OUT port (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-1] of the hydraulic tester to the top (male) quick coupler on the loader.

WARNING When the engine is running during service, the steering levers must be in neutral and the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can cause injury or death.

Figure 20-30-2

W-2006-0284

WARNING 1 Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death. N-18409

W-2017-0286

•

Press the AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Button (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-2] Maximum Flow.

20-30-1

S130 Service Manual

The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL10003 - Hydraulic Tester MEL10006 - Hydraulic Test Kit Turn the key switch to the OFF position. To release the hydraulic pressure at the front auxiliary quick couplers push the couplers into the coupler block and hold for three seconds.

Turn the restrictor control, on the tester, until the main relief valve opens. Check the relief pressure.

MAIN RELIEF VALVE (CONT’D) Testing (Cont’d)

If the relief pressure is not correct, stop the engine and adjust the main relief valve.

Figure 20-30-3 Right Steering Lever Control

Adjusting Figure 20-30-5

O-ring

1 P-31833

Back-up Figure 20-30-4 B-6764

(SJC) RIGHT STEERING CONTROL

If the pressure is not correct, adjust the main relief valve. Remove the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-5]. Turn the adjusting screw in or out until the pressure is correct. NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached, replace the main relief valve. Check the pressure setting of the new relief valve.

P-73289

•

Push the front switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] or [Figure 20-30-4] to give the front quick couplers a constant flow of fluid.

•

Push the front switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] to give the front quick couplers a constant flow of fluid.

•

To release from continuous operation, press the front switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] a second time.

Watch the flow meter on the hydraulic tester to make sure the flow is correct. Increase the engine speed to full RPM. Refer to Specifications, (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for both flow and pressure specifications of the hydraulic system. Check the free flow specification. 20-30-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-30-7

MAIN RELIEF VALVE (CONT’D) Removal and Installation Figure 20-30-6

1 1

P-54186

Clean the area around the control valve. Loosen and remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-7].

P-54172

Remove the four motor cover mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-6]. Installation: Tighten the mounting screws to 15 - 20 ft.lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

Remove the O-rings and back-up washers [Figure 2030-5]. Clean the main relief valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry the valve. Install new O-rings and back-up washers. Install the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-7] and tighten. Check the pressure again. Installation: Tighten the main relief valve to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) torque.

IMPORTANT When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, clean the work area before disassembly and keep all parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly damage the system. I-2003-0888

20-30-3

S130 Service Manual

20-30-4

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Description

DANGER

Figure 20-40-1

P-90328

•

P-68012

The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main frame on the right hand side, below the operators cab.

D-1009-0409

The hydraulic control valve [Figure 20-40-1] is the hydraulic component that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the lift, tilt and auxiliary functions. The lift and tilt functions are operated using mechanical linkages to connect the foot pedals to the lift and tilt spools. The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure. There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool. Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on the right side control handle/lever. The activated solenoid sends pilot pressure oil to one side of the spool and forces the spool to shift.

WARNING Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm support device can allow the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death. W-2059-0598

IMPORTANT

The hydraulic control valve contains a main relief valve which is adjustable.

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, clean the work area before disassembly and keep all parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly damage the system. I-2003-0888

20-40-1

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT’D)

lift cylinders. The hose must be removed at the back tee fitting, located in the right side upright.

Removal and Installation (Cont’d)

NOTE: Remember the hose routing for ease of control valve installation.

Drain the hydraulic reservoir.(See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Figure 20-40-4

Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.) Figure 20-40-2

P-54183

Disconnect the inlet tubeline (Item 1) from the control valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-4] through the access opening.

P-54169

Figure 20-40-5

Remove the right rear tire. Locate and remove the access covers (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-2] on the right side of the machine. Figure 20-40-3

P-67082

1 Remove the tie-straps (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-5] from the fixed end main valve hose. P-68855

Mark all tubelines and hoses for correct installation. The fixed end main valve hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-3] is connected to a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed to the back upright where the hose is connected to a tee fitting that feeds the base end of both

20-40-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT’D)

Remove the two lift arm bypass valve mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-7] and remove the valve.

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-8

Figure 20-40-6

1 2

3 1

P-68861 P-68862

Remove the connector pins (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-8]. Mark and disconnect the five electric solenoid connectors for correct installation (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-6].

Figure 20-40-9

Remove the outlet tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-6] from the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler. Disconnect and cap the drain hose (Item 3) [Figure 2040-6]. 1 Figure 20-40-7

3 1

P-54161

2 Remove the control pedal cross bar linkage (Item 1) and tilt linkage (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-9].

P-68860

Disconnect and remove the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-7] from the lift arm bypass valve to the control valve. Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-7] from the lift arm bypass valve to the drive motor case drain.

20-40-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-12

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-10

P-68864

Remove and cap both tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-4012] from the auxiliary section of the control valve. P-67082

Figure 20-40-13 Disconnect and cap the charge pressure tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-10] from the control valve. Figure 20-40-11

P-68865

1 Disconnect and cap the tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-4013] from the lift section of the control valve. P-54153

Remove tubeline clamp bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-11] from the auxiliary tubelines in the left rear upright. Installation: Tighten bolt to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

20-40-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-16

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-14

1 1

P-68871

Connect a hoist to the lifting brackets (Item 1) [Figure 2040-16] on the control valve. P-68864

Figure 20-40-17 Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) and (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-14] from the tilt section of the control valve. Figure 20-40-15

P-68868PP-68868 51713

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-4017] that secure the control valve to the side of the loader. Remove the control valve from the loader.

P-68866

Remove the fixed-end main valve hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-15] from the main control valve fitting.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydraulic control valve.

20-40-5

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (FOOT CONTROL) (CONT'D) Identification Chart Figure 20-40-18 J2 C2 J4 D5

F2 F4

A2 C4

D1 D2 A1 F1

B1 MR

C1 H1

E1 H3

MS1937

ITEM

S130 LOADER

ITEM

S130 LOADER

A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1

Lift Cylinder Base End Tilt Cylinder Base End Auxiliary Hydraulic Rod End Lift Cylinder Rod End Tilt Cylinder Rod End Auxiliary Hydraulics Base End Lift Load Check Load Check Valve Tilt Function Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function Check Valve Anti-Cavitation Valve Lift (Rod End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Lift (Base End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Tilt (Base End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Tilt (Rod End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary) 3500 PSI (Optional)

E1 E2 E3 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 H1

Lift Spool Detent Tilt Spool Centering Spring Auxiliary Spool/Centering Springs Lift Spool Tilt Spool Lift Spool Lock Solenoid Tilt Spool Lock Solenoid Auxiliary Solenoid Stem Auxiliary Solenoid Stem

BICS Lock Valve (Tilt)

BICS Lock Valve (Lift)

J1 J2 J3 J4 MR

Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump) Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank) Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Drain (Case) Main Relief Valve – 2700 PSI

D2 D3 D4 D5

20-40-6

BICS Valve Solenoid

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-21

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-19

2 P-51440

Check for free movement of the load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-21]. P-68014

Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-19] from the check valve. Remove the lift load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-4019]. Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and tighten the valve to 55 - 65 ft.-lb. (75 - 88 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-20

P-51439

Remove and install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-20].

20-40-7

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

installing. Tighten the plug to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt & Auxiliary)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End)

Figure 20-40-22

Figure 20-40-24

2 1

P-68007

P-68015

At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-22].

At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-24].

At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-22].

IMPORTANT

NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are interchangeable. Figure 20-40-23

I-2003-0888

1 3

P-51453

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-23]. Check the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-23] in the poppet to be sure it is not plugged. Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-4023] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before

20-40-8

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-27

Figure 20-40-25

P-68015

1 Loosen the lift circuit port relief/anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-27].

P-51693

Installation: Always use new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 2040-25] on the anti-cavitation valve plug. Tighten the plug to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-40-28

Figure 20-40-26

1 3

1 2 P-51451

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-28] before installation.

P-51453

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-26].

Installation: Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

Check the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-26] in the poppet to be sure it is not plugged. Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-4026] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before installing. Tighten the plug to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-40-9

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Figure 20-40-31

Figure 20-40-29

1 1

P-68015

Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-31] from the rod end of the tilt section.

P-68015

Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-29] from the base end of the tilt section.

Figure 20-40-32

Figure 20-40-30

1 1 P-51694

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-32] before installation.

P-51454

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-30] before installation.

Installation: Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-40-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-35

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-33

P-51696

The control valve may be equipped with an optional auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-35]. P-68015

Remove the auxiliary port relief valve. Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-33] from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-40-36

Figure 20-40-34

P-51640

1 Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-36]. Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

P-51695

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-34]. Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-40-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-39

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Plug Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-37

1 1 P-51461

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-39]. P-68016

Figure 20-40-40 At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-37]. Figure 20-40-38

P-51462

1 Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-40]. Tighten to 40 ft.-lb. (54 N•m) torque. P-51460

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-38]. Tighten to 40 ft.-lb. (54 N•m) torque.

20-40-12

S130 Service Manual

End Cap/Spool Lock Block Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Figure 20-40-43

Rubber Boot Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-41 1

2 1 1

P-51697

P-51506

Remove the three screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-41] on the rubber boot retainer plate.

Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) and the tilt spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-43] from the end cap/spool lock block. Figure 20-40-44

Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-42

1 1

P-68017

Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-44] from the end cap/spool lock block. P-51701

Remove the rubber boots (Item 1) from the retainer plate (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-42].

20-40-13

S130 Service Manual

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) End Cap/Spool Lock Block Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL1278 - Detent Tool MEL1285 - Detent Spring Tool

Figure 20-40-45

Remove the end cap/spool lock block from the control valve. Figure 20-40-47

1 1 1 P-51699A

Remove the four end cap/spool lock block mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-45]. P-51511A

Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 11,3 N•m) torque. Remove the rubber boots and retainer plate from the lift and tilt spools. Figure 20-40-46

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-47]. Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly with oil before installation of the end cap/spool lock block. Figure 20-40-48

2 1 1 P-51700A P-51512A

Remove the end cap/spool lock block (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-46] from the control valve.

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-48] from the lift spool.

20-40-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-51

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-49

2 P-51515

Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-51] from the detent bonnet. Remove the detent bonnet (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-51].

P-51513

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.

Remove the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-49]. Figure 20-40-50

IMPORTANT The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do not lose these parts during disassembly and assembly. I-2012-0284

1 2

P-51514

Use a screwdriver to remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-50]. Remove the washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-50].

20-40-15

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-54

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-52

1 P-51518

Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-54] from the control valve. Figure 20-40-55

P-51516

Put a rag around the detent assembly [Figure 20-40-52]. This will prevent the detent balls and spring from being lost when the detent sleeve is removed. Figure 20-40-53

P-51519A

3 Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-55] from the linkage end of the valve. 2

P-51517

Remove the detent sleeve (Item 1), detent balls (Item 2) and spring (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-53].

20-40-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-58

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-56

2 N-18916

Put a rag around the detent assembly [Figure 20-40-58]. This will prevent the detent balls and spring from being lost when the detent adapter is removed. P-8988

Remove the detent adapter with an Alan wrench. Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 2040-56].

Remove the back-up washer (Item 1) and spool seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-58].

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Figure 20-40-59

Figure 20-40-57 1 2

1 3

N-19004 N-18915

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-57] over the centering spring.

Remove the detent adapter (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-59] from the spring assembly.

NOTE: Be careful when removing the detent adapter (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-57] from the centering spring, as it is under spring pressure. NOTE: The centering spring (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-57] is white on all 700 series loaders.

20-40-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-62

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-60 1

N-18918

Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 2040-62]. Figure 20-40-63

N-19009

Remove spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-60] from the spring assembly. Figure 20-40-61

3 1 4 N-18920

Removal of the plastic plug: Make a center point in the plug using a 1/16 inch drill. N-18919A

Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 inch tap drill

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-61].

Turn a 6-32 tap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-63] into the plug. Pull the tap and plug out of the spool. Be careful, do not break the tap. Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore. NOTE: DO NOT USE Loctite® ON THE STUD THREADS.

20-40-18

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-66

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

O-Ring

Figure 20-40-64

Plastic Plug

2 1

0.60 in. (15,2 mm) B-14712

Install the stud and tighten until the other end of the stud is out about 0.600 in. (15,2 mm) from the spool [Figure 20-40-66]. N-18961

Figure 20-40-67 Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-64]. NOTE: Check the O-ring for damage. The lift spool will have an internal leak if there is damage to this O-ring. Always replace the o-ring and recheck the lift spool before the control valve is replaced.

Figure 20-40-65

N-18967

Clamp the collar (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-67] in a vise.

N-18963

Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 2040-65].

20-40-19

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-70

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-68

N-19004

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-70] over the washer, spring, collar and detent adapter.

Figure 20-40-71

N-18958

Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces before assembly [Figure 20-40-68]. 2

Install the spring (Item 1) and detent balls (Item 2) into the adapter (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-68] and compress with the detent pliers (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-69]. Figure 20-40-69 1

N-18917

Install the spool seal (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-71]. 1

N-18968

Install the detent adapter to the collar [Figure 20-40-69]. NOTE: The collar and the detent adapter are held together by spring pressure when assembled to the lift spool not the detent balls. Hold the detent adapter and collar together to prevent the detent balls and spring from falling out.

20-40-20

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-74

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-72

1 N-19007

Hold the detent balls in place with the detent pliers [Figure 20-40-74]. Figure 20-40-75

N-19005

Install the spring assembly to the lift spool hand tight [Figure 20-40-72]. Remove the spring tool. Check the alignment of the detent adapter and the washer.

Tighten the adapter to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 - 11,3 N•m). NOTE: The adapter must fit in the center of the washer (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-72]. N-19008

Figure 20-40-73

Install the detent sleeve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-75] to the detent adapter.

CD-15051

Install the detent balls and spring [Figure 20-40-73].

20-40-21

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-78

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-76

2 P-51513

1 Install the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-78]. 2

Figure 20-40-79 P-51515

Install the lift spool assembly in the spool bore [Figure 20-40-76]. 1

Install the detent bonnet (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-76]. Install the mounting screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-76]. Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-77

P-51520

Install the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-79] on the linkage end of the valve.

2 1 P-51514

Install the washer (Item 1) and snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-77].

20-40-22

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-82

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-80 1

P-51701

Install the end cap/spool lock block (Item 1) and the mount bolt (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-82].

P-51512A

Install the O-ring (Item 1) and bushing (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-80] on the lift spool. Figure 20-40-81

Install the lift and tilt spool rubber boots and mount plate (Item 3) and install the three mounting screws (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-82]. Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-83

P-51511A

P-68017

Install the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-81] on the control valve.

Connect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-83].

20-40-23

S130 Service Manual

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Remove the lift and tilt end cap/spool lock block. (See End Cap/Spool Lock Block Removal And Installation on Page 20-40-13.)

Figure 20-40-84

Figure 20-40-85

P-51697

P-51521A

Use an Ohm meter to measure the lock solenoid coils resistance.

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-85] from the tilt spool.

The correct resistance for the coil is 5.5 ± 0.28 ohm.

Figure 20-40-86

Installation: Install the lift spool (Item 1) and tilt spool (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-84] lock solenoids and tighten to 35 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

2 P-68019

Remove the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-86]. Remove the three bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-86] from the spool centering block. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.

20-40-24

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-89

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-87

N-18942

Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 2040-89].

1 P-68023

Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 2040-87] from the control valve.

Install the spool tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-89] over the centering spring. Figure 20-40-90

Check and replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-87] before replacing the spool centering block. 1

Figure 20-40-88

N-19014

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-90] holding the centering spring to the spool. P-51544A

Remove the tilt spool, centering spring, back-up washer and spool seal [Figure 20-40-88].

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 11,3 N•m) torque. Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

Installation: Always use a new spool seal.

20-40-25

S130 Service Manual

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Figure 20-40-93

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-40-91

2 2

3 1 4

1 P-68020

Remove the three screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-93] from the spool centering block.

N-18944A

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-91].

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-40-92

Remove the spool centering block (Item 2) [Figure 2040-93] from the control valve. 2 Figure 20-40-94

2 1 P-51545

N-18943

Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-92]. Installation: Always use a new spool seal.

P-68021

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-94] from the auxiliary spool. Note:

20-40-26

If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-94] must be replaced, replace the retainer on the opposite end also.

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-97

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-40-95

P-51550A

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-97] from the auxiliary spool. P-68022

Figure 20-40-98 Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-95] from the auxiliary spool. Figure 20-40-96 1

1 P-51551A

Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-98]. P-51549A

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-96] from the auxiliary spool. NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-96] must be replaced, replace the retainer on the opposite end also.

20-40-27

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-101

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-99

1 1 1

P-68008

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-101]. Installation: Tighten the stem to 10 - 14 ft.-lb. (14 - 19 N•m) torque.

P-68007

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-99] from both solenoids.

Figure 20-40-102

Installation: Tighten the nut to 48 - 72 in.-lb. (5 - 8 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-100 1

1 2 2 P-51555

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-102] from the solenoid stem. Check and clean the screen (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-102].

P-51553

Remove the nut (Item 1) and solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-100]. Use an Ohm meter to measure the solenoid coil resistance. The correct resistance for the coil is 4.9 ± 0.25 ohm.

20-40-28

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-105

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Solenoid Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-103

1 1

2 P-68009

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-105]. Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

P-68006

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-103] from the solenoid stem.

Figure 20-40-106

Installation: Tighten the nut to 53 in.-lb. (6 N•m) torque. Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-103].

3 2

Figure 20-40-104

1 1 1 N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-106] from the cartridge. Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air. N-18693A

Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing excessive wear. Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-104] from both ends of the solenoid coil. Use an Ohm meter to measure the solenoid coil resistance. The correct resistance for the coil is 9.79 ± 0.29 ohm.

NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-106] may be cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn it needs to be replaced. Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and back-up rings before installation. Install new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-104] & [Figure 20-40-106] and new back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-106] on the solenoid stem.

20-40-29

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-109

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lock Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-107

1 1 1 2

1 2 2 2 P-51564

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-109] from the lift lock valve, and replace with new.

P-68010

Locate the two BICS lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt circuit and (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-107] is for the lift circuit. Figure 20-40-108

P-51443

Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-108] from the back of the control valve. Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and tighten to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

20-40-30

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-112

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lock Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-40-110

1 1 P-51706

Remove the tilt lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-112] from the front of the control valve. P-51705

Locate the tilt circuit lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40110].

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and tighten to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque. Figure 20-40-113

Figure 20-40-111

1 1

1 1 2

1 2 2

P-51564 P-51504

Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 2040-111].

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-113] from the tilt lock valve, and replace with new.

Remove the tilt spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 2040-111]. Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the spool lock solenoids to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-40-31

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-114

1 2 P-68010

Remove the tubeline (Item 1) and fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-114] from the valve. Figure 20-40-115

P-51437

Check the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40115]. NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve casting.

20-40-32

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-116

P-51707

Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40116]. Figure 20-40-117

1 P-51463

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-117] from the main relief valve. Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten main relief valve to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-40-33

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-40-120

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-40-118

1 P-68869

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40120] and tighten the fitting to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

P-68013

Figure 20-40-121

Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-118]. Figure 20-40-119

P-68870

Inspect the screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-121].

P-68010

Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40119] from the hydraulic control valve.

20-40-34

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Description Figure 20-41-1

WARNING P-68027

The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main frame on the right hand side, below the operators cab.

The hydraulic control valve [Figure 20-41-1] is the hydraulic component that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the lift, tilt and auxiliary functions. The lift and tilt functions in the ACS or SJC hydraulic control valve are operated using electronic control handle/levers or foot pedals that send an electronic signal to the electronic actuators to move the lift and tilt spools in the control valve. The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure. There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool. Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on the right side control handle/lever. The activated solenoid sends pilot pressure oil to one side of the spool and forces the spool to shift. The hydraulic control valve also contains a main relief valve which is adjustable.

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Clean the area around the control valve. Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.)

20-41-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-4

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal and Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-41-2

1 P-54183

Disconnect the inlet tubeline (Item 1) from the control valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-4] through the access opening.

P-54169

Figure 20-41-5

Remove the right rear tire. Locate and remove the access covers (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-2] on the right side of the machine. Figure 20-41-3

P-67082

Remove the tie-straps (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-5] from the fixed end main valve hose. P-68855

Mark all tubelines and hoses for correct installation. The fixed end main valve hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-3] is connected to a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed to the back upright where the hose is connected to a tee fitting that feeds the base end of both lift cylinders. The hose must be removed at the back tee fitting, located in the right side upright. NOTE: Remember the hose routing for ease of control valve installation.

20-41-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-8

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-41-6

2 1 1 P-54142B

Disconnect the connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-8] from the lift and tilt actuators. P-68862

Figure 20-41-9 Mark and disconnect the three electric solenoid connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-6] for correct installation. Remove the outlet tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-6] from the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler.

Disconnect and cap the drain hose (Item 3) [Figure 2041-6]. Figure 20-41-7

P-54093

Remove the two lift arm bypass valve mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-9]. Remove the lift arm bypass valve and mounting bracket.

2 1 P-54102

Disconnect and remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 2041-7] from the lift arm bypass valve to the control valve. Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-7] from the lift arm bypass valve to the drive motor case drain. Disconnect and cap the lift arm bypass tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-7]. 20-41-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-12

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-41-10

P-68865

1 Disconnect and cap the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-4112] from the lift section of the control valve. P-54153

Figure 20-41-13 Remove tubeline clamp bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-10] from the auxiliary tubelines in the left rear upright. Installation: Tighten bolt to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Figure 20-41-11

2 P-68864

1 Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) and (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-13] from the tilt section of the control valve.

P-54097A

Remove and cap both tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-4111] from the auxiliary section of the control valve.

20-41-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-16

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-41-14

P-68868

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-4116] fastening the control valve to the side of the loader. P-68866

Remove the control valve from the loader. Remove the fixed-end main valve hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-14] from the main control valve fitting.

Reverse procedure for installation.

Figure 20-41-15

1 1

P-68871

Connect a hoist to the lifting brackets (Item 1) [Figure 2041-15] on the control valve.

20-41-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-19

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader) Remove the control valve from the loader. Figure 20-41-17

P-68030

Using a drift pin and a hammer, remove the actuator linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-19] from the actuator and the lift spool.

Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.

P-68028

Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-17] from the lift actuator.

Figure 20-41-20

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 - 11,3 N•m) torque. 1 Figure 20-41-18

2 P-68031

1 Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-20] on the nose of the actuator, and replace as needed. Check the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-20] and replace as needed.

P-68029

Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-4118] away from the control valve. Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 2041-18].

20-41-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-23

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader) (Cont’d) Figure 20-41-21 1

P-68034

Using a drift pin and a hammer, remove the actuator linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-23] from the actuator and the tilt spool.

1 P-68032

Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve. Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-21] from the tilt actuator.

Figure 20-41-24

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 - 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-41-22

2 P-68031

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-24] on the nose of the actuator, and replace as needed. Check the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-24] and replace as needed.

P-68033

Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-4122] away from the control valve. Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 2041-22].

20-41-7

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader) (Cont’d) Figure 20-41-25 3

1 2 3 P-68035

NOTE: The two longer bolts (Item 1) are used to mount the lift actuator and end cap (Item 2) to the control valve. The two shorter mount bolts (Item 3) are used to mount the tilt actuator (Item 4) [Figure 2041-25] to the end cap. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 - 11,3 N•m) torque (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-25]

20-41-8

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Identification Chart Figure 20-41-26

C2 D5

E3 G1

A2 C4

D1 D2

A1 F1

E1 H3

C1 H1

MS1972

ITEM

S130 LOADER

ITEM

S130 LOADER

A1 A2 A3

Lift Cylinder Base End Tilt Cylinder Base End

E1 E2 E3 F1 F2 G1 G2 H1

Lift Spool Centering Spring Tilt Spool Centering Spring Auxiliary Spool/Centering Springs Lift Spool Tilt Spool Auxiliary Solenoid Stem Auxiliary Solenoid Stem

BICS Lock Valve (Tilt)

BICS Lock Valve (Lift)

J1 J2 J3 J4

Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump) Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank) Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Drain (Case) Main Relief Valve – 2700 PSI

B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

Auxiliary Hydraulic Rod End Lift Cylinder Rod End Tilt Cylinder Rod End Auxiliary Hydraulics Base End Lift Load Check Load Check Valve Tilt Function Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function Check Valve Anti-Cavitation Valve Lift (Rod End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Lift (Base End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Tilt (Base End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve – 3500 PSI Tilt (Rod End) Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary) 3500 PSI (Optional)

20-41-9

BICS Valve Solenoid

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-28

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-27

P-68014

Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-28] from the check valve. P-68013

Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-27] from the control valve.

Remove the lift load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-4128]. Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and tighten the valve to 55 - 65 ft.-lb. (75 - 88 N•m) torque.

20-41-10

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt & Auxiliary)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-31

Figure 20-41-29 1

1 2

2 P-68007

P-51439

At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-31].

Remove and install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-29].

At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-31]. NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are interchangeable.

Figure 20-41-30

Figure 20-41-32 1

1 3

P-51440 P-51453

Check for free movement of the load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-30].

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-32]. Check the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-32] in the poppet to be sure it is not plugged. Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-4132] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before installing. Tighten the plug to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-41-11

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Always use new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-34] on the anti-cavitation valve plug.

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End)

Figure 20-41-35

Figure 20-41-33 4

1 3 1

P-51453

P-68037

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-35].

At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-33].

Check the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-35] in the poppet to be sure it is not plugged. Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-4135] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before installing. Tighten the plug to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-41-34

1 P-51452

20-41-12

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End)

Figure 20-41-38

Figure 20-41-36

P-68037

Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-38] from the base end of the tilt section.

Loosen the lift circuit port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-36].

Figure 20-41-39

Figure 20-41-37

1 1

P-68039

P-68038

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-39] before installation.

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-37] before installation.

Installation: Lightly lubricate with oil and tighten to 38 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-41-13

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Port Relief/Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Figure 20-41-42

Figure 20-41-40

P-68037

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-42] from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

P-68037

Remove the tilt port relief/anti cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-40] from the rod end of the tilt section.

Figure 20-41-43

Figure 20-41-41

1 P-51801

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-43]. Lightly lubricate with oil and tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

P-51455

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-41] before installation. Installation: Lightly lubricate with oil and tighten to 38 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-41-14

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Plug Removal And Installation

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-46

Figure 20-41-44

1 1

P-68016

P-51743

At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-46].

The control valve may be equipped with an optional auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-44].

Figure 20-41-47

Remove the auxiliary port relief valve. Figure 20-41-45

1 P-51460

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-47]. Tighten to 40 ft.-lb. (54 N•m) torque. P-51640

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-45]. Lightly lubricate with oil and tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-41-15

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

End Cap Block Removal And Installation

Plug Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Remove the lift and tilt actuators from the control valve.

Figure 20-41-48

Figure 20-41-50

P-68040

P-51461

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-48].

Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-50] from the end cap block.

Figure 20-41-49

Remove the two end cap block mount screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-50]. Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-41-51 1

1 P-51462

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-49]. Tighten to 40 ft.-lb. (54 N•m) torque. P-68041

Remove the end cap block (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-51] from the control valve.

20-41-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-54

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL 1285 - Spring Tool Remove the end cap block from the control valve. Figure 20-41-52

P-68043

1 Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-54] from the lift spool end cap. Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-41-55 P-68042

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-52]. Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly with oil before installation of the end cap block. Figure 20-41-53

P-68044

Remove the lift spool end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-55] from the control valve.

P-68047

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-53] from the lift spool.

20-41-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-58

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-41-56

P-51772

1 Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 2041-58]. P-68045

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-56] from the control valve.

Figure 20-41-59

Figure 20-41-57

1 P-51773

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-59] over the centering spring.

P-68046

Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-57] from the linkage end of the valve.

20-41-18

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-62

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-41-60

1 1

N-18920

Removal of the plastic plug: Make a center point in the plug using a 1/16 in. drill. N-190146

Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 7/64 in. tap drill

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-60] holding the centering spring to the spool. Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 11,3 N•m) torque. Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

Turn a 6-32 tap (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-62] into the plug. Pull the tap and plug out of the spool. Be careful, do not break the tap. Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore. NOTE: DO NOT USE Loctite® ON THE STUD THREADS.

Figure 20-41-61

Figure 20-41-63 3 2 4

2 1

P-51776 P-74183

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-61].

Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-63]. NOTE: Check the O-ring for damage. The lift spool will have an internal leak if there is damage to this O-ring. Always replace the O-ring and recheck the lift spool before the control valve is replaced.

20-41-19

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-66

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-64

P-68044

Install the lift spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-66] in the spool bore. Install the end cap (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-66].

P-74184

Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 2041-64]. Figure 20-41-65

Install the mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-66]. Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.

P-51771

P-51775

Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-65]. Installation: Always use a new spool seal.

20-41-20

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-69

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-67

1 P-68042

Install the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-69] on the control valve. P-68048

Figure 20-41-70

Install the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-67] on the actuator end of the valve. Figure 20-41-68

2 1 1

P-68040

Install the end cap block (Item 1) and the two mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-70].

2 P-68049

Installation: Tighten the screws to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 11,3 N•m) torque.

Install the O-ring (Item 1) and spacer (Item 2) [Figure 2041-68] on the lift spool.

Connect the tube line (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-70] to the end cap block. Install the lift and tilt actuators to the control valve.

20-41-21

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-73

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Tilt Spool Removal And Installation Remove the end cap block. Figure 20-41-71

P-68051

Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 2041-73] from the control valve.

Check and replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-73] before replacing the spool centering block.

P-68049

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-71] from the tilt spool.

Figure 20-41-74

Figure 20-41-72

P-68052

2 Remove the tilt spool, centering spring, back-up washer and spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-74].

P-68050

Installation: Always use a new spool seal.

Disconnect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-72]. Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-72] from the spool centering block. Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque.

20-41-22

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-77

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-75

4 1

N-18944A

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-77]. N-18942

Figure 20-41-78 Put the linkage end of the spool in the vice [Figure 2041-75].

2 1

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-75] over the centering spring. Figure 20-41-76

P-51545

N-18943

Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-78]. Installation: Always use a new spool seal. N-19014

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-76] holding the centering spring to the spool. Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10,2 11,3 N•m) torque. Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

20-41-23

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-81

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-79

2 1 1

P-68054

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-81] from the auxiliary spool. P-68050

Figure 20-41-82 Disconnect the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-79] from the spool centering block. Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-79] from the spool centering block. Installation: Tighten the bolt to 90 - 100 in.-lb. (10 - 11,3 N•m) torque. 2

Remove the spool centering block from the control valve.

Figure 20-41-80

P-68076

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-82] from the auxiliary spool. NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-82] must be replaced, replace the retainer on the opposite end of the spool, also.

1 P-68053

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-80] from the auxiliary spool. NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-80] must be replaced, replace the retainer on the opposite end of the spool also.

20-41-24

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-85

Figure 20-41-83

1 2 P-68082

P-68077

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-85] from both solenoids.

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-83] from the auxiliary spool. Figure 20-41-84

Installation: Tighten the nut to 48 - 72 in.-lb. (5 - 8 N•m) torque. Figure 20-41-86

P-68078 P-51553

Remove the auxiliary spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-84].

Remove the nut (Item 1) and solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-86]. Use an Ohm meter to measure the solenoid coil resistance. The correct resistance for the coil is 4.9 ± 0.25 ohm.

20-41-25

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D)

Solenoid Removal And Installation

Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-89

Figure 20-41-87

1 2

P-68084

P-68083

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-89] from the solenoid stem.

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-87].

Installation: Tighten the nut to 53 in.-lb. (6 N•m) torque.

Installation: Tighten the stem to 10 - 14 ft.-lb. (14 - 19 N•m) torque.

Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-89].

Figure 20-41-88

Figure 20-41-90 1 1

2 N-18693A

P-51555

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-88] from the solenoid stem.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-90] from both ends of the solenoid coil.

Check and clean the screen (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-88].

Use an Ohm meter to measure the solenoid coil resistance. The correct resistance for the coil is 9.79 ± 0.29 ohm.

20-41-26

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-92

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Solenoid Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-41-91

3 2

1 1 N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-92] from the stem. P-68085

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air. Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-91]. Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing excessive wear. NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-92] may be cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn it needs to be replaced. Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and back-up rings before installation. Install new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-90] & [Figure 20-41-92] and new back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-4192] on the solenoid stem.

20-41-27

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-95

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lock Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-93

1 1 1 2

1 2 2 2 P-51564

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-95] from the lift lock valve, and replace with new.

P-68079

Locate the two BICS lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt circuit, and (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-93] is for the lift circuit.

Figure 20-41-96

Figure 20-41-94

P-68080

Remove the tilt lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-96] from the back of the control valve.

P-68081

Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-94] from the back of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and tighten to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

20-41-28

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lock Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-41-97

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 P-51564

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-97] from the tilt lock valve, and replace with new.

20-41-29

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-98

P-68087

Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-98] from the valve. Figure 20-41-99

P-51437

Check the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-4199]. NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve casting.

20-41-30

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-100

P-68088

Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41100]. Figure 20-41-101

1 P-51463

Remove the O-rings from the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-101]. Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten to 38 - 45 ft.-lb. (52 - 61 N•m) torque.

20-41-31

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-41-104

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (CONT’D) Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-41-102

P-68869

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41104] and tighten the fitting to 20 - 24 ft.-lb. (27 - 33 N•m) torque.

P-68081

Figure 20-41-105

Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-102]. Figure 20-41-103

1 1

P-68870

P-68010

Inspect the screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-105].

Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41103] from the hydraulic control valve.

20-41-32

S130 Service Manual

Removal and Installation

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE Description The lift arm bypass control valve is located on the right side of the machine close to the engine speed control. The lift arm bypass control valve is manually operated by pulling up on the valve knob (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-1] and turning the knob clockwise a 1/4 turn. The valve releases the hydraulic fluid from the base end of the lift cylinder(s) which allows the lift arm to slowly come down to the transport position.

WARNING

Testing Figure 20-50-1

W-2059-0598

Install jack stands under the rear corners of the loader. Start the engine. Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab.(See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) P-68832

Figure 20-50-2

Raise the lift arms 6 feet (2 m) off the ground. Stop the engine. Turn the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-1] clockwise 1/4 turn. Then pull up and hold the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob until the lift arms slowly lower.

1 3 2

The knob should return to its original position.

P-54143

Hold the Lift Arm Bypass Control knob (Item 1) and loosen the jam nut (Item 2) on the Lift Arm ByPass valve shaft [Figure 20-50-2]. Remove the Lift Arm ByPass Control knob (Item 1) and the jam nut (Item 2) from the Lift Arm ByPass valve shaft [Figure 20-50-2]. Remove the rubber washer (Item 3) [Figure 20-50-2].

20-50-1

S130 Service Manual

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-50-4

Figure 20-50-3 1

1 4 3

2 P-26065 P-68834

Disconnect the base end lift tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 2050-3] from the Lift Arm Bypass valve. Disconnect the drain tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-50-3] from the Lift Arm Bypass valve. Disconnect the motor case drain hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-50-3].

Remove the bypass valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-4] from the valve block. Inspect the bypass valve for damage and replace if necessary. Installation: Tighten the valve to 33 - 37 ft.-lb. (45 - 50 N•m) torque. Inspect the hydraulic fittings on the valve block for damage and replace if necessary.

Remove the two mounting bolt/nuts (Item 4) [Figure 2050-3]. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 180 - 200 in.lb. (21 - 23 N•m) torque. Remove the lift arm bypass control valve.

20-50-2

S130 Service Manual

This procedure will require a operator in the cab and one operator running the tester.

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) Description The hydraulic gear pump is attached to the end of the hydrostatic pumps and is located on the right side of the loader between the hydraulic control valve and the engine. The hydraulic gear pump is a combination of gear pumps that provide hydraulic flow to several hydraulic systems. The hydraulic gear pump has a dedicated charge pump. This supplies flow to the hydraulic fan motor and charge pressure to the hydrostatic pump.

Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front Auxiliary button. Engage the front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control clockwise on the tester so it reads about a 1000 PSI (69 bar). NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 3300 PSI.

A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If any of the main components of the pump are damaged, the entire pump must be replaced. Pump Test At Quick Couplers The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL10003 - In-Line Hydraulic Tester MEL10006 - Flowmeter Fitting Kit

Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] on the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow should be approximately 16 - 17 GPM. Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more restriction on the flow. The GPM should drop off slightly until the pressure reaches approximately 2400 PSI. At approximately 2400 PSI the flow should start decreasing rapidly until the pressure reaches 2650 - 2750 PSI. At 2650 - 2750 PSI the flow should be at 0 GPM. Turn the restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the front auxiliary hydraulics off.

Figure 20-60-1 If flow and pressure specs are not obtained, go to Direct Pump Testing. (See Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) on Page 20-60-2.)

*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.

P-16903

P-68872

NOTE: When testing the hydraulic flow of a machine, hoses must be at least 3/4 inch in diameter and connected directly to the hydraulic tester without using any type of “quick coupler” on the connection to the tester. Also make sure your hydraulic tester is capable of at least 50 GPM. Install a hydraulic tester (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-1] onto the front auxiliary quick couplers.

20-60-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-2

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool MEL10103 - Hydraulic Tester MEL10106 - Hydraulic Test Kit

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

P-67082

Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2] that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the tubeline on the control valve. Figure 20-60-3

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING

P-54312

W-2059-0598

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Open the rear door of the loader. Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)

Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-3] from the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-3] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-2] on the control valve.

IMPORTANT The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open position before you start the engine. I-2024-0284

20-60-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Direct Pump Test (Charge Section)

Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) (Cont'd)

The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

Figure 20-60-4 MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool MEL10103 - Hydraulic Tester MEL10106 - Hydraulic Test Kit 6661247 - Filter Assembly 17 KB 1212 - Elbow Fitting 15 KB 1212 - Straight Fitting 15 KB 0812 - Reducer Fitting

EXAMPLE: TESTER CONNECTION Reservoir

WARNING Hydraulic Pump Out

Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death.

Hydraulic Control Valve

W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

BH-196

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Sample tester connection shown [Figure 20-60-4]. Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4] on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895 bar). DO NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (GPM) at full RPM*. Push the maximum/variable flow switch (on the remote start tool) to engage the front auxiliary hydraulics, the light will come ON. Push the button (on the right control lever) for fluid flow to the quick coupler (fluid pressure will go over main relief). Record the highest pressure (PSI) and flow (GPM). The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow.

NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic Tester, to prevent any contamination to the Hydrostatic Pumps. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Open the rear door of the loader.

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (GPM) FREE FLOW (GPM)

X 100

Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump. *Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.

20-60-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-7

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) (Cont’d) Figure 20-60-5

1 2

4 1

P-39248

Install the fitting (15KB 1212-Straight Fitting) (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-7] in the filter housing inlet.

P-39250

Assemble the filter assembly (Item 1), elbow fitting (Item 2), straight fitting (Item 3) and the reducer fitting (Item 4) [Figure 20-60-5].

Install the fitting (15KB 0812-Reducer Fitting) (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-7] in the filter housing outlet. Figure 20-60-8

Figure 20-60-6

1 P-67077 P-39247

Remove the hydraulic reservoir strap (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-8] and lower the hydraulic reservoir. Determine the proper direction of oil flow through the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-6] and [Figure 20-60-7].

Secure the hydraulic reservoir in a place that allow room to reach the hydraulic fan motor. NOTE: The hydraulic reservoir is full of hydraulic fluid so only tip the hydraulic reservoir enough to reach the charge hose that goes into the hydraulic fan motor.

20-60-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-11

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) (Cont’d) Figure 20-60-9

2 1

P-68873

P-67078

Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-9] from the hydraulic fan motor.

Connect a 3000 PSI hydraulic hose (Item 2) [Figure 2060-11] approximately 3 feet long to the outlet side of the hydraulic filter assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-11] and the fitting on the hydraulic fan motor (Item 2) [Figure 2060-9]. Mount the hydraulic reservoir back into its original spot and install the mounting strap.

Figure 20-60-10

P-54190A

Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-10] from the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-9] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-10] from the tester to inlet side of the hydraulic filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-11].

20-60-5

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) (Cont’d) Figure 20-60-12

P-39255A

Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are not touching any moving parts before starting the loader [Figure 20-60-12]. Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-12] on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895 bar). DO NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (GPM) at full RPM*. Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure. DO NOT EXCEED SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE. Refer to Hydraulic Schematics for pressure. The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow. %=

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (GPM) FREE FLOW (GPM)

X 100

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump. *Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM. *Refer to the Hydraulic Schematics for pump flow and RPM.

20-60-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-13

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation

DANGER

3 2 P-68874

P-90328

•

Remove the nut from the speed control linkage (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-13]. Disconnect the rear light electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-13]. Remove the fuel fill and belt shield mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-13]. Remove the belt shield lower the fuel fill to the bottom of the loader. Figure 20-60-14

IMPORTANT

1 1

Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.)

P-68854

Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 2060-14] from the back of the hydraulic pump. Remove the Power Bob-Tach block if equipped. (See Removal And Installation on Page 20-130-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Drain the hydraulic fluid from the reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10120-2.) Open the rear door of the loader.

20-60-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-17

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-60-15

P-68857

Remove the left front engine mount (Item 1) [Figure 2060-17].

P-67079

Disconnect and cap the inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 2060-15] from the front of the hydraulic pump.

Installation: Tighten the engine mount bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque. Figure 20-60-18

Figure 20-60-16 1

P-37339 P-68858

Remove the right front engine mount (Item 1) [Figure 2060-16]. Installation: Tighten the engine mount bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque.

Use a port-a-power (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-18] to push the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly away from the mainframe. NOTE: A shaft (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-18] with the dimensions of 1.5” diameter by 2.125” long will be needed to push the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly. NOTE: Push the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly only as far as needed to remove the gear pump.

20-60-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-21

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-60-19

1 1

P-43940

P-43938A

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-21] on the hydraulic pump.

P-67079

Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-60-20

Hydraulic Pump Start Up Ensure the hydrostatic reservoir is filled to the correct level before starting the engine. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

NOTE: Because the hydraulic reservoir is above the inlet of the hydraulic pump, hydraulic fluid will always be available for the hydraulic pump when starting. No other special precautions need to be made.

P-66898

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-6019] and [Figure 20-60-20] from the hydraulic pump. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 55 - 60 ft.-lb. (75 - 85 N•m) torque. Remove the hydraulic pump from the loader.

20-60-9

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Parts Identification

15 14 7 5 13 8 5 12

7 9 7

5 6 10 9

7 6 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1 2

Shaft Seal Pump Flange Section Pre-Load Seal Load Seal O-ring Wear Plate Pins Drive Gear Idler Gear Auxiliary Pump Section Spline Shaft Pump Center Section Charge Pump Section Pump End Section Bolt (8) B-21259A

20-60-10

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D)

Figure 20-60-23

Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 20-60-22 2 P-26352 P-64507

P-64509

1 Remove the pump end section (Item 1) [Figure 20-6023].

P-64508

Mark the pump sections for correct assembly [Figure 2060-22]. Remove the eight pump housing bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-22]. Installation: Tighten the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-22] to 54 ft.-lb. (73,2 N•m) torque.

20-60-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-26

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-24

P-64511

Figure 20-60-27 P-64509

Figure 20-60-25

3 4

P-64512

Remove the charge pump section (Item 1) [Figure 2060-26] & [Figure 20-60-27] from the pump center section.

P-64510

Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and section seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-24] & [Figure 20-60-25] from the pump end section.

NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 2060-27]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-25] inlets and traps as shown with bronze side toward gears. NOTE: Inspect the pump end section (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-25] and bushings (Item 4) [Figure 20-6025]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

20-60-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-30

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-28

1 1

P-64515

Figure 20-60-31 P-64513

Figure 20-60-29

P-64516

Remove the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-30] & [Figure 20-60-31] from the pump center section.

P-64514

Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-28] & [Figure 20-60-29].

NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6031]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6029]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

20-60-13

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-34

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-32

P-64519

1 Figure 20-60-35

2 P-64517

2 Figure 20-60-33

1 2

1 P-64520

Remove the load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-34] & [Figure 20-60-35]. Inspect for damage and replace as needed.

P-64518

Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-32] & [Figure 20-60-33] from the pump center section. Inspect for damage and replace as needed.

Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-35].

NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-33] inlets and traps as shown with bronze side toward gears.

20-60-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-38

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-36

3 1 1 P-64526

Figure 20-60-39 P-64521

3 Inspect the pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-36] for damage and replace as needed.

NOTE: Inspect the pump center section (Item 2) and bushings (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-36]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

Figure 20-60-37 2

P-64527

Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-38] & [Figure 20-60-39] from the pump center section. Inspect for damage and replace as needed. NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-39] inlets and traps as shown with bronze side toward gears. P-64525

Remove the pump center section (Item 1) [Figure 20-6037].

NOTE: Inspect the pump center section (Item 3) and bushings (Item 4) [Figure 20-60-39]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

20-60-15

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-42

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-40

P-64530

1 Remove the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-42] from the pump flange section.

P-64528

Figure 20-60-43 Figure 20-60-41

P-64531 P-64529

Remove the auxiliary pump section (Item 1) [Figure 2060-40] & [Figure 20-60-41] from the pump flange section.

NOTE: Inspect the drive gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6043]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

NOTE: Inspect the pump section (Item 1) [Figure 2060-41]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

20-60-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-46

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-44

1 2 1

P-64535

Figure 20-60-47 P-64532

Remove the spline shaft (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-44] from the end of the drive gear. Remove the idler gear (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-44]. Figure 20-60-45 1

2 P-64536

Remove the wear plate (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-46] & [Figure 20-60-47] from the pump flange section. Inspect for damage and replace as needed.

NOTE: Position wear plate (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-47] inlets and traps as shown with bronze side toward gears.

P-64534

NOTE: Inspect the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 20-6045]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

20-60-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-60-50

HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-60-48

2 1

1 P-64540

Inspect the pre-load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-50] for damage and replace as needed.

P-64537

NOTE: Inspect the pump flange section (Item 2) and bushings (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-50]. If excessive wear or damage is visible, the pump must be replaced.

Figure 20-60-49

Figure 20-60-51

1 2 2

P-30188A

P-64538

Remove the load seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-48] & [Figure 20-60-49]. Inspect for damage and replace as needed. Remove the pre-load seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-49].

P-64541

Remove the shaft seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-51] from the pump flange section. Installation: The shaft seal flush surface (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-51] must be facing out away from the pump.

20-60-18

S130 Service Manual

Install a hydraulic tester (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-52] onto the front auxiliary quick couplers.

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) Description The hydraulic gear pump is attached to the end of the hydrostatic pumps and is located on the right side of the loader between the hydraulic control valve and the engine. The hydraulic gear pump is a combination of gear pumps that provide hydraulic flow to several hydraulic systems. The hydraulic gear pump has a dedicated charge pump. This supplies flow to the hydraulic fan motor and charge pressure to the hydrostatic pump. A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If any of the main components of the pump are damaged, the entire pump must be replaced. Pump Test At Quick Couplers The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL10003 - In-Line Hydraulic Tester MEL10006 - Flowmeter Fitting Kit Figure 20-70-52

This procedure will require a operator in the cab and one operator running the tester. Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Press the Front Auxiliary button. Engage the front auxiliary with the trigger on the right handle. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control clockwise on the tester so it reads about a 1000 PSI (69 bar). NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 3300 PSI. Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-52] on the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow should be approximately 16 - 17 GPM. Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more restriction on the flow. The GPM should drop off slightly until the pressure reaches approximately 2400 PSI. At approximately 2400 PSI the flow should start decreasing rapidly until the pressure reaches 2650 - 2750 PSI. At 2650 - 2750 PSI the flow should be at 0 GPM. Turn the restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-52] counterclockwise to free flow. Shut the front auxiliary hydraulics off. If flow and pressure specs are not obtained, go to Direct Pump Testing. (See Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) on Page 20-70-2.) *Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.

P-16903

P-66894

20-70-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-70-53

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool MEL10103 - Hydraulic Tester MEL10106 - Hydraulic Test Kit

WARNING

Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death. W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

P-68163

Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-53] that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the tubeline on the control valve. Figure 20-70-54

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING

P-48256

W-2059-0598

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Open the rear door of the loader. Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)

Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-54] from the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-7053] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-54] from the tester to the tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-53] on the control valve.

20-70-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) (Cont'd) Figure 20-70-55 EXAMPLE: TESTER CONNECTION Reservoir

Hydraulic Pump Out

Hydraulic Control Valve

BH-196

Sample tester connection shown [Figure 20-70-55]. Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-55] on the tester to about 1000 PSI (6895 kPa). DO NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (GPM) at full RPM*. Push the maximum/variable flow switch (on the remote start tool) to engage the front auxiliary hydraulics, the light will come ON. Push the button (on the right control lever) for fluid flow to the quick coupler (fluid pressure will go over main relief). Record the highest pressure (PSI) and flow (GPM). The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow. %=

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (GPM) FREE FLOW (GPM)

X 100

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump. *Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.

20-70-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-70-56

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool MEL10103 - Hydraulic Tester MEL10106 - Hydraulic Test Kit

2 1

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

P-69182

Disconnect the proportioning valve electrical connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-56]. Remove the tie-strap (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-56] from the electrical harness. Figure 20-70-57

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

W-2059-0598 P-69184

NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic Tester, to prevent any contamination to the Hydrostatic Pumps.

Disconnect the filter inlet hose (Item 1)[Figure 20-70-57]. *Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-3.) for system relief pressure and full RPM.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Open the rear door of the loader. Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.)

20-70-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-70-59

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) (Cont’d) Figure 20-70-58 4

P-48256A

Be sure all connections are tight and that the hoses are not touching any moving parts before starting the loader [Figure 20-70-59].

1 P-69185

Connect the filter inlet hose (Item 1) to the inlet side of the tester (Item 2) [Figure 20-70-58]. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 3) from the hydraulic tester to the inlet fitting (Item 4) of the charge filter [Figure 20-70-58].

IMPORTANT The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open position before you start the engine. I-2024-0284

Start the engine and run at low idle RPM. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full RPM*. Warm the fluid to 140° F (60° C) by turning the restrictor control (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-59] on the tester to about 600 PSI (41,4 bar). DO NOT exceed 1200 PSI (82,7 bar). Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (GPM) at full RPM*. Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure approximately 1000 PSI (69 bar). DO NOT EXCEED 1200 PSI (82,7 bar). Refer to Hydraulic Schematics for flow. The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow. %=

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (GPM) FREE FLOW (GPM)

X 100

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump. *Refer to the Hydraulic Schematics for pump flow and RPM.

20-70-5

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation Refer to section 20-60 for the SJC hydraulic pump removal and installation procedure. Hydraulic Pump Start Up Refer to section 20-60 for the SJC hydraulic pump start up procedure.

20-70-6

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Parts Identification

15 14 7 5 13 8 5 12

7 9 7

5 6 10 9

7 6 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

1 2

20-70-7

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly Refer to section 20-60 for the SJC hydraulic pump disassembly and assembly procedure.

20-70-8

S130 Service Manual

Disconnect the tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-80-1] from the filter housing.

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FILTERS Description

Figure 20-80-2 The hydraulic/hydrostatic filters help to remove contaminants from the hydraulic fluid when the hydraulic/ hydrostatic systems are operating. The hydraulic/hydrostatic filter system consists of one gear pump filter and one fan/charge pressure filter. 1

The gear pump hydraulic/hydrostatic filter removes contaminants after the oil cooler.

The charge pressure filter removes contaminants after the after the hydraulic fan motor before the oil enters the hydrostatic pump. P-68220

IMPORTANT

Disconnect the temperature sender connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-2] from the filter housing.

Disconnect the wire connector (Item 2) [Figure 20-80-2] from the differential pressure switch on the filter housing.

I-2003-0888

Housing Removal And Installation Figure 20-80-1

2 P-68234

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Drain the hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) and remove the hydraulic filter drip pan (Item 2) [Figure 20-80-1].

20-80-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-80-4

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FILTERS (CONT’D) Housing Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-80-3

P-48258

Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 2080-4] from the filter housing mounting bracket.

P-48257

Using MEL 1558 tool disconnect the oil cooler tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-3] from the filter housing.

Installation: Tighten the mounting screws to 15 - 20 ft.lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the hydraulic filter housing and filter. Reverse the removal procedure to install the filter housing and filter. Stop the engine and open the rear door. Drain the hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

20-80-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-80-7

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FILTERS (CONT’D) Charge Filter Housing Removal And Installation

Figure 20-80-5 1 3

P-68846

2 Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-807].

P-67069

Remove filter outlet hose (Item 1) and inlet hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-80-5].

Installation: Tighten the mount bolts to 25 ft.-lb. (34 N•m) torque. Remove filter assembly from the loader.

Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 3) [Figure 2080-5] from the charge pressure sender.

Figure 20-80-8

Figure 20-80-6 3

2 1 4 1 2

P-68847 P-67076

Charge filter assembly components: Disconnect the charge pressure tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-6] that connects to the control valve.

1. Filter 2. Filter head

Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 2080-6] from the differential pressure sensor.

3. Differential pressure switch 4. Charge pressure sensor

20-80-3

S130 Service Manual

20-80-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR Description The hydraulic fluid reservoir is a storage container for the loaders hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid. The reservoir contains a vented fill cap with a fluid screen to prevent contaminants from entering the reservoir while adding fluid. The hydraulic fluid reservoir is secured to the main frame behind the operators cab.

Removal And Installation

Stop the engine.

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 20-90-1

Start the engine. Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

DANGER

P-67077

P-90328

•

Drain the hydraulic fluid reservoir [Figure 20-90-1]. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10120-2.) Figure 20-90-2 1

D-1009-0409

P-67073

W-2059-0598

Mark and disconnect the hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-2] from the hydraulic fluid reservoir.

20-90-1

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR (CONT’D)

Hydraulic Fluid Screen

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-90-4

Figure 20-90-3

1 1 2 2

P-54304 P-54173A

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) from the hydraulic reservoir (Item 2) [Figure 20-90-4]. Remove the hydraulic reservoir bracket (Item 1) by removing the two mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-903].

Figure 20-90-5

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the reservoir. 1

N-20565

Remove the hydraulic fluid screen (Item 1) [Figure 2090-5] from the reservoir. Wash the screen in clean solvent and air dry, before installing.

20-90-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-100-2

OIL COOLER Description The oil cooler is used to cool the loaders hydraulic and hydrostatic oil. Oil passages are coiled into a heat exchanger. Air is forced, with the cooling fan, around the passages cooling the oil. The oil cooler is located underneath the rear grill between the A/C condenser (if so equipped) and the radiator. Removal and Installation

N-19346

IMPORTANT

Figure 20-100-3

Remove the rear grill from the loader. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-60-1.) Figure 20-100-1

P-54319

1 2

Slide the rubber sleeve in toward the radiator. The connector will release [Figure 20-100-2] & [Figure 20100-3].

N-19345

Install tool MEL 1558 (Item 1) to outside of rubber sleeve (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-1].

20-100-1

S130 Service Manual

OIL COOLER (CONT’D) Removal and Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-100-4

2 1 P-54001

Disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses (Item 1) from the oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-4]. NOTE: When installing the cooler hoses, the fittings should make a clicking sound when pushed together. Lift up the oil cooler and remove the cooler from the loader. Reverse the removal procedure to install the oil cooler.

20-100-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-110-2

BUCKET POSITION VALVE Description The Bucket Position Valve is an option that allows the loader to meter the lift and tilt circuits. The metering of the lift and tilt circuits allows the operator to hold the attachment at the same angle from the ground to maximum lift height without using the tilt function.

The bucket position valve is located below the operators cab below the left side of the control panel. See Hydraulic Schematic for more circuit information. Solenoid Removal And Installation

P-68843

Figure 20-110-1 Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-2] from the bucket position valve. Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers and tighten the solenoid stem to 30 - 40 ft.-lb. (40,7 - 50,2 N•m) torque.

2 1

Figure 20-110-3

1 2 P-68842

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-1] from the bucket position shutoff solenoid. Remove the solenoid nut (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-1].

N-18191

Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to maximum 6 ft.lb. (8 N•m) torque.

Inspect the solenoid stem and replace the O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-3].

20-110-1

S130 Service Manual

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT’D)

WARNING

Solenoid Testing Figure 20-110-4

Figure 20-110-5

P9175

1 Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20110-4]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance for the coil is 9.7 ohm ± 1 ohm @ 78° F Removal And Installation P-68842

DANGER

Start the engine. Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Stop the engine. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Disconnect solenoid connector harness (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-5]. P-90328

•

20-110-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-110-8

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-110-6

A B

D C P-68844

1 1

Disconnect tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-8] at tee fitting below the Bucket Position Valve.

P-68842

This line is connected to A port on bucket position valve. Figure 20-110-7 Figure 20-110-9

1 1

P-68845 P-68842

Disconnect tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-6] and [Figure 20-110-7] from the A, B, C, and D port.

Remove bucket position valve mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-9]. Remove the bucket position valve from the loader.

20-110-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-110-12

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly Figure 20-110-10

1 1 N-19072

N-19069

Remove the flow adjustment valve and O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-12].

Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-10].

Installation: Tighten the flow adjustment valve to 15 - 30 ft.-lb. (20,3 - 40,7 N•m) torque.

Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to maximum 6 ft.lb. (8 N•m) torque.

NOTE: Always install new O-rings before any parts are installed into the valve. Check the parts for wear or damage and replace as needed.

Figure 20-110-11 Figure 20-110-13 2

N-19070 N-19041

Remove the solenoid (Item 1) and the solenoid stem (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-11]. Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers and tighten the solenoid stem to 30 - 40 ft.-lb. (40,7 - 50,2 N•m) torque.

Remove the plug [Figure 20-110-13]. Assembly: Tighten the plug to 56 - 64 ft.-lb. (75,9 - 86,8 N•m) torque.

20-110-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-110-16

BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-110-14

N-19045

Remove the plug [Figure 20-110-16]. N-18339

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 56 - 64 ft.-lb. (75,9 - 86,8 N•m) torque. Remove the plug (Item 1), and flow control spool (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-14].

Figure 20-110-17

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 56 - 64 ft.-lb. (75,9 - 86,8 N•m) torque. Check the flow control spool for wear, check the O-ring on the plug and replace as needed. 3 Figure 20-110-15 2

1 N-19046

Remove the plug (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and unloading spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-17].

Check all parts and replace as needed. Install a new Oring on the plug before installing.

3 N-19042

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 56 - 64 ft.-lb. (75,9 - 86,8 N•m) torque. Remove the tilt cylinder check valve (Item 1) spring (Item 2) and plug (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-15]. Check for wear, check the O-ring and replace as needed. Assembly: Tighten the plug to 56 - 64 ft.-lb. (75,9 - 86,8 N•m) torque.

20-110-5

S130 Service Manual

20-110-6

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE Description

DANGER

The rear auxiliary diverter valve is an optional valve that diverts oil from the front auxiliary circuit to two sets of rear auxiliary couplers or the right side auxiliaries. The couplers are used for rear mounted attachments. The right side auxiliaries are used for older attachments. The rear couplers are located, one set on each side of the rear frame uprights. The right side auxiliaries are located on the inside of the right side lift arm at the front of the machine. The rear auxiliary valve is located on the right side of the machine below the fuel fill hose. The valve is accessed by opening the rear door.

P-90328

•

See Hydraulic schematic for more circuit information.

Solenoid Testing Figure 20-120-1

WARNING

P9137

Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20120-1]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance is 8.6 - 9.5 ohm @ 68 degrees fahrenheit. Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see and hear the spool shift.

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Raise the lift arm and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

20-120-1

S130 Service Manual

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D)

Figure 20-120-3

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-20-1.) Open the rear door. Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Figure 20-120-2

P-54280

Remove the auxiliary coupler supply hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-3] from the diverter block. NOTE: Mark or tag all hoses and wires for proper orientation. 3

Figure 20-120-4

P-68817

1 Remove the nut from the speed control linkage (Item 1) and unplug the rear lights electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-2].

1 1

Remove the fuel fill bracket mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-2] Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

P-76797

Disconnect the four solenoid connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-4] from the rear auxiliary valve.

20-120-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-7

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 20-120-5

1 P-76751

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-1207].

P-54272

Disconnect the diverter valve outlet tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-5]. Figure 20-120-6

P-76745

Remove the diverter valve supply hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-6]. Remove the diverter valve drain hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-6].

20-120-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-9

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly

1 1

I-2003-0888 P-76791

Clean the diverter valve to remove dirt before disassembly. Valve ports are labeled for correct assembly.

There are 11 #4 SAE hex head plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20120-9] located on all sides of the diverter valve and can be removed for clean out purposes.

Figure 20-120-8 Assembly: Put oil on O-rings. Tighten to 10 ft.-lb. (13,6 N•m) torque. Figure 20-120-10

1 P-76747

Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) from the diverter valve mount plate (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-8] and remove the mount plate.

P-48752

Inspect O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-10]. Assembly: Put oil on O-ring.

20-120-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-13

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-120-11

1 1

P-76789A

Remove the differential sensing valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-13].

Remove the shuttle valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-11].

Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers. Tighten to 85 ft.-lb. (115,25 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Put oil on the O-rings and back-up washers. Tighten to 8 ft.-lb. (10,8 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-120-14

Figure 20-120-12 2

1 P-48757

Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-14] for damage.

P-48756

Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-12] for damage.

20-120-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-17

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

1 Figure 20-120-15

P-76794

NOTE: Before removing the solenoid coils, mark the coils for proper alignment.

P-48753

Remove the relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-15].

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-17] from the solenoid valve stem.

Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up washers. Tighten to 25 ft.-lb. (34 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Tighten the nut to 4 - 6 ft.-lb. (5 - 8 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-120-16

Figure 20-120-18

1 2 2

2 1 P-48754

P-76796

Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-16] for damage.

Remove the metal shields (Item 1) and solenoid valve coils (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-18].

20-120-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-21

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-120-19

1 1

P-48761

NOTE: Before removing the solenoid coils, mark the coils for proper alignment.

P-48763A

Remove the solenoid valve stem (Item 1) [Figure 20120-19] Assembly: Put oil on the O-rings and back-up washers. Tighten to 25 ft.-lb. (34 N•m) torque.

Remove the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-21] from the solenoid valve stems. Assembly: Tighten the nut to 4 - 6 ft.-lb. (5 - 8 N•m) torque. Figure 20-120-22

Figure 20-120-20

1 1

P-48762 P-48764

Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washers (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-20] for damage.

Remove the solenoid valve stems (Item 1) [Figure 20120-22]. Assembly: Put oil on the O-rings and back-up washers. Tighten to 25 ft.-lb. (34 N•m) torque.

20-120-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-25

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 20-120-23

P-48752

2 Inspect O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-25]. P-76833

Assembly: Put oil on O-ring. Inspect the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-23].

Figure 20-120-26

Figure 20-120-24

1 P-48766

Remove and inspect the orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-12026] for dirt and debris.

P-48765

Remove the #8 SAE hex head plug (Item 1) [Figure 20120-24].

Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 22 ft.-lb. (29,8 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 38 ft.-lb. (51,5 N•m) torque.

20-120-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-120-29

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 20-120-27

P-76798

Remove the #4 SAE hex head plug (Item 1) and the #6 SAE hex head plugs (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-29].

P-48765

Remove the #4 SAE hex head plug (Item 1) [Figure 20120-27]. Assembly: Tighten the plug to 10 ft.-lb. (13,6 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Tighten the #4 SAE hex head plug to 10 ft.lb. (13,6 N•m) torque. Assembly: Tighten the #6 SAE hex head plugs to 14 ft.lb. (19 N•m) torque. Figure 20-120-30

Figure 20-120-28

1 1

P-48752 P-48786

Inspect O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-30]. Remove the orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-28] and inspect for dirt and debris.

Assembly: Put oil on O-ring.

Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 3.3 ft.-lb. (4,5 N•m) torque.

20-120-9

S130 Service Manual

20-120-10

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Description

Open the rear door.

The Power Bob-Tach block is an option that allows the operator to hydraulically control the Bob-Tach levers for mounting and dismounting the attachments.

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) Figure 20-130-1

The power Bob-Tach is operated by a switch on the front console. 3 The power Bob-Tach block is mounted on the right side of the machine in front of the engine on the backside of the hydraulic gear pump.

Removal And Installation

WARNING

2 3

P-68848

Remove the nut from the speed control linkage (Item 1) and unplug the rear lights electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-1]. Remove the fuel fill bracket mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-1]. Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

20-130-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-130-4

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 20-130-2

1 1

P-48227

Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-1304].

P-48230

Disconnect the power Bob-Tach harness from the solenoid connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-2] by the hydraulic pump. Installation: The harness connectors are marked with Red or Black tie straps. Be sure the connectors with the same color are connected.

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Remove the power Bob-Tach block. NOTE: There is an O-ring in-between the power BobTach block and the hydraulic pump. Inspect and replace as needed.

Figure 20-130-3

4 1

2 3 P-48226

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-3] from the “DR” port fitting on the block. Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-3] from the power Bob-Tach cylinder rod end fitting on the block. Disconnect the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-3] from the power Bob-Tach cylinder base end fitting on the block. Disconnect the outlet hose (Item 4) [Figure 20-130-3] from the fitting on top of the block. 20-130-2

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D)

Figure 20-130-6

Disassembly And Assembly Figure 20-130-5

1 4

2 2 1 P-48120

Remove the spring guide (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-6].

P-48115

Clean the block (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-5] to remove dirt before disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct assembly.

Check the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-130-6] on the plug and replace as needed. Figure 20-130-7

Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-5]. Installation: Tighten the plug to 25 - 30 ft.-lb. (34 - 40,6 N•m) torque.

IMPORTANT

P-48116

NOTE: This plug is a zero leak plug and should not be removed. If removed damage may occur and the plug and O-ring must be replaced. Do not remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-7]. Installation: Tighten the plug to 12 - 14 ft.-lb. (16,3 - 19 N•m) torque.

20-130-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-130-10

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-130-8

1 1 P-48122

Do not remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-10]. P-48382

NOTE: Do not remove plugs. If the plugs are removed the internal pressure relieving spring setting will be altered.

Remove the check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-8]. Installation: Oil the check valve and O-rings and tighten the check valve to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27,1 - 34 N•m) torque.

Figure 20-130-11

Figure 20-130-9

1 2 1 P-48384

3 Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-11], inspect the O-ring and replace as needed.

P-48119

Inspect the check valve (Item 1) and piston assembly (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-9].

Installation: Tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-13011] to 12 - 14 ft.-lb. (16,3 - 19 N•m) torque.

Check the O-rings and back up washers (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-9] on the check valve and piston assembly and replace as needed.

20-130-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-130-14

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-130-12

1 2 P-48106A

Remove the first solenoid coil (Item 1) and the second solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-14].

P-48664

Remove the orifice screw (Item 1) located behind the plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-12].

NOTE: Remember the solenoid coil orientation for ease of installation. Figure 20-130-15

Installation: Tighten the orifice screw (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-12] to 6 - 8 ft.-lb. (8,1 - 10,8 N•m) torque. Figure 20-130-13

1 1 2 P-48386

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-15]. P-48127

Installation: Tighten the solenoid stem to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27,1 - 34 N•m) torque. NOTE: This plug is a zero leak plug and should not be removed. If removed damage may occur and the plug and O-ring must be replaced. Do not remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-13]. Remove the solenoid nut (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-13]. Installation: Tighten the solenoid valve stem nut to 15 45 in.-lb. (1,7 - 5,1 N•m) torque.

20-130-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-130-18

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 20-130-16

P-48174

1 Remove the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20130-18].

P-48175

Remove the armature rod assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20130-16].

Installation: Tighten the screened orifice plug to 11 - 12 ft.-lb. (14,9 - 16,3 N•m) torque. Figure 20-130-19

Figure 20-130-17

3 2

2 1

1 P-48138 P-48173

Inspect the solenoid stem (Item 1), armature assembly (Item 2) and the spool (Item 3) for damage [Figure 20130-17]. NOTE: If the solenoid stem is damaged (Item 1) check the armature assembly (Item 2) for damage.

Inspect the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20130-19] for damage replace as needed. If the screened orifice plug is blocked replace with a new plug. Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-19] and replace as needed.

The armature assembly (Item 2) and spool (Item 3) are non-serviceable parts. If they are damaged, order a new power Bob-Tach block assembly from Bobcat parts [Figure 20-13017].

20-130-6

S130 Service Manual

FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK

Disassembly And Assembly

Description

Figure 20-140-2

The front auxiliary hydraulic coupler block is the connection block that houses the two main auxiliary couplers along with a case drain coupler. These couplers are for supplying hydraulic flow for various attachments.

The front auxiliary coupler block is located at the front of the machine on the left side lift arm.

2 4

Removal and Installation

IMPORTANT

P-34661

Figure 20-140-3

I-2003-0888

Figure 20-140-1 6

4 5

P-34760

3 Remove the male coupler (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3]. Installation: Tighten the male coupler (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3] to 59 ft.-lb. (80 N•m)

P-43215

Disconnect the auxiliary tubelines (Item 1) and drain tubeline (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-1] from the coupler block. Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 20-1401].

Remove the drain coupler (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3]. Installation: Tighten the drain coupler (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3] to 37 ft.-lb. (50 N•m) Remove the female coupler (Item 3) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3]. Installation: Tighten the female coupler (Item 3) [Figure 20-140-2] & [Figure 20-140-3] to 59 ft.-lb. (80 N•m) Remove the fittings (Item 4), check the O-rings (Item 5) [Figure 20-140-3] and replace as needed. Remove the springs (Item 6) [Figure 20-140-3].

20-140-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 20-140-6

FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 20-140-4

1 2 P-34665

Check the O-rings (Item 1) backup O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-6] for damage and replace as needed. P-34663

Figure 20-140-7 Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-4] for damage and replace as needed.

Figure 20-140-5

2 P-34664

Check the O-rings (Item 1) and backup O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-7] for damage and replace as needed. P-34701

Press center of male couplers down and check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-5] for damage and replace as needed. .

20-140-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM CASE DRAIN FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-1 CHARGE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-4 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1 Sender Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-3 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1 DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1 Belt Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-3 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1 Shield Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1 Tensioner Pulley Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-7 Tensioner Pulley Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-6 Tensioner Pulley Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-5 Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-4 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-5 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-4 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-1 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-1 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-6 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-5 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-3 Shaft Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-1

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

DRIVE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

SPECIFICATIONS

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-1 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-6 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-5 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-3 Shaft Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-1 Continued On Next Page

30-01

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) HYDROSTATIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-13 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-1 Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-7 Hydrostatic Pump Start Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-4 Parts Identification (Left Half). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-5 Parts Identification (Right Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-6 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-3 Replenishing/High Pressure Relief Valve Removal And Installation 30-50-2 HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-1 Charge Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-8 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-9 High Pressure Relief and Bypass Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-7 Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-28 Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-2 Hydrostatic Pump Start Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-5 Mechanical Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-25 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-6 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-4 HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-1 TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC 01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

30-02

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION

WARNING

Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to make correct repairs or adjustments can cause injury or death. W-2004-1285

If the service code appears in the left instrument panel, refer to the Electrical Service Manual for the probable cause.

PROBLEM

CAUSE

No drive on one side, in one direction.

1, 2

No drive on one side in both directions.

2, 3, 4, 5

The loader does not move in a straight line.

2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10

The hydrostatic system is overheating.

8, 9 KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE

The hydrostatic pump relief / replenishing valves not seating.

The steering linkage needs adjustment.

The hydrostatic pump has damage.

The final drive chains are broken.

The hydrostatic motor has damage.

The tires do not have the correct tire pressure.

The tires are not the same size.

The hydrostatic fluid is not at the correct level.

The oil cooler has a restriction.

10. The hydrostatic pump is not properly calibrated, and/or incorrect steering drift compensation setting.

30-10-1

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Description The hydrostatic system consists of a tandem hydrostatic pump and two hydrostatic motors. The hydrostatic system allows forward and reverse motion of the loader. The hydrostatic pump is connected to the engine by a drive belt and provides fluid to the hydrostatic motors. The charge pressure system assists in replenishing the fluid that is lost due to internal leakage in the components of the hydrostatic system.

30-10-2

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR Description

DANGER

The hydrostatic motors are driven by high pressure from the hydrostatic pumps. In this system there is a case drain filter for each motor to filter the excess low pressure oil before the oil enters the hydraulic reservoir. There are two hydrostatic motors mounted to motor carriers. The motor carriers are mounted to the transmission tub which houses the drive chains. The hydrostatic motors do not have an internal brake.

P-90328

•

Inside the endcap of the hydrostatic motor, there is a shuttle valve. The shuttle valve helps to keep the motor cool by mixing case drain oil with cooled low pressure oil from the charge circuit. The shuttle valve is shifted by the high pressure oil coming from the hydrostatic pumps. If the shuttle valve sticks, a delay or lack of drive may or may not be felt in the controls and/or an overheated hydrostatic motor will result.

•

WARNING

Figure 30-20-1

WARNING P-68211

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the front and rear wheel/tire assemblies. (See TIRE MAINTENANCE on Page 10-160-1.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

30-20-1

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D)

Figure 30-20-3

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 30-20-2

P-68831

Mark the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-3] before disconnecting them from the hydrostatic motor for correct installation.

P-34004

Remove the four motor cover mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-2].

Remove the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-3] from the hydrostatic motor.

Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

Remove the drain hose and case drain filter (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-3] from the hydrostatic motor. NOTE: The hydraulic fittings (Item 3) [Figure 30-20-3] on the hydrostatic motor must be tightened to 115 - 125 ft.-lb. (156 - 170 N•m) torque.

IMPORTANT

Figure 30-20-4

I-2003-0888

P-68831

Remove the four hydrostatic motor mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-4] that fasten the hydrostatic motor to the hydrostatic motor carrier. Installation: Tighten the hydrostatic motor mounting bolts to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (122 - 136 N•m) torque.

30-20-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-20-5

1 2

P-68209

Remove the hydrostatic motor from the access hole in the loader frame [Figure 30-20-5]. Inspect hydrostatic motor O-ring (Item 1) and carrier shaft seal (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-5]. Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydrostatic motor.

30-20-3

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Parts Identification

3 15

20 14 16

14 18

19 17

12 5 11

10 5

8 10

7 6

3 3 5 4 3 2 1

PE2620T

Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

SHAFT, drive SEAL, face O-RING FLANGE, mounting SEAL, square cut RING, back-up SPRING, belleville PLATE, outer balance PLATE, inner balance BALL

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

GEROLER PLATE, valve END CAP POPPET SPRING PLUG BOLT SLEEVE SPRING VALVE, shuttle

30-20-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-20-7

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 30-20-6 Remove the nine tie bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-7] from the motor. Figure 30-20-8 3

9 2 1

P-64267

Drain the oil from the motor. Seal all open ports and clean the motor with solvent.

P-68211

Put a mark across the sections of the motor for correct assembly [Figure 30-20-6].

Assembly: 1. Tighten the bolts to 45 - 55 ft.-lb. (61 - 75 N•m) torque in the order shown in figure [Figure 30-20-8]. 2. Re-tighten the bolts to 55 - 65 ft.-lb. (75 - 88 N•m) torque in the order shown in figure [Figure 30-20-8]. NOTE: To prevent damage to the balance plate, never lift or support the motor by the drive shaft.

30-20-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-20-11

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-20-9

3 1

1 P-63785

Remove the plug (Item 1) spring (Item 2) and poppet (Item 3) [Figure 30-20-11] that make up the relief valve assembly. Inspect for scoring on poppet. Ensure it can operate freely in the bore. Inspect O-ring on plug.

P-64267

Once the tie bolts have been removed and the motor begins to separate, the drive shaft (Item 1) [Figure 3020-9] can be removed.

Installation: Lubricate relief valve assembly with hydraulic oil and tighten plug to 260 in.-lb. (41 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Install drive shaft before tightening tie bolts. Figure 30-20-12 Figure 30-20-10

2 1

P-68213 P-68212

Lift and remove the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-10] from the motor. NOTE: Do not scratch or damage the surfaces of the motor sections. Always put them on a soft surface.

Remove the plug (Item 1) and shuttle valve assembly (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-12]. Inspect for scoring on shuttle valve. Ensure it can operate freely in the bore. Inspect Oring on plug. Installation: Lubricate shuttle valve assembly with hydraulic oil and tighten plug to 260 in.-lb. (41 N•m) torque.

30-20-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-20-15

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-20-13 2

P-64274

Remove and inspect/replace seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-2015].

P-39897

Remove the remaining pieces to the shuttle valve assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-13] from the inside of the end cap. Inspect for broken or damaged parts. Parts should move freely in bore. Assembly: Apply grease to shuttle valve parts to help hold in place during assembly.

Remove the geroler section as an assembly (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-15]. NOTE: There are two check balls on the backside of the geroler section. Be careful not to lose these check balls. See [Figure 30-20-16]. Note location of case drain hole (Item 3) [Figure 3020-15]. Align hole with other sections on hydrostatic motor.

Figure 30-20-14

3 1

P-39898

Remove and inspect/replace seals (Item 1) [Figure 3020-14]. Remove the valve plate (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-14]. Assembly: Apply grease to seals. Note location of case drain hole (Item 3) [Figure 30-20-14]. Align hole with other sections on hydrostatic motor.

30-20-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-20-17

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

1 4

Figure 30-20-16

2 3 1

P-64268

Remove the center piece of the balance plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-17].

P-39901

Remove the two check balls (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-16] from the geroler.

Remove and inspect/replace the seal (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-17]. Remove the balance plate (Item 3) [Figure 30-20-17].

Assembly: Check for scoring and wear on the geroler assembly. Apply grease to check balls to keep them from falling out of there seats when assembling.

Assembly: Apply grease to seals. Note location of case drain hole (Item 4) [Figure 30-20-17]. Align hole with other sections on hydrostatic motor.

NOTE: Care should be taken to keep the geroler assembly together. NOTE: If rollers are removed, put them back in their original bore.

30-20-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-20-20

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

1 Figure 30-20-18

P-64272

Remove the belleville spring. (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-20]. P-64270

Assembly: If the belleville spring is no longer cone shaped, replace with new. Remove the back up ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-18]. Figure 30-20-21 Assembly: Apply grease to back up ring. One side of the back up ring is grooved to fit against the o-ring underneath. Figure 30-20-19

1 1 P-64273

1 Carefully turn the mounting flange over and remove the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-21].

1 P-64271

Assembly: Replace the seal. Remove and inspect/replace the seals (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-19] from the geroler. Assembly: Apply grease to seals.

30-20-9

S130 Service Manual

30-20-10

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER

Shaft Seal Removal And Installation

Description

The tool listed is necessary for the following procedure:

The hydrostatic motor carrier is the mating connection from the hydrostatic drive motor to the transmission case.

MEL1420 - Carrier Seal Tool

The hydrostatic motor carrier contains a shaft that rotates on two tapered roller bearings. the shaft has two sprockets that turn the drive chains. Damaged or severely worn bearings can destroy a drive motor. The hydrostatic motor carrier is sealed to the transmission case with a polyurethane sealant. A gasket is not used. Replacement sealant can be ordered through Bobcat Parts part number 6685372. The hydrostatic motor carrier has a seal which isolates the chain case oil from the hydrostatic motor case drain oil. A brake disk is installed on each hydrostatic motor carrier. The brake disk is mounted to the shaft in the motor carrier.

Remove the hydrostatic motor. (See Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-1.)

Figure 30-20-1

The hydrostatic motor carriers are made to fit on both the right or left hand side of the loader. There are two sets of mounting holes on each hydrostatic motor carrier to fasten the hydrostatic motors. One set for the left hand side and another set for the right hand side of the loader.

P-68214

The motor carrier seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-1] is located on the outside of the motor carrier shaft.

30-30-1

Figure 30-30-4

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Shaft Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-2

P-4454A

Installation: Install a new seal over the motor carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-4].

P-39783A

Figure 30-30-5 Drill a 0.125 in. (3 mm) hole in the motor carrier seal [Figure 30-30-2]. Figure 30-30-3

P-39786A

Installation: Install MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool over the carrier seal [Figure 30-30-5].

P-39784A

Use a slide hammer to remove the seal from the motor carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-3].

Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on the carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-5].

30-30-2

Removal And Installation

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Shaft Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

WARNING

Figure 30-30-6

W-2059-0598

2 Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) P-54286A

Photo [Figure 30-30-6] shows the motor carrier seal correctly installed. Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-6] and replace if needed. NOTE: Before reinstalling the hydrostatic motor, check the plug (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-6] located in the center of the carrier shaft for tightness. If the plug becomes loosened, case drain lubrication oil from the hydrostatic motor can leak into the chaincase.

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.) Drain the fluid from the chaincase. (See CHAINCASE on Page 40-30-1.) Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-1.) Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.) Remove the lift arm bypass control valve. (See Removal and Installation on Page 20-50-1.) Remove the traction lock assembly. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-120-2.) Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.) Remove the front chaincase cover. (See Front Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.) Remove the front axle and sprocket. (See Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-204.) Remove the hydrostatic motor. (Refer to Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-1.)

30-30-3

Figure 30-30-9

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-7

P-54235A

Slide the motor carrier out of the chaincase [Figure 3030-9].

P-54227

Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-307]. (See Disk Removal And Installation on Page 40-102.)

Installation: Ensure both motor carrier sealing surface and transmission sealing face is clean and apply polyurethane sealant to both surfaces. Figure 30-30-10

Remove the six motor carrier mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-7] from the inside of the chaincase. 1

Installation: Tighten the motor carrier mounting bolts to 125 - 140 ft.-lb. (170 - 190 N•m) torque. Figure 30-30-8

2 P-39813

Use one of the motor carrier mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-10] and install partially into one mounting hole on the carrier. Fasten a chain hoist to the bolt on the motor carrier and remove the carrier from the loader.

P-54226

For ease of removal, fasten the front drive chain (previously removed) to the chaincase as shown (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-8].

Reverse the removal procedure to install the motor carrier.

Tip the end of the sprocket toward the rear of the loader and remove the rear drive chain (Item 2) [Figure 30-308] from the sprocket.

30-30-4

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Parts Identification

2 3 4

5 4

3 6 7 P-64693

Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

SHAFT

HOUSING

SENSOR DISC

SNAP RING

BEARING

SEAL

RACE

30-30-5

Figure 30-30-13

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly Figure 30-30-11 3.000’’ O.D. Diameter (76,2 mm) 2.530’’ I.D. Diameter (64,26 mm) 7.000’’ Length (177,8 mm)

P-39816

Put the motor carrier in the hydraulic press as shown [Figure 30-30-13].

MC-2102

It is necessary to locate or fabricate a press tool for this procedure. Refer to [Figure 30-30-11] for the correct dimensions of the tool needed.

Use 2-1/4 inch driver tool and press the sprocket shaft out of the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-30-13]. NOTE: The outer bearing will now be free from the sprocket shaft.

Figure 30-30-12 Figure 30-30-14

2 1

1 P-39815 P-4365

A hydraulic press, slide hammer with puller end and snap ring pliers are also recommended for this procedure. Remove the motor carrier shaft seal. (Refer to Shaft Seal Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-1). Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-12] from the motor carrier shaft using the snap ring pliers.

Remove the housing from the press and install a bearing puller (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-14] on the sprocket shaft. Put the assembly in the hydraulic press. Use the same tool driver and remove the bearing (Item 2) [Figure 3030-14] from the shaft.

30-30-6

Figure 30-30-17

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-15

P-39820

Put the motor carrier housing in the press as shown [Figure 30-30-17].

P-39817

Fasten the carrier motor housing to the work surface securely with the inner bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 3030-15] facing up. Install the slide hammer with puller end (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-15] on the bottom side of the bearing race.

Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new inner bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3030-17]. Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the carrier housing. Figure 30-30-18

Remove the bearing race from the carrier housing [Figure 30-30-15]. Figure 30-30-16

P-39819

Turn the motor carrier housing over as shown [Figure 30-30-18].

P-39818

Put the motor carrier housing in the hydraulic press as shown [Figure 30-30-16].

Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new outer bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3030-18].

Use a 3-7/8 inch driver tool and press the outer bearing race from the housing.

Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the carrier housing.

Check all parts for wear and damage. Replace the bearing race when new bearings are to be installed.

30-30-7

Figure 30-30-20

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-19

1 1

P-4371

P-4366

Put the motor carrier housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-20] over the sprocket shaft as shown.

Use the fabricated press tool (Item 1) and 3.0 inch driver tool, install the new inner bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-3019] on the sprocket shaft as shown. Remove the press and drive tools from the sprocket shaft.

Put the outer bearing over the end of the sprocket shaft and press the bearing on with the press tool and driver tool [Figure 30-30-20]. Remove the press and driver tools from the sprocket shaft.

30-30-8

Figure 30-30-23

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-21

1 1

P-39814

Put the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-21] over the end of the sprocket shaft.

P-4375

NOTE: Use the snap ring pliers to spread the snap ring so it will fit over the sprocket shaft.

Use MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-3023] and install the shaft seal.

Using the press and driver tools, press the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-21] over the sprocket.

Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on the carrier shaft [Figure 30-30-23].

Press the snap ring on until it snaps into the groove on the shaft.

Figure 30-30-24

Figure 30-30-22

P-39821

Check the end play of the motor carrier as follows:

P-4376

Put a new shaft seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-22] on the sprocket shaft.

Use a rubber mallet [Figure 30-30-24], tap down on the cluster shaft.

30-30-9

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-30-25

N-15087

Install a dial indicator as shown in Photo [Figure 30-3025]. Use a pry bar (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-25] to lift the carrier shaft and read the end play on the dial indicator. The carrier shaft must turn freely with end play not to exceed 0.007 in. (0,17 mm).

30-30-10

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC)

Shaft Seal Removal And Installation

Description

The tool listed is necessary for the following procedure:

The hydrostatic motor carrier is the mating connection from the hydrostatic drive motor to the transmission case.

MEL1420 - Carrier Seal Tool

The hydrostatic motor carrier contains a shaft that rotates on two tapered roller bearings. the shaft has two sprockets that turn the drive chains. Damaged or severely worn bearings can destroy a drive motor. The hydrostatic motor carrier is sealed to the transmission case with a polyurethane sealant. A gasket is not used. Replacement sealant can be ordered through Bobcat Parts part number 6685372. The hydrostatic motor carrier has a seal which isolates the chain case oil from the hydrostatic motor case drain oil. Loaders equipped with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) use a speed sensor installed in the motor carrier housing. The speed sensor senses a disk that is fixed to the shaft in the motor carrier. If the loader does not have (SJC), a plate covers the hole where the sensor would be.

Remove the hydrostatic motor. (See Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-1.)

Figure 30-30-1

A brake disk is installed on each hydrostatic motor carrier. The brake disk is mounted to the shaft in the motor carrier. The hydrostatic motor carriers are made to fit on both the right or left hand side of the loader. There are two sets of mounting holes on each hydrostatic motor carrier to fasten the hydrostatic motors. One set for the left hand side and another set for the right hand side of the loader.

P-68214

The motor carrier seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-1] is located on the outside of the motor carrier shaft.

30-31-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-4

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Shaft Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-2

P-4454A

Installation: Install a new seal over the motor carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-4].

P-39783A

Figure 30-31-5 Drill a 0.125 in. (3 mm) hole in the motor carrier seal [Figure 30-31-2]. Figure 30-31-3

P-39786A

Installation: Install MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool over the carrier seal [Figure 30-31-5].

P-39784A

Use a slide hammer to remove the seal from the motor carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-3].

Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on the carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-5].

30-31-2

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Shaft Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

WARNING

Figure 30-31-6

W-2059-0598

2 Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) P-54286A

Photo [Figure 30-31-6] shows the motor carrier seal correctly installed. Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-6] and replace if needed. NOTE: Before reinstalling the hydrostatic motor, check the plug (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-6] located in the center of the carrier shaft for tightness. If the plug becomes loosened, case drain lubrication oil from the hydrostatic motor can leak into the chaincase.

30-31-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-9

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-7

P-54235A

Slide the motor carrier out of the chaincase [Figure 3031-9].

P-54227

Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-317]. (See Disk Removal And Installation on Page 40-102.)

Installation: Ensure both motor carrier sealing surface and transmission sealing face is clean and apply polyurethane sealant to both surfaces. Figure 30-31-10

Remove the six motor carrier mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-7] from the inside of the chaincase. 1

Installation: Tighten the motor carrier mounting bolts to 125 - 140 ft.-lb. (170 - 190 N•m) torque. Figure 30-31-8

2 P-39813

Use one of the motor carrier mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-10] and install partially into one mounting hole on the carrier. Fasten a chain hoist to the bolt on the motor carrier and remove the carrier from the loader.

P-54226

For ease of removal, fasten the front drive chain (previously removed) to the chaincase as shown (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-8].

Reverse the removal procedure to install the motor carrier.

Tip the end of the sprocket toward the rear of the loader and remove the rear drive chain (Item 2) [Figure 30-318] from the sprocket.

30-31-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Parts Identification

2 3 4

5 4

3 6 7 P-64693

Ref.

Description

Ref.

Description

SHAFT

HOUSING

SENSOR DISC

SNAP RING

BEARING

SEAL

RACE

30-31-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-13

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly Figure 30-31-11 3.000’’ O.D. Diameter (76,2 mm) 2.530’’ I.D. Diameter (64,26 mm) 7.000’’ Length (177,8 mm)

P-39816

Put the motor carrier in the hydraulic press as shown [Figure 30-31-13].

MC-2102

It is necessary to locate or fabricate a press tool for this procedure. Refer to [Figure 30-31-11] for the correct dimensions of the tool needed.

Use 2-1/4 inch driver tool and press the sprocket shaft out of the motor carrier housing [Figure 30-31-13]. NOTE: The outer bearing will now be free from the sprocket shaft.

Figure 30-31-12 Figure 30-31-14

2 1

1 P-39815 P-4365

A hydraulic press, slide hammer with puller end and snap ring pliers are also recommended for this procedure. Remove the motor carrier shaft seal. (Refer to Shaft Seal Removal And Installation on Page 30-20-1). Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-12] from the motor carrier shaft using the snap ring pliers.

Remove the housing from the press and install a bearing puller (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-14] on the sprocket shaft. Put the assembly in the hydraulic press. Use the same tool driver and remove the bearing (Item 2) [Figure 3031-14] from the shaft.

30-31-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-17

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-15

P-39820

Put the motor carrier housing in the press as shown [Figure 30-31-17].

P-39817

Fasten the carrier motor housing to the work surface securely with the inner bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 3031-15] facing up. Install the slide hammer with puller end (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-15] on the bottom side of the bearing race.

Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new inner bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3031-17]. Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the carrier housing. Figure 30-31-18

Remove the bearing race from the carrier housing [Figure 30-31-15]. Figure 30-31-16

P-39819

Turn the motor carrier housing over as shown [Figure 30-31-18].

P-39818

Put the motor carrier housing in the hydraulic press as shown [Figure 30-31-16].

Use 4-5/16 inch driver tool and press the new outer bearing race into the motor carrier housing [Figure 3031-18].

Use a 3-7/8 inch driver tool and press the outer bearing race from the housing.

Press the bearing race in until it is fully seated in the carrier housing.

Check all parts for wear and damage. Replace the bearing race when new bearings are to be installed.

30-31-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-20

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-19

1 1

P-4371

P-4366

Put the motor carrier housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-20] over the sprocket shaft as shown.

Use the fabricated press tool (Item 1) and 3.0 inch driver tool, install the new inner bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-3119] on the sprocket shaft as shown. Remove the press and drive tools from the sprocket shaft.

Put the outer bearing over the end of the sprocket shaft and press the bearing on with the press tool and driver tool [Figure 30-31-20]. Remove the press and driver tools from the sprocket shaft.

30-31-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-31-23

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-21

1 1

P-39814

Put the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-21] over the end of the sprocket shaft.

P-4375

NOTE: Use the snap ring pliers to spread the snap ring so it will fit over the sprocket shaft.

Use MEL1420 Carrier Seal Tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-3123] and install the shaft seal.

Using the press and driver tools, press the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-21] over the sprocket.

Hit the tool with a hammer until the seal is fully seated on the carrier shaft [Figure 30-31-23].

Press the snap ring on until it snaps into the groove on the shaft.

Figure 30-31-24

Figure 30-31-22

P-39821

Check the end play of the motor carrier as follows:

P-4376

Put a new shaft seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-22] on the sprocket shaft.

Use a rubber mallet [Figure 30-31-24], tap down on the cluster shaft.

30-31-9

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT’D) Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 30-31-25

N-15087

Install a dial indicator as shown in Photo [Figure 30-3125]. Use a pry bar (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-25] to lift the carrier shaft and read the end play on the dial indicator. The carrier shaft must turn freely with end play not to exceed 0.007 in. (0,17 mm).

30-31-10

S130 Service Manual

CHARGE PRESSURE

Figure 30-40-2

Description 1 Charge pressure is a supply of oil to the hydrostatic pumps. Charge pressure is regulated by a charge relief valve located inside the hydrostatic pump. Charge pressure is used to replenish hydrostatic fluid removed from the drive circuit, pump and motor “internal leakage” and from the hydrostatic motors shuttle (flushing) valve. 3 Charge pressure is obtained from the standard section on the hydraulic gear pump. Charge pressure is also used to operate other hydraulic functions, such as shifting the auxiliary spool in the main hydraulic control valve.

P-43197

The charge pressure sender is located on the charge filter housing mounted next to the blower housing. Charge pressure alarm settings are pre-programmed into the main controller and are based on loader type and options installed.

Connect the gauge (Item 1), to the adapter fitting (P/N 93F5) (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-2].

Testing

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Figure 30-40-1

Connect the hydraulic hose (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-2] to the adapter fitting. Tighten all connections.

Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

2 1

P-43196A

The tools needed to check charge pressure, hydraulic hose (Item 1), Hydraulic gauge (1000 PSI) (Item 2) and adapter fitting (P/N 93F-5) (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-1].

30-40-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-40-4

CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT’D) Testing (Cont’d) Figure 30-40-3

1 P-68838

Install the hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-4], that is attached to the pressure gauge, to the control valve, where the cap was removed.

P-68837

Remove the hydraulic cap (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-3] from the hydraulic control valve charge pressure inlet fitting.

Tighten the hydraulic fittings. Start the loader and warm the hydraulic fluid to 140° F (60° C). The charge pressure at high idle, with the fluid temperature of 140° F (60° C) is 335 - 385 PSI (23,1 26,5 bar) with the pump in neutral.

30-40-2

S130 Service Manual

CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT’D) Sender Removal And Installation Figure 30-40-5 1

P-67069

Disconnect the charge pressure sender connector (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-5] from the sender. Remove the sender (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-5] from the adapter fitting. Installation: Tighten the charge pressure sender to 7.4 8.1 ft.-lb. (10 - 11 N•m) torque.

30-40-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-40-7

CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT’D) Adjusting

Figure 30-40-6 Remove the plug, spring and poppet [Figure 30-40-7]. 1 Check the poppet and spring for wear or damage. Inspect the seat inside the hydrostatic pump case for wear or damage. Figure 30-40-8

N-19567

If the charge pressure is not correct loosen the charge relief valve plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-6].

Assembly: Always use a new O-ring. Tighten the plug to 30 - 50 ft.-lb. (41 - 68 N•m) torque. N-19568

There are several different thickness of the shims (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-8] and are used to adjust the charge pressure. NOTE: 0.010 in. (0,254 mm) is 8 PSI (0,55 bar) increase in pressure. The charge pressure should be set at 335 - 385 PSI (23,1 - 26,5 bar).

30-40-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP Description The hydrostatic pump is composed of two hydrostatic piston pumps connected together. The pumps provide bidirectional flow to two separate hydrostatic drive motors. The pump flow and direction are controlled by two hand levers, one for each pump. The hydrostatic pump contains replenishing valves. The function of these valves is to give replacement fluid to the low pressure side of the hydrostatic circuit. Replacement fluid is needed because of normal internal leakage and the controlled flow to the oil cooler for cooling. Another function of the replenishing valve is to keep high pressure fluid out of the low pressure side of the hydrostatic circuit. The hydrostatic pump contains the charge pressure relief. The charge pressure relief is adjustable with shims. The hydrostatic pump is located in the center of the mainframe mounted to the engine flywheel housing.

30-50-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-2

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Replenishing/High Pressure Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 30-50-1

P-66670

Remove the replenishing/high pressure relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-2] from the pump. N-19565

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 30 - 50 ft.-lb. (41 - 68 N•m) torque. There are four replenishing/high pressure relief valves (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-1] in the hydrostatic pump assembly. Two are located at the top of the pumps and two at the bottom of the pumps. NOTE: The two top valves are for the reverse drive loop and the two bottom valves are for the forward drive loop.

Check for damage and replace as needed. Check the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-2] for damage and replace as needed. If the replenishing/high pressure relief valve must be replaced, it must be replaced as a complete unit. The pressure setting for a new replenishing/high pressure relief valve is 5000 PSI (345 bar).

30-50-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-4

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Removal And Installation

I-2003-0888 P-34567B

Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.)

Loosen the drive belt tensioner (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-4] and remove the drive belt.

Remove the control handle linkage from the hydrostatic pump.

Remove the hydrostatic pump drive pulley mounting nut (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-4] and washer.

Remove the hydraulic pump from the hydrostatic pump. (See HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) on Page 20-601.)

Installation: Tighten the pump pulley mounting nut to 175 - 200 ft.-lb. (237 - 271 N•m) torque. Figure 30-50-5

Figure 30-50-3

P-34567A P-34568

Remove the hydrostatic pump mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-3] and washer(s).

Install a puller on the hydrostatic pump drive pulley and remove the pulley from the pump shaft [Figure 30-50-5].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (125 - 135 N•m) torque. NOTE: Mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-3] is a special purpose bolt, replace with genuine Bobcat parts only.

30-50-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-7

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 30-50-6

1 1

P-28850

2 Hold the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-7] on the two hydrostatic pump mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-506].

P-48650

Installation: Install the key in the hydrostatic pump shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-6] before installing the pump drive pulley.

Remove the two hydrostatic pump mounting bolts from the pump and drive belt housing. Installation: Tighten the pump mounting bolts to 65 - 70 ft.-lb. (88 - 95 N•m) torque.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydrostatic pump assembly. Hydrostatic Pump Start Up Ensure the hydrostatic reservoir is filled to the correct level before starting the engine. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.) NOTE: Because the hydraulic reservoir is above the inlet of the hydraulic pump, hydraulic fluid will always be available for the hydraulic pump when starting. No other special precautions need to be made.

30-50-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Parts Identification (Left Half)

11 4

10 5

8 3 4

1 3

7 9

9 9

14 16 13

2 17 2

15 12

Ref.

Description

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

Snap Ring Washer Seal Bearing Key Shaft Housing Plug O-ring Cover Bolt Pin Swash Plate Wear Plate Piston Assembly Piston Retainer Retainer Block Spring Valve Plate Gasket Poppet Shim Replenishing/High Pressure Relief Valve Coupler Dust Seal

25. 26.

2 20 18

23 19 21

42 9

9 8 12

24 9

30-50-5

D-2428C

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Parts Identification (Right Half) Ref. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Description Bolt End Cap Plug O-ring Replenishing/High Pressure Relief Valve Gasket Bearing Pin Valve Plate Washer Spring Block Retainer Piston Assembly Wear Plate Swash Plate Housing Seal Cover Shaft Snap Ring Dust Seal Piston Retainer

3 4 5

3 4 2 1

1 4

3 10 10

8 13 11

13 10 23

12 8

13 14 22

3 4 7

4 8

18 7 21

4 20

3 1

D-2427B

30-50-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-10

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly

1 Figure 30-50-8 1

N-17193

Remove the valve plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-10]. N-19550

Check the valve plate for wear. (Both Sides.) Remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-8] from the pump housing end cap. Figure 30-50-9

2 N-19551

Remove the pump housing end cap (Item 1) [Figure 3050-9]. Remove the gasket (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-9].

30-50-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-13

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-50-11

N-17198

Remove the slipper guide and pistons (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-13] from the cylinder block.

N-17194

Check the valve plate locating pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-5011] for wear and replace if needed.

Check all the pistons (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-13] for wear and replace the rotating group as needed. Figure 30-50-14

Check the needle bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-11] for wear and replace if needed.

Figure 30-50-12

N-17199

Remove the ball guide retainer (Item 1) [Figure 30-5014] from the cylinder block.

N-17197

Remove the rotating group (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-12] from the pump.

30-50-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-17

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-15

1 3

N-17481

Remove the driveshaft key (Item 1) the snap ring (Item 2) and the support washer (Item 3) from the drive shaft end of the pump [Figure 30-50-17].

N-17200

Check the ball guide retainer (Item 1) and washer (Item 2) for wear and replace as needed [Figure 30-50-15].

Figure 30-50-18

Remove the four pins (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-15] from the cylinder block.

Check the cylinder block for wear and replace as needed. Check pins (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-15] to see if they are all the same length. Figure 30-50-16

N-17239

Use a seal puller and remove the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-18] from the pump housing. 1

N-17201

Remove the thrust plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-16] from the pump housing.

30-50-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-21

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-50-19

1 N-17242

Check the pump shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-21] for wear and replace if needed.

N-17240

Figure 30-50-22 Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-19] from the pump housing and remove the driveshaft and bearing from the housing. Figure 30-50-20

N-17243

1 Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-22] from the lower trunnion cover. Remove the cover. N-17241

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-20] from the driveshaft and remove the bearing. Check the bearing for wear and replace if worn.

30-50-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-25

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-23

2 1

N-17246

Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) from the pump housing and remove the linkage bracket (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-25].

N-17244

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2) from the pump housing [Figure 30-50-23].

Figure 30-50-26

Figure 30-50-24

1 1 2 N-17247

Remove the upper trunnion cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-5026].

N-17245

Check the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-24] for wear and replace as needed.

30-50-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-29

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Disassembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-27

2 1

N-17249

Inspect the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-29] and replace as needed.

N-17250

Figure 30-50-30 Inspect the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-27] in the upper trunnion cover and replace if needed. Figure 30-50-28

N-17251

Slide the swash plate from side to side and remove the tapered roller bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-30] from the swash plate shaft.

N-17248

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-28] from the pump housing.

30-50-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-33

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly Figure 30-50-31

N-17252

Install the swash plate and bearing into the pump housing [Figure 30-50-33].

N-17252

Tilt the swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-31] and remove the swash plate and lower bearing from the pump housing. Figure 30-50-32

N-17253

Install the lower bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-32] on the swash plate.

30-50-13

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-36

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-34

1 2 N-17247

3 Install the upper trunnion seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-36] and cover.

N-17249

Figure 30-50-37 Install the tapered bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-34] on the swash plate shaft. Figure 30-50-35

N-17246

3 Install the linkage bracket (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-37] and the four mounting bolts and tighten to 18 - 22 ft.-lb. (24 30 N•m) torque.

N-17248

Install the bearing race (Item 2) and O-ring (Item 3) as shown in [Figure 30-50-34] & [Figure 30-50-35].

30-50-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-40

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-38

2 N-17243

Align the marks on the lower trunnion cover and pump housing as shown in [Figure 30-50-40].

N-17245

Install the four mounting bolts and tighten to 18 - 22 ft.-lb. (24 - 30 N•m) torque.

Figure 30-50-39

Figure 30-50-41

N-17244

Install the bearing race (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-38] and Oring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-38] at the lower trunnion as shown in [Figure 30-50-39].

N-17242

Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-41] on the pump shaft.

30-50-15

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-44

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-50-42

N-17200

Install the four slipper pins (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-44] into the cylinder block.

N-17241

Install the bearing and snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-5042] on the pump shaft.

Apply a small amount of grease to the washer (Item 2) and install into the ball guide retainer (Item 3) [Figure 3050-44].

Figure 30-50-43

Figure 30-50-45

N-17240

N-17199

Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 3050-43].

Install the ball guide retainer and washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-45] onto the slipper holddown pins.

Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-43].

30-50-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-48

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-50-46

N-17194

Replace the needle bearing (Item 1) and valve plate locating pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-48] in the charge pump.

N-17198

Assemble the piston assemblies into the slipper guide. Lubricate the pistons and cylinder block bores and insert the piston assemblies into the cylinder bores [Figure 3050-46].

Figure 30-50-49

Figure 30-50-47 2

N-17196

The bearing cage (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-49] will protrude from 0.08-0.10 in. (2,0-2,5 mm) from the surface of the charge pump.

N-17197

Lay the pump housing on its side and install the cylinder block, piston assembly into the housing.

The valve plate locating spring pin (Item 2) [Figure 3050-49] will protrude from 1.65-0.185 in. (4,19-4,70 mm) from the surface of the charge pump.

Place the pump on a work surface with the end cap opening up [Figure 30-50-47].

30-50-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-50-52

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd)

1 Figure 30-50-50

N-19550

Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing. Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-52] to 35 - 45 ft.lb. (47 - 61 N•m) torque.

N-17193

Coat the backside of the valve plate with petroleum jelly to hold it in position and install the valve plate onto the charge pump, bronze face up [Figure 30-50-50].

Figure 30-50-53

The notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-50] on the valve plate must engage the locating pin. Figure 30-50-51

1 3

2 1 N-19571

Install the two small O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-53]. Install the large new O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-53]. Install the pump coupler (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-53].

N-19551

Coat a new end cap gasket (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-51] with petroleum jelly and install onto the end cap.

30-50-18

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-50-54

N-19570

Install the two pumps together [Figure 30-50-54]. Figure 30-50-55

N-19569

Tighten the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-55] to 35 45 ft.-lb. (47 - 61 N•m) torque.

30-50-19

S130 Service Manual

30-50-20

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) Description The SJC hydrostatic pump is a fully proportional dual piston pump in one pump casing. The endcaps are removable to gain access to the rotating assemblies. The hydraulic controllers are fed charge pressure from an external charge pump. 12 volt electrical solenoids shift a spool in the hydraulic controller that directs flow to a servo piston.

The servo piston strokes the swash plate in the rotating group. The rotating group generates flow to the A or B ports on the hydrostatic pump. The flow from the A and B ports is sent to the hydrostatic drive motors where forward or reverse drive motor rotation is obtained. There are swash plate angle sensors on the bottom of the pump that monitor swash plate movement. Ports are labeled on the hydrostatic pump casting.

Figure 30-51-1

P-64943

A,B

Service Line Ports (High Pressure Outlet Ports to Drive Motors)

Case Drain Port

Operating Pressure of “A” Port

Operating Pressure of “B” Port

Air Bleed Port

X1,X2 Control Pressure Gauge Port G

Charge Pressure Inlet Port

Gauge Port For Charge Pressure

30-51-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-3

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation The loader’s right hand side hydraulic controller can be removed with the hydrostatic pump still in the loader. The loader’s left hand side hydraulic controller can only be removed when the hydrostatic pump is separated from the engine/hydrostatic pump cast mount.

Controller solenoids can be bled of trapped air in the controller. This should be performed when hydraulic controllers are replaced, removed or uncommanded oscillations in the controls are present. Raise the lift arms and install and approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Place the loader on jack stands. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.)

P-64460

Disconnect all of the electrical harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-3] from the loader harness. Removal:

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Figure 30-51-2 1

Figure 30-51-4

P-64425 P-64426

Locate the two hydraulic controllers (Item 1) [Figure 3051-2] on the hydrostatic pumps. Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-4] from the hydraulic controller.

30-51-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-7

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-5

2 1

P-64427

2 3

Alternately tighten bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-7] to 7.7 ft.-lb. (10,4 Nm) torque. Ensure bolts are tight to specifications.

P-64427

Remove the controller (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-5] from the pump. Remove the controller gaskets (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-5] from the pump.

NOTE: When a hydraulic controller is replaced, the hydrostatic pumps must be calibrated. (See Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment on Page 30-41-28.) Figure 30-51-8

Installation: Figure 30-51-6 1

P-64978

P-64444

Be sure the feedback lever (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-5] is in the center of the servo piston groove (Item 1) [Figure 3051-6].

With the engine running and the loader on jack stands: Bleed the trapped air in the controller by loosening the small set screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-8] a maximum of 2 turns. Leave the screw loose until oil comes dripping out of the set screw. Tighten set screw to 18 in.-lb. (2 N•m) torque. Repeat the bleeding procedure for all of the solenoids.

Use a small amount of grease on a new gasket and install the gasket on the hydraulic controller (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-5]. Be sure the pump surface is clean.

30-51-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-10

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation

I-2003-0888 P-34567B

Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.) Remove the control handle linkage from the hydrostatic pump. (See Linkage Removal And Installation on Page 50-100-7.) Remove the hydraulic pump from the hydrostatic pump. (See HYDRAULIC PUMP (STANDARD) on Page 20-601.)

Loosen the drive belt tensioner (Item 1) [Figure 30-5110] and remove the drive belt. Remove the hydrostatic pump drive pulley mounting nut (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-10] and washer. Installation: Tighten the pump pulley mounting nut to 175 - 200 ft.-lb. (237 - 271 N•m) torque. Figure 30-51-11

Figure 30-51-9

P-34567A

1 P-34568

Remove the hydrostatic pump mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-9] and washer(s).

Install a puller on the hydrostatic pump drive pulley and remove the pulley from the pump shaft [Figure 30-5111].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (125 - 135 N•m) torque. NOTE: Mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-9] is a special purpose bolt, replace with genuine Bobcat parts only.

30-51-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D)

Hydrostatic Pump Start Up

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Before putting a hydrostatic pump back into operation, the hydrostatic pump should be filled with hydrostatic fluid. This should be performed when installing a new hydrostatic pump or a pump that has been disassembled.

Figure 30-51-12

Starting a hydrostatic pump dry may cause premature wear or permanent pump damage.

Under normal operation, the charge pump will keep the hydrostatic pumps filled. Filling the hydrostatic pump is best done by removing a plug at the top of the hydrostatic pump. A clean funnel should be used to avoid washing contaminants into the hydrostatic pump. The goal is to fill the hydrostatic pump as much as possible before start up.

Figure 30-51-14

P-48650

Installation: Install the key in the hydrostatic pump shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-12] before installing the pump drive pulley. Figure 30-51-13

P-64458

1 Remove the air bleed plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-14]. BEFORE START UP: Fill one of the air bleed ports with new hydraulic oil until the hydraulic oil flows out of the other air bleed port. This will remove trapped air in the hydrostatic pumps before start up.

P-28850

Hold the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-13] on the two hydrostatic pump mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-5112].

Assembly: Tighten plugs to 18 ft.-lb. (25 N•m) torque.

Remove the two hydrostatic pump mounting bolts from the pump and drive belt housing. Installation: Tighten the pump mounting bolts to 65 - 70 ft.-lb. (88 - 95 N•m) torque. Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydrostatic pump assembly.

30-51-5

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Parts Identification

3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

O-ring Bolt End Housing O-ring Right Rotating Assembly Timing Pin Bearing Spacer/Coupler Pin Positioning Pin O-ring Snap Ring Position Sensor Washer Bolt

7 8

10 11 12

13 14 15 16

24 25

21 23 22

27 32

19 31

7 30 4

16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

28 Steel Cover Bolt Hydraulic Controller High Pressure Relief Case Housing Bolt Plug Screen Plug Orifice Dowel Pin Charge Pressure Relief Left Servo Right Servo Left Rotating Assembly Key End Housing B25010

30-51-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-17

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) High Pressure Relief and Bypass Valve Figure 30-51-15

1 2 1 1

P-64437

Check the valve seat surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-17] for scratches and replace as needed.

P-64431

There are four system check relief valves (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-15] in the back of the hydrostatic pump.

Inspect the spring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-17] for breakage. Inspect seats inside case housing.

Remove the relief valve cap (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-15]. Assembly: Tighten cap to 111 - 125 ft.-lb. (150 - 170 N•m) torque.

Do not disassemble the relief valve assembly. If replacement is required, replace as an assembly. Factory setting on the relief valve is 5075 PSI (350 bar).

Figure 30-51-16

P-64436

Check the valve cap O-ring (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-16], replace as needed. Remove relief valve assembly (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-16] from the valve cap. Check the conical spring (Item 4) [Figure 30-51-16] to ensure it is not broken or flattened.

30-51-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-20

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Charge Relief Valve

Figure 30-51-18

P-64435

Inspect the poppet (Item 1) and the mating seat (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-20] for damage or foreign material. Ensure the poppet moves freely in it’s bore.

P-64431

The charge relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-18] is located on the back of the hydrostatic pump.

Inspect the sealing ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-20] and the mating seat in the pump housing for damage or foreign material.

Remove the charge relief valve. Assembly: Tighten charge relief valve to 52 ft.-lb. (70 N•m) torque.

Inspect the spring (Item 4) and the charge relief valve shims (Item 5) [Figure 30-51-20]. NOTE: 1.0 mm shim (Item 5) [Figure 30-51-20] = 43.5 PSI (3 bar) in pressure change. Adding shims increases charge pressure. Removing shims decreases charge pressure.

Figure 30-51-19

P-64435

Check and replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-19].

30-51-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-23

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly Remove the hydrostatic pump/engine assembly from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.)

Figure 30-51-21

1 1

P-64439

Remove the bolts (Item 1) mounting the steel covers (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-23]. Assembly: Tighten bolts to 38 ft.-lb. (51 N•m) torque. Figure 30-51-24

P-64458

Remove the hydraulic controllers (Item 1) [Figure 30-5121]. (See Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation on Page 30-41-2.)

Figure 30-51-22

2 1

P-64440

Remove the mounting bolts and washers for the swash plate angle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-24]. Assembly: Tighten bolts to 27.4 in.-lb. (3,1 N•m) torque. P-64438

Swash plate angle sensors (Item 1) are mounted on the bottom of the hydrostatic pump. They are protected by steel covers (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-22]. Note the connectors facing each other. Note the steel covers facing direction.

30-51-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-27

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-25 1

P-64442

Both swash plate angle sensors and associated hardware removed from the hydrostatic pump. [Figure 30-51-27].

P-64441

Assembly: Note the slotted portion (Item 1) of the positioning pin tightly fits the machined section on the swash plate angle sensor shaft (Item 2) [Figure 30-5125]. Note the machined section of the swash plate angle sensor shaft faces the center of the hydrostatic pump. Figure 30-51-26

P-64453

NOTE: Improperly installing the swash plate angle sensor, with the shaft facing toward the outside of the hydrostatic pump, will make it hard to install the sensor mounting bolts and also destroy the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-5126].

30-51-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-30

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Right End Housing Figure 30-51-28 3

2 P-64464

Pull the end housings from the case housing [Figure 3051-30].

1 P-64445

Left End Housing Figure 30-51-29 3

1 P-64447

Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) securing the end housing (Item 2) to the main case housing (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-28] and [Figure 30-51-29]. Assembly: Alternately, tighten mount bolts to 96 ft.-lb. (130 N•m) torque.

30-51-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-33

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-31

1 1

P-64463

Assembly: Ensure dowel pin (Item 1) is aligned with hole in case housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-33] before tightening screws.

P-64465

Replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-31]. Figure 30-51-32

P-64466

Ensure servo follower (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-31] is swung out for proper engagement with the notch in the servo piston (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-32].

30-51-12

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-34 RIGHT SIDE

2 P-64454

Figure 30-51-35 LEFT SIDE

P-64501

Remove valve plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-34] and [Figure 30-51-35] from the case housing. Inspect valve plate for scratches or scoring. Replace a valve plate if the scratches are deep enough to catch with a fingernail. NOTE: Pay attention to the notches (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-34] and [Figure 30-51-35] in the valve plate for assembly reasons. There are different valve plates for the left and right side. The valve plates are NOT interchangeable.

30-51-13

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Figure 30-51-38

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

RIGHT SIDE

Figure 30-51-36

1 2

RIGHT SIDE

P-64456

2 Figure 30-51-39 P-64455

LEFT SIDE Figure 30-51-37

1 2

LEFT SIDE

P-64503

1 2 P-64502

Assembly: Align the timing pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-5136] and [Figure 30-51-37] in the case housing with the notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-38] and [Figure 30-51-39] that does not go through the valve plate. Align the shoulder of the roller bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-36] and [Figure 30-51-37] with the beveled edge on the valve plate (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-38] and [Figure 30-51-39]. NOTE: Valve plate should sit FLUSH with the case housing when properly installed.

30-51-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-42

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-40

P-64469

Remove the piston assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-42]. B25012

Figure 30-51-43 Right Side Rotating Group [Figure 30-51-40]. Figure 30-51-41

P-64475

B25011

Remove the pistons (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-43] from the rotating block.

Left Side Rotating Group [Figure 30-51-41].

30-51-15

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-46

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

1 Figure 30-51-44

P-64471

Remove the spherical washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-5146].

P-64476

Figure 30-51-47 Inspect the pistons, look for scoring and scratches. Ensure the holes (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-44] in the slippers, are not plugged.

Figure 30-51-45

P-64472

Inspect the pins (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-47]. They should be all the same length. Do not remove. P-64477

Inspect the mating surface of the spherical washer for scoring or scratches (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-45].

30-51-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-50

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

3 Figure 30-51-48 1 1

P-64479

Inspect mating surface for the slippers on the swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-50].

P-64474

Inspect the spherical washer for scoring and wear (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-48].

Remove the swash plate from the endcap housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-50]. Remove the slide ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-50], ensure it pivots freely.

Figure 30-51-49

Figure 30-51-51 1 2 1

P-64478

Inspect the back surface of the rotating block (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-49] where the valve plate seals. Ensure there is no scratches or scoring.

P-64480

Assembly: Carefully align bearing pin eyelets (Item 1) into holes in endcap housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-51].

Visually ensure spring (Item 2) and c-clip (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-49] are not bent or damaged.

30-51-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-54

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-52

P-64483

Remove the shell bearing races (Item 1) [Figure 30-5154].

P-64481

Assembly: Ensure bearing pins are in the holes of the swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-52].

Assembly: Note shell bearing races have an edge (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-54] on them. The edges face towards the outside of the endcap housing

Figure 30-51-53

Inspect bearing surfaces for scratches or scoring.

P-64482

Remove the shell bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-53]. Inspect individual roller bearings and machined surfaces (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-53] on swash plate.

30-51-18

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-57

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

LEFT SIDE

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-55 1 2

P-64486

Figure 30-51-58 P-64484

RIGHT SIDE

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) from the positioning pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-55].

Figure 30-51-56

1 P-64523

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-57] and [Figure 30-51-58] from the end housing. Figure 30-51-59 P-64485

Pull the positioning pin from the end housing. Replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-56]. Inspect wear surfaces (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-56] for scratches or scoring. Ensure positioning pin can rotate smoothly in the end housing without excessive play. 1

P-64524

The pump seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-59] is removed by inserting a screw into the seal and prying out. 30-51-19

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-61

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-60

2 1

P-64488

The drive shaft can be tapped out of the end housing with a rubber mallet. Inspect wear surfaces for scratches, and inspect splines for excessive wear. Inspect bearing (Item 1); if bearing needs replacement, remove snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-60] and remove bearing.

B25013

Servo Piston Assembly [Figure 30-51-61]. The Servo Piston Assembly [Figure 30-51-61] cannot be removed unless the hydraulic controller and rotating group is removed first. Figure 30-51-62

P-64489

Remove servo piston mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 3051-62]. Installation: Tighten bolts to 7.7 ft.-lb. (10,4 N•m) torque.

30-51-20

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-65

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-63

P-64492

Slide the servo piston assembly out of the bore. [Figure 30-51-65].

P-64490

Measure and record servo piston depth at the adjustment screw [Figure 30-51-63]. Figure 30-51-64

P-64491

Use a rubber mallet to rotate servo piston cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-64].

30-51-21

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-68

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-66

1 2 1 2

P-64493

Remove the bushings (Item 1), seals and O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-68] from the pump housing.

P-64467

Figure 30-51-69 Figure 30-51-67

1 1 2

3 P-64494 P-64466

Assembly: Align the servo piston so the guide slot (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-67] is parallel to the driveshaft centerline. Measure with a straight-edge [Figure 30-5166].

Each servo has a pair of bushings (Item 1), O-rings (Item 2) and square-cut seals (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-69].

30-51-22

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-72

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-70

1 P-64497

1 Remove snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-72] from the servo piston.

P-64495

Figure 30-51-73 Remove the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-70] from the servo piston.

1 2

Assembly: Tighten lock nut to 22 ft.-lb. (30 N•m) torque. Figure 30-51-71

P-64498

Remove the piston stop adjustment mechanism (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-73] from the servo piston. Inspect mechanism for broken parts.

P-64496

Replace O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-73] Remove the servo cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-71] from the servo piston.

30-51-23

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-76

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-74

1 2

3 P-64499

Remove the four control pressure plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-76] at the top of the case housing to gain access to the four orifices (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-77].

P-64461

Remove the plug (Item 1) from the top center of the case housing. Replace O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-74].

Replace O-rings on plugs. Assembly: Tighten plugs to 18 ft.-lb. (25 N•m) torque.

Assembly: Tighten plug to 45 ft.-lb. (10 N•m) torque. Figure 30-51-77 Remove internal screen (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-74]. Assembly: Tighten internal screen to 7.4 ft.-lb. (62 N•m) torque.

Figure 30-51-75

P-64500

Ensure the four orifices (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-77] in case housing are clean and not plugged. P-64462

NOTE: The four orifices are no longer needed when software version 69 or above is installed on the loader.

Ensure screen is clean [Figure 30-51-75].

30-51-24

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

The pump mechanical neutral adjustment sets the position of the servo piston and pump swash plate relative to the hydraulic controller. This procedure should be followed if the hydrostatic pump has been disassembled for servicing the servo piston and the setting has been disrupted.

Figure 30-51-78

Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.) 2 1

P-64502

W-2017-0286

Bearings (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-78] in case housing are replaced by using a press and bearing driver. Inspect center coupler (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-78].

Raise the lift arms, and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) Disconnect the swash plate angle sensors in the electrical harness. This prevents unwanted swash plate movement error codes from occurring during adjustments. Disconnecting the sensors does not have to be done directly at the sensor, follow the harness back to find an accessible connector to disconnect. Disconnect the speed sensors located on the top of the motor carriers. This prevents uncommanded wheel movement error codes from occurring during adjustments.

30-51-25

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-81

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 30-51-79 1 1

P-64438

Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-81] from the MA ports on the bottom of the pump, and install 7500 PSI pressure gauges.

P-64973

Connect a hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-79] between port X1 and port X2 on each side of the hydrostatic pump, to equalize the pressures on both ends of the servo pistons.

Figure 30-51-82

Figure 30-51-80

1 1

1 P-64977

P-64425

Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-80] from the MB ports on the front side of the pump, and install 7500 PSI (241 bar) pressure gauges.

Remove drive hoses from the A and B ports (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-82]. Plug the ports with metal caps. The caps must be able to handle at least 7500 PSI. Plugging the A and B ports eliminates leakage at the drive motors from causing errors in the pump mechanical neutral setting.

30-51-26

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-85

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 30-51-83

1 P-64457

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-85] counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment screw.

P-64457

Loosen the pump neutral adjustment lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-83].

Figure 30-51-86

Start the loader using the remote start tool and run at an idle.

WARNING Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn whenever the pump is not centered. W-2276-1297

1 Figure 30-51-84 P-64457

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-86] clockwise, to a position halfway between the recorded positions. The pressure gauges should read equal pressures.

1 P-64457

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-84] clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment screw. 30-51-27

S130 Service Manual

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d)

The hydraulic controller neutral adjustment, aligns the pump swash plate and the control spool so that a zero angle control setting provides a zero degree swash plate setting. This adjustment should be performed whenever any part of the control or swash plate mechanisms are adjusted or removed or after the pump mechanical neutral setting is adjusted. Ensure the pump mechanical neutral setting is correct before performing hydraulic controller neutral adjustments.

Figure 30-51-87

NOTE: Procedure is shown for the left side hydraulic controller. Procedure is the same for the right side hydraulic controller, except you disconnect the electrical connectors for the right side hydraulic controller and connect pressure gauges in the X1 and X2 ports on the right side of the pump.

1 P-64457

While holding the adjustment screw (Item 1) in position, tighten the lock nut (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-87] to 22 ft.-lb. (30 N•m) torque.

Place the loader on jack stands. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.)

WARNING

Shut loader OFF. Remove the hydraulic hose from the X1 and X2 ports on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 18 ft.-lb. (25 N•m) torque. Remove the pressure gauges from the MA and MB ports on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 18 ft.-lb. (25 N•m) torque. NOTE: The Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment must be performed whenever the Mechanical Neutral Adjustment is done. (See Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment on Page 30-4128.)

30-51-28

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-90

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 30-51-88

2 1

P-64975

Install 500 PSI pressure gauges in the X1 and X2 ports pertaining to the side of the hydrostatic pump you are adjusting.

P-64460

Disconnect the hydraulic controller connectors (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-88] from the loader wiring harness for the hydraulic controller you are adjusting.

Figure 30-51-91

Figure 30-51-89

2 P-64459

Loosen the locking screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-91]. P-64458

Start the loader using the remote start tool and run at an idle. Remove the X1 plug (Item 1) and X2 plug (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-89] pertaining to the side of the hydrostatic pump you are adjusting.

WARNING Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn whenever the pump is not centered. W-2276-1297

30-51-29

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-51-94

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 30-51-92

1 P-64459

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-94] clockwise, to a position halfway between the recorded positions. The pressure gauges should read equal pressures.

P-64459

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-92] clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment screw.

Figure 30-51-95

2 Figure 30-51-93

P-64459

While holding the adjustment screw (Item 1) in position, tighten the locking screw (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-95] to 4.5 ft.-lb. (6,1 N•m) torque.

P-64459

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-93] counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment screw.

Shut loader OFF. Remove the pressure gauges from the X1 and X2 ports on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 18 ft.-lb. (25 N•m) torque. Connect the hydraulic controller wire connectors to the loader wiring harness. Perform a controller calibration CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

30-51-30

procedure.

(See

S130 Service Manual

DRIVE BELT

Adjusting

Description

To adjust the drive belt between the flywheel and the hydrostatic pump pulley, use the following procedure:

The drive belt makes the mechanical connection from the engine flywheel to the hydrostatic pump pulley.

Stop the engine. Open the rear door.

The belt is a cord-reinforced rubber design.

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

Constant tension is applied to the drive belt by the use of a spring-loaded belt tensioner.

Remove the belt shield. (See Shield Removal And Installation on Page 30-50-1.)

The drive belt is protected by a plastic shield fastened to the flywheel housing by metal clips. The shield is also in place to protect the operator.

The pulley tensioner is located between the flywheel and pump pulley. Figure 30-60-3

Shield Removal And Installation Figure 30-60-1 1 2

P-48478A

Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-3] on the spring loaded drive idler.

P-48001

Remove the three drive belt shield mounting clips (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-1].

NOTE: The pointer (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-3] will be at the 1 o'clock position when the idler is not under spring tension.

Figure 30-60-2

P-48000

Remove the belt shield (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-2]

30-60-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-5

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Adjusting (Cont’d)

Figure 30-60-4

P-48478A

Raise the idler assembly slightly so that the pulley is operating on spring tension and not against the stop.

P-48479A

Using the Belt Tensioner Bar (MEL1405) or a pry bar, push the idler assembly against the belt. The pointer (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-4] will be at the 3 o'clock position when the idler stop is bottomed out. Do not pry directly on the pulley, pry on the tensioner bracket the pulley is mounted on. NOTE: If the pointer does not move when prying on the belt tensioner mounting bracket, manually move the arrow towards the 3 o’clock position with a screwdriver while putting tension on the bracket to help get it started.

Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-5] to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. NOTE: Do not set the idler against the travel stop in the 3 o'clock position. Run the engine for a few minutes. Stop the engine and recheck the pointer position. Readjust if necessary. After the idler has been in service, readjust when the pointer reaches the 1 o'clock position. Install the belt shield using the fasteners. Reconnect the negative (-) battery cable. Close the rear door.

30-60-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-8

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Belt Removal And Installation Figure 30-60-6

P-48481

Remove the drive belt from the pump pulley and flywheel. Remove the drive belt from the loader [Figure 30-60-8].

P-48000

Stop the engine. Open the rear door.

Install the new drive belt. Install the belt tensioner assembly.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Adjust the drive belt. (See Adjusting on Page 30-50-1.)

Remove the negative (-) cable from the battery. The battery may be removed for additional working clearance. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-20-1.)

Reinstall belt shield and connect the negative (-) cable to the battery.

Remove the belt shield [Figure 30-60-6]. (See Shield Removal And Installation on Page 30-50-1.) Figure 30-60-7

P-48478A

The belt tensioner is located between the flywheel and pump pulley. Loosen and remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-7] from the belt tensioner. Remove the belt tensioner assembly.

30-60-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-10

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation Figure 30-60-9

P-48478A

Loosen and remove the tensioner pulley mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-10].

P-43217

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Stop the engine. Open rear door. Remove the negative (-) cable from the battery. the battery may be removed for additional working clearance. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-20-1.)

Remove the belt tensioner pulley from the housing. Reverse the removal procedure to install the drive belt tensioner.

Remove the belt shield [Figure 30-60-9]. (See Shield Removal And Installation on Page 30-50-1.)

30-60-4

S130 Service Manual

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Tensioner Pulley Parts Identification

1. Cover 2. Bolt 3. Washer 4. Pins 5. Washer 6. Spring 7. Snap Ring 8. Snap Ring 9. Bearing 10. Dust Shield 11. Pulley 12. Bushing 13. Hub 14. Washer 15. Seal 16. Arrow Indicator Plate 17. Locating Pin 18. Spring 19. Shaft 20. Bracket

11 3 12

4 5

NOTE: Belt tensioner parts are not all 5 available individually. Consult parts catalog for available 7 sub-assemblies.

16 17

18 10

E-2296

30-60-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-13

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Tensioner Pulley Disassembly Figure 30-60-11

3 1 1

4 2

P-8861

Remove the two pins (Item 1) from the hub assembly (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-13] only if they have been damaged.

P-8858

Remove the grease cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-11].

Remove the bracket assembly (Item 3) by tapping on the shaft (Item 4) [Figure 30-60-13] with a plastic hammer.

Figure 30-60-12 Figure 30-60-14

5 2

1 1

4 P-8859 P-8862

Remove the bolt (Item 1), the flat washer (Item 2), the retainer washer (Item 3), the spring washer (Item 4) and the second retainer washer (Item 3) from the pulley assembly (Item 5) [Figure 30-60-12].

Remove the spring (Item 1) from the bracket (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-14].

30-60-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-17

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Tensioner Pulley Assembly Figure 30-60-15

1 1

P-8873

Turn the pulley assembly over and install the two pins (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-17] into the hub.

P-8871

Figure 30-60-18 Install the spring (Item 1) on the pulley (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-15] as shown. Figure 30-60-16

2 P-8874

Install a punch as shown and turn clockwise while applying down pressure on the pulley.

P-8872

Install the shaft from the bracket assembly (Item 1) into the pulley assembly (Item 2) and align the spring (Item 3) [Figure 30-60-16] over the alignment pin on the bracket.

Turn until the pulley snaps down into place; this procedure winds the spring and retains the end of the spring in proper location [Figure 30-60-18].

30-60-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-60-21

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Tensioner Pulley Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-60-19

2 2 1

P-8877

Press the grease cap (Item 1) onto the pulley assembly (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-21]. Press on the outer formed edge of the grease cap.

P-8875

Install the first retainer washer (Item 1) and spring washer (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-19] over the roll pins. Figure 30-60-20

NOTE: When pressing the grease cap onto the pulley assembly, do not press down on the arrow indicator plate. Support the hub assembly so that it contacts only the hub and not the arrow indicator plate.

2 1

P-8876

Install the second retainer washer (Item 1), the washer (Item 2) and the bolt (Item 3) [Figure 30-60-20]. Tighten the bolt to 28 - 32 ft.-lb. (38 - 45 N•m) torque. Fill the grease cap 1/4 full (approximately 1/2 - 3/4 oz.) of grease.

30-60-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 30-70-3

CASE DRAIN FILTER Description The case drain filter is an external filter assembly in the case drain circuit that filters the case drain hydraulic oil. The case drain filter can be replaced as a complete assembly or disassembled to replace the element with an element kit and/or the spring kit purchased from Bobcat Parts.

Disassembly And Assembly Remove the case drain filter(s) from the machine. (See Removing And Replacing Case Drain Filters on Page 10120-4.) P-76218

Figure 30-70-1 Remove the filter element and spring assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-3] NOTE: Remember the orientation of the filter element and spring assembly for correct assembly. Figure 30-70-4 2

3 P-76212

1 Remove the filter housing nut (Item 1) from the filter housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-70-1].

Figure 30-70-2 P-76216

The larger taper spring (Item 1) slides over the end of the filter element (Item 2) and the smaller tapered spring (Item 3) [Figure 30-70-4] slides into the filter element.

P-76214

Remove the packing (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-70-2] from the filter housing nut.

30-70-1

S130 Service Manual

30-70-2

S130 Service Manual

DRIVE SYSTEM BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1 Disk Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-2 CHAINCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center Cover Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-30-1 40-30-2 40-30-1 40-30-1 40-30-3

DRIVE COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation . . . . . . . Chain Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-20-1 40-20-2 40-20-4 40-20-9 40-20-1

DRIVE SYSTEM

TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

40-01

S130 Service Manual

40-02

S130 Service Manual

BRAKE Description Figure 40-10-1

1 P-21944

The brake is used to hold the machine in place. The brake is operated by a switch (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-1] located on the front accessory panel. The brake is applied by a spring-loaded wedge that drops into two notched brake discs attached to the motor carrier shafts. An electric solenoid is sent power from a relay to pull the wedge away from the discs. A signal from the main Bobcat controller holds the wedge away from the discs. The hold signal will be interrupted and the wedge will drop if the engine rpm drops below 700 rpm, the seat bar sensor fails or if there is a break in the wires for the brake solenoid. For more information on the brake. (See TRACTION LOCK on Page 60-120-1.)

40-10-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-10-3

BRAKE (CONT’D) Disk Removal And Installation Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

1 N-19105

W-2059-0598

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.) Disconnect and remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-1.)

Inspect the traction lock guides (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-3] and the brake disc for damage or wear and replace as necessary. (See Inspecting on Page 60-120-6.) Figure 40-10-4

Remove the control panel from the loader. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.) Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.) 1

Remove the traction lock assembly. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-120-2.) 2 Figure 40-10-2 3

P-54222

A snap ring pliers with 90 degree tips are necessary for removing the parking brake disc.

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) from the end of the sprocket (Item 2) [Figure 40-10-4] on the hydrostatic motor carrier. Slide the disc (Item 3) [Figure 40-10-4] off the sprocket and remove the disc.

1 P-54227

Reverse the removal procedure to install the disc in the loader.

The parking brake discs (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-2] are located beneath the center chaincase cover.

40-10-2

S130 Service Manual

DRIVE COMPONENTS Description

P-67086

The drive components consist of the chaincase, drive chains, sprockets, axleshafts, hubs and a brake. The chaincase is partially filled with hydraulic fluid to lubricate the chains and bearings. On the bottom of the chaincase, these is a cover for access to the fuel tank drain plug.

40-20-1

S130 Service Manual

Axle Seal Removal And Installation

Installation: Support the flange of the axle hub and install the two studs with a hammer. A hydraulic press can also be used to install the studs.

Figure 40-20-1

Figure 40-20-2

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D)

2 2

2 P-4157

P-4159

The tools listed are needed for the following procedure:

Install the puller tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-2] on the axle hub.

Axle Hub Puller Tool MEL1399 - Seal Driver Tool MEL1242 - Power Ram (may be used if desired)

A driver tool (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-2] can be used for centering the threaded rod of the puller.

To loosen the axle hub mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 4020-1], use the following procedure:

WARNING

Before lifting and blocking the loader, loosen the hub mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-1]. NOTE: If the axle and bearings are being replaced, also loosen the sprocket mounting bolt inside the chaincase before lifting and blocking the loader. (See Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-20- 4.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Remove the front tire/wheel assembly.

NEVER STAND IN-LINE OF THE HUB WHEN REMOVING A HUB FROM AN AXLE. The hub has a tapered fit on the axle end and can come off the axle with great force and cause serious injury. W-2186-0395

Use a wrench with the puller and remove the axle hub from the axle tube. A spacer and a power ram can be used between the axle and the tool if available, instead of the wrench, threaded rod and driver tool.

Remove the hub mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-1] and washer from the axle. Installation: Tighten the hub mounting bolt to 725 - 800 ft.-lb. (983 - 1085 N•m) torque. Remove two of the wheel mounting studs (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-1]. Use a wheel mounting nut on each stud and remove the two studs with a hammer.

40-20-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-5

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 40-20-3

P-4160

Installation: MEL1399 seal driver tool is necessary for the following procedure:

P-4161

Clean the seal area and inspect the shaft for wear. Remove the key (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-3] from the axle. NOTE: If the shaft is damaged or worn, an axle repair sleeve kit is available from Bobcat Parts.

Figure 40-20-4

Place the new axle seal over the axle and into the axle tube. Install MEL1399 seal driver tool over the axle and put against the axle seal [Figure 40-20-5]. Hit the seal driver tool with a hammer until the tool is flush with the edge of the axle tube [Figure 40-20-5]. Reverse removal procedure to install the axle hub and wheel assembly.

P-4181

Drill a small hole in the axle seal. Install a slide hammer (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-4] with a screw tip end in the axle seal. Remove the axle seal.

40-20-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-6

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation The tools listed are needed for the following procedure: MEL1242 - Power Ram MEL1202B - Axle Bearing Service Set

NOTE: The procedure shown is for removing the front axle, bearings and sprocket. This procedure can also be used for the rear axle, bearings and sprocket. (See Rear Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-3.)

P-68818

Use jackstands to support the rear of the loader. (The loader wheels should remain on the ground.)

Remove the twelve front cover mounting bolts (Item 1) and the front cover (Item 2) from the chaincase [Figure 40-20-6]. (See Front Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.)

Figure 40-20-7

W-2059-0598

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) 1

Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.)

P-4147A

Loosen the axle sprocket mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-7]. Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing And Replacing Oil on Page 10-130-1.) Remove the axle hub. (See Axle Seal Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-2.) Remove the sprocket mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 4020-7]. Installation: Tighten the sprocket mounting bolt to 300 330 ft.-lb. (407 - 447 N•m) torque.

40-20-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-9

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 40-20-8

2 1 P-4162A

Remove the drive chain from the sprocket (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-9] and remove the sprocket from the chaincase.

1 P-4158A

Install the MEL1242 power ram (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-8] between the two sprockets. Put a spacer between the power ram and axle. Push the axle out to the end of the power ram stroke. Add another spacer and push the axle again. Repeat this procedure until the axle is free from the sprocket and inner bearing.

Remove the inner bearing (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-9] and remove the axle from the axle tube. (See Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-204.) Installation: Pack both axle bearings with grease before installing them. Figure 40-20-10

P-4170

A bearing puller (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-10] is needed for the following procedure: Put the axle/outer bearing assembly in the bearing puller as shown and put in the hydraulic press [Figure 40-2010].

40-20-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-12

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 40-20-11

2 P-4169

P-4171

Be sure the bearing puller makes good contact with the inner race of the bearing and press the bearing off the mounting surface of the axle. Be sure to hold onto the axle during removal as it will slide freely along the axle shaft after removal from the bearing mounting surface and until the bearing contacts the spline on the shaft. Press the splined end of the axle free from the bearing [Figure 40-20-11].

Installation: A piece of round tubing (Item 1) [Figure 4020-12] is needed to install the bearing on the axle shaft. The tubing needs to measure approximately 0.500 in. (12,7 mm) to 1.0 in. (25,4 mm) in length. The inside diameter of the tubing should not be under 2.100 in. (53,3 mm) and the outside diameter should not be over 2.400 in. (60 mm), A bearing puller (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-12] is also needed to install the bearing on the axle. Put the tubing (Item 1) on the bearing puller (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-12]. Put the bearing (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-12] on the tube as shown. Put the spline end of the axle shaft (Item 4) [Figure 4020-12] in the bearing and press the bearing onto the axle. Be sure to hold onto the axle during installation, as it will slide freely along the axle shaft after the spline end has passed through the bearing and until it reaches the bearing mounting surface on the axle.

40-20-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-15

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 40-20-13

2 1 P-4179

To remove the outer bearing cup, place the bearing cup tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-15] on the slide hammer. P-4175

Leave the bearing cup tool loose until the tool is installed inside the tube [Figure 40-20-15]. When the bearing reaches the bearing mounting surface, continue the installation until the bearing is fully seated [Figure 40-20-13].

After the bearing cup tool is inside the axle tube, pull the tool against the bearing cup and tighten the nut (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-15] on the tool.

Figure 40-20-14 Figure 40-20-16

P-4172 P-4180

Use the tools provided in the MEL1202B Axle Bearing Service Set for bearing cup removal and installation. A slide hammer is also necessary for this procedure.

Use the slide hammer and remove the bearing cup from the axle tube [Figure 40-20-16].

Use the long rod and bearing cup tool to remove the inner bearing cup [Figure 40-20-14]. Hit the long rod with a hammer to remove the bearing cup from the axle tube [Figure 40-20-14].

40-20-7

S130 Service Manual

Put the installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-18] in the axle tube with the threaded rod through the hole in the tool.

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Secure the tool to the threaded rod with a nut [Figure 4020-18].

Figure 40-20-17

Hold the inside nut (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-17] with a wrench and tighten the outside nut as shown in photo [Figure 40-20-18].

1 2

Tighten the nut until the bearing cup is seated. Figure 40-20-19 3

P-4174A

Figure 40-20-18 1

P-4173

To install the outer bearing cup, use the short rod and the bearing cup tool used for removing the bearing cups. Put the bearing cup tool on the short rod. 2

Put the bearing cup in the axle tube and put the tool into the tube over the bearing cup [Figure 40-20-19]. P-4164

Use the bearing cup installation tools (Item 1) [Figure 4020-17] and (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-18] and the long threaded rod (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-18] from the service set to install the inner and outer bearing cups.

Hit the short rod with a hammer until the bearing cup is seated inside the axle tube.

Put the inner bearing cup in the axle tube (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-17]. Put the installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-17] in the axle tube. Install the long threaded rod (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-18] into the axle tube and through the installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-17]. Secure the tool to the threaded rod with a nut (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-17].

40-20-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-20-20

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Chain Removal And Installation

WARNING 1

P-54227

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device.(See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

Remove the parking brake disc (Item 1) [Figure 40-2020]. (See Disk Removal And Installation on Page 40-102.)

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.)

Remove the six carrier mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-20] from inside the chaincase.

Drain the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing And Replacing Oil on Page 10-130-1.)

Installation: Tighten the motor carrier mounting bolts to 125 - 140 ft.-lb. (170 - 190 N•m) torque.

Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-1.)

Figure 40-20-21

Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.) Remove the traction lock assembly. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-120-2.)

Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.) Remove the front (or rear) chaincase cover. (See Front Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.) Remove the front (or rear) axle and sprocket. (See Axle Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-4.)

P-54226

Tip the end of the sprocket on the motor carrier toward the rear of the loader and remove the rear drive chain from the sprocket. NOTE: It may be necessary to tie the front drive chain up as shown in photo [Figure 40-20-21], so the carrier/motor assembly can be moved enough to free the rear drive chain (Item 1) [Figure 4020-21] from the sprocket. Remove the front drive chain from the chaincase.

40-20-9

S130 Service Manual

DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Chain Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 40-20-22

B-13504A

The tool listed is needed for the following procedure: MEL1037 - Chain Link Tool Installation: If a new chain is installed, a connector link must be used to connect the chain together. Use MEL1037 Chain Link Tool and #80 chain adapter. Secure the tool and place the connector link in the tool as shown [Figure 40-20-22]. Turn the threaded rod of the tool and press the connector link together on the chain [Figure 40-20-22]. Tighten the threaded rod of the chain link tool to 130 ft.-lb. (176 N•m) torque.

WARNING DO NOT exceed the recommended torque. The tool may fail under too much torque. Put cloth around the tool to protect yourself from flying debris. W-2233-0307

40-20-10

S130 Service Manual

CHAINCASE

Figure 40-30-1

Description The chaincase contains the drive components.

3 Front Cover Removal And Installation

1 1

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

2 1

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.)

P-68818

DANGER

Remove the front chaincase cover mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-1]. Remove the front chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 4030-1] from the loader.

P-90328

•

NOTE: There are machined recesses (Item 3) [Figure 40-30-1] on the bottom side of the cover to help pry the covers off. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the screw threads to stop oil leakage. Tighten the mounting screws to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27 - 34 N•m) torque.

D-1009-0409

40-30-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-30-2

CHAINCASE (CONT’D) Center Cover Removal And Installation

DANGER

5 7

7 P-54161

P-90328

•

Disconnect the lift control cross bar from the lift pedal linkage (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-2]. Disconnect the lift control cross bar (Item 2) [Figure 4030-2] from the lift spool on the main control valve. Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 3) [Figure 4030-2] from the traction lock solenoid. Remove the crossbar mounting bolt (Item 4) [Figure 4030-2] and remove the crossbar.

WARNING

Remove the chaincase cover mounting screws (Item 5) [Figure 40-30-2].

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.)

Remove the tie straps (Item 6) [Figure 40-30-2] and remove the center chaincase cover. NOTE: There are machined recesses (Item 7) [Figure 40-30-2] on the bottom side of the cover to help pry the cover off. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the screw threads to stop oil leakage. Tighten the mounting screws to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27 - 34 N•m) torque.

Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.)

40-30-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 40-30-3

CHAINCASE (CONT’D) Rear Cover Removal And Installation

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.)

DANGER 3

3 P-54088

Remove the rear chaincase cover mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-3].

P-90328

•

Remove the rear chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 4030-3]. NOTE: There are machined recesses (Item 3) [Figure 40-30-3] on the bottom side of the cover to help pry the covers off. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the screw threads to stop oil leakage. Tighten the mounting screws to 20 - 25 ft.-lb. (27 - 34 N•m) torque.

Disconnect the front steering linkage bars from the rear linkage bars. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50100-2.) Move the linkage bars to allow adequate space to remove the rear chaincase cover.

40-30-3

S130 Service Manual

40-30-4

S130 Service Manual

MAIN FRAME BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bob-Tach Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-40-1 50-40-5 50-40-1 50-40-4 50-40-6 50-40-1

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bob-Tach Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-41-1 50-41-4 50-41-1 50-41-3 50-41-5 50-41-1

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1 Boot Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1 Lever Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1 CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Boot Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Disassembly and Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Sensor Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lever Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-111-1 50-111-7 50-111-1 50-111-5 50-111-4 50-111-1 50-111-5

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (SJC) (S/N 529214883 & ABOVE, S/N 529611919 & ABOVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1 Joystick Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-2 Joystick Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-3

DRIVE

MAIN FRAME ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

SPECIFICATIONS

CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-1 Linkage Neutral Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-13 Linkage Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-7 Linkage Travel Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-17 Pintle Arm Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-11 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-2 Shaft Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-6 Shaft Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-5 Shock Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-5 Continued On Next Page

50-01

S130 Service Manual

MAIN FRAME (CONT’D) CONTROL PANEL (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1 CONTROL PEDALS (ACS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot Pedal Linkage Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . Foot Pedal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot Sensor Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-91-1 50-91-1 50-91-3 50-91-2 50-91-1

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linkage Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pedal (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pedal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-90-1 50-90-1 50-90-2 50-90-4 50-90-1

FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Fill Screen Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Level Sender Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-80-1 50-80-2 50-80-2 50-80-1

LIFT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-1 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gas Cylinder Bracket Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-20-1 50-20-3 50-20-1 50-20-4

OPERATOR SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1 Seat Belt Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1 OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Cushion Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower Cushion Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat Belt Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shock Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Slide Rail Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-31-1 50-31-4 50-31-2 50-31-1 50-31-2 50-31-4 50-31-2 50-31-5

Continued On Next Page

50-02

S130 Service Manual

MAIN FRAME (CONT’D) REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-1 Latch Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-3 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-1 Striker (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2 Striker Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2 Striker Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2 REAR GRILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-1 SEAT BAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compression Spring Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50-10-1 50-10-4 50-10-1 50-10-2 50-10-1

WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation (Standard Window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal (Standard Window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation (Special Applications Window) . .

50-123-1 50-123-2 50-123-1 50-123-4

WINDOW (REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1 Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1 WINDOW (SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-122-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-122-1 WINDOW (TOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-121-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-121-1

50-03

S130 Service Manual

50-04

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-10-3

SEAT BAR Description The seat bar is the secondary restraint system that has a sensor that automatically stops the loader functions until the seat bar is lowered. The seat bar is located in the operator cab. Removal And Installation Figure 50-10-1

P10564

P10563

Loosen the nut (both sides) at the front corners of the operator cab [Figure 50-10-3]. 1 Remove the nuts and plates (both sides) [Figure 50-103]. Installation: Tighten the nuts to 40 - 50 ft.-lb. (54 - 68 N•m) torque. Figure 50-10-4

P-43383

Raise the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-1]. Figure 50-10-2

1 P-54068

Lift on the grab handle and bottom of the operator cab slowly until the cab is all the way up and the latching mechanism engages [Figure 50-10-4].

N-18463

Disconnect the seat bar sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-2] from the cab harness. Lower the seat bar.

50-10-1

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR (CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-10-7

Figure 50-10-5

3 1

10 1

N-19383 N-18572

Figure 50-10-8 Remove the seat bar mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 5010-5] (both sides).

4 5

Installation: Tighten the nuts to 28 ft.-lb. (38 N•m) torque.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-303.)

Figure 50-10-6

N-19219

1 Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-7] & [Figure 50-10-8].

P-43382

Remove the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-6] from the operator cab. Reverse the above procedure to install the seat bar into the operator cab.

Seat Bar Mount (Item 1) Mounting Bolt (Item 2) Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 3) Seat Bar (Item 4) Magnetic Bushing Assembly (Item 5) Pivot Bushing (Item 6) Sensor Bracket (Item 7) Sensor Mounting Nut (Item 8) Sensor Mounting Bolt (Item 9) Mounting Nut (Item 10) Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-10-7] & [Figure 50-10-8] to 50 - 70 in.-lb. (5,6 - 7,9 N•m) torque.

50-10-2

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 50-10-9 5 4

1 N-19340

Figure 50-10-10 4 3

5 6

2 7 1

N-19220

Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-9] & [Figure 50-1010]. Seat Bar Mount (Item 1) Mounting Nut (Item 2) Pivot Bushing (Item 3) Spacer Bushing (Item 4) Seat Bar (Item 5) Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 6) Mounting Bolt (Item 7) Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 7) [Figure 50-10-9] & [Figure 50-10-10] to 50 - 70 in.-lb. (5,6 - 7,9 N•m) torque.

50-10-3

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR (CONT’D)

Figure 50-10-12 1

Compression Spring Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-10-11 7

5 4

6 N-19222

3 2 1 N-19384

Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-12] & [Figure 50-1011] out of the clevis. Assembly: Apply Loctite® #518 adhesive to the bolt threads. Adjust the compression spring by turning the bolt in past the end of the clevis three turns. NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of Loctite® #518 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry affected parts before the application of Loctite® #518. Disassemble and assemble the seat bar compression spring and parts as shown in Fig. [Figure 50-10-11]. Bolt (Item 1) Bushing (Item 2) Spring (Item 3) Clevis (Item 4) Retaining Pin (Item 5) Pin (Item 6) Bushing (Item 7)

50-10-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-20-2

OPERATOR CAB Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation

WARNING

Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open. Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or death. W-2113-0288

P1528

P1518

WARNING

Remove the cab nut and holddown plate (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-2] (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the nut to 40 - 50 ft.-lb. (54 - 68 N•m) torque. Figure 50-20-3

W-2059-0598

1 Figure 50-20-1

P-54018

Remove the operator cab stop (Item 1) (both sides) [Figure 50-20-1].

N-20617D

Install a strap (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-3] to the cab handles to prevent the cab from falling forward. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.), to release the tension on the gas cylinder. 50-20-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-20-6

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-20-4 SINGLE GAS CYLINDER

1 P-48587

Rotate the mounting bracket forward to relieve any remaining tension on the gas cylinder(s) [Figure 50-206].

N-20631

Figure 50-20-5

Remove the front screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-6] from the gas cylinder mounting bracket.

DUAL GAS CYLINDER

Installation: Tighten the screws to 100 - 130 in.-lb. (11,3 - 14,7 N•m) torque.

2 P-43354

Loosen the front screw (Item 1) and remove the rear screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-4] and [Figure 50-20-5] from the gas cylinder mounting bracket.

50-20-2

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Gas Cylinder Bracket Disassembly And Assembly

Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 50-20-9

Figure 50-20-7 SINGLE GAS CYLINDER

2 1 1

P1008 P-66830

Remove the clevis (Item 1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-9] from the end of the gas cylinder. Figure 50-20-8 Remove the gas cylinder from the outer housing. DUAL GAS CYLINDER Assembly: Install a replacement cylinder inside the cylinder housing. Figure 50-20-10 1

2 P-68819

Remove the retaining pin(s) (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-7] and [Figure 50-20-8] from the top pivot pin(s). Remove the gas cylinder(s) (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-7] and [Figure 50-20-8] from the operator cab. Reverse the above procedure to install the gas cylinder(s).

P1006

Apply a small amount of Loctite® #242 on the threads of the cylinder rod [Figure 50-20-10]. Reinstall the washer and clevis on the cylinder rod.

50-20-3

S130 Service Manual

Use the hoist connected to the operator cab grab handles to lower or (raise) the operator cab when the gas cylinders are disconnected [Figure 50-20-11].

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Removal And Installation

Figure 50-20-12

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Attach a chain hoist to the grab handles of the operator cab before removing the operator cab gas cylinders. If the operator cab is tilted forward without the gas cylinders operational, the cab will fall and could cause injury or death.

W-2245-0796

Figure 50-20-11 P-68828

Remove any tie-straps (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-12] connected to the harness.

N-20617D

Remove the operator cab gas cylinder(s). (See Gas Cylinder Removal And Installation on Page 50-20-1.) Remove the heater unit from the cab (if equipped). (See Removal And Installation on Page 80-40-1.)

50-20-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-20-15

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 50-20-13 2

P-67076A

Disconnect the cab harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-13]. Installation: Tighten connector screw to 30 - 35 in.-lb. (3,4 - 4 N•m) torque.

Lower the cab. Figure 50-20-14 N-20627A

N-20628D

Connect the slings (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 50-20-15] to a chain hoist. Remove the operator cab from the loader. 1

2 Reverse the above procedure to install the operator cab.

P-54021

Remove the rear mounting bolts (Item 1) and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-14] (both sides) from the operator cab. Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 35 ft.-lb. (34 - 47 N•m) torque.

50-20-5

S130 Service Manual

50-20-6

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR SEAT

Seat Belt Removal And Installation

Removal And Installation

Figure 50-30-3

Figure 50-30-1

N-20729A N-20729

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 5030-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting studs.

Locate the seat belt bolts under seat pan insulation (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 50-30-3] and peel back or cut insulation to gain access to the head. Figure 50-30-4

Installation: Tighten the mounting nuts to 20 ft.-lb. (27 N•m) torque. NOTE: Ensure the washers are installed. Figure 50-30-2 1

N-20655

Remove the two nuts (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 50-30-4].

P10564

Installation: Tighten nut (Item 1) to 54 ft.-lb. (73 N•m) torque. Tighten nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-4] to 34 ft.-lb. (46 N•m) torque.

P10563

Repeat for other half of seat belt and guide. Lower the cab and install one of the mounting washers and nuts [Figure 50-30-2]. NOTE: With the seat removed the cab will raise. Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat.

50-30-1

S130 Service Manual

50-30-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-31-3

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) Removal And Installation Figure 50-31-1

1 1

2 N-20974

NOTE: Assure seat tethers are securely fastened to seatbelt studs (Item 1) and seat rail studs (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-3].

N-20647

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Figure 50-31-4

Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 5031-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting studs. Installation: Tighten the mounting nuts to 20 ft.-lb. (27 N•m) torque. Figure 50-31-2

N-20973

NOTE: Verify the front two seat rail studs have washers attached (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-4].

P10564

P10563

Lower the cab and install one of the mounting washers and a nut [Figure 50-31-2]. NOTE: With the seat removed, the cab will raise. Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat.

50-31-1

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D)

Seat Belt Removal and Installation

Slide Rail Removal And Installation

Figure 50-31-6

Figure 50-31-5

1 1 N-20974 N-18587

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-6] from the seat belt mount. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the seat belt. Remove the operator seat. Installation on Page 50-31-1.)

(See

Removal

And Installation: Tighten the mounting nuts to 58 - 62 ft.-lb. (78,6 - 84 N•m) torque.

Remove the two slide rail mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-5]. Remove the slide rail (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-5] from the bottom of the seat frame.

Lower Cushion Removal And Installation Figure 50-31-7

Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat slide rail.

N-18579

Press the two buttons (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-7] & [Figure 50-31-8] and lift the seat cushion.

50-31-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-31-10

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) Lower Cushion Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-31-8 2 1

N-18580

Inspect the seat ride adjustment [Figure 50-31-10]. N-18582

Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat back. Figure 50-31-9

N-18581

Remove the cushion (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-8] from the seat frame (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-9].

50-31-3

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D)

Shock Removal And Installation

Back Cushion Removal And Installation

Figure 50-31-13

Figure 50-31-11

P-43118 N-18583

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Pull the seat back adjustment lever (Item 1) [Figure 5031-11] and tilt the seat back all the way forward.

Remove the operator seat. Installation on Page 50-31-1.)

Figure 50-31-12

Remove the seat shock mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-13] (Both ends.)

(See

Removal

And

Remove the seat shock (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-13]. Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat shock.

N-18578

Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 5031-12] from the seat back and remove the back. Reverse the removal procedure to install the operator seat back.

50-31-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-31-15

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) 3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the operator seat. Installation on Page 50-31-1.)

(See

Removal

And 2

Figure 50-31-14 1

3 P16284

Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-15] Remove the seat belt retractor (Item 2) [Figure 50-3115]

1 3

Installation: Be sure tether strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-3115] is on the seat belt stud behind the seat belt retractor.

P16285

Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-14] Remove the end release buckle (Item 2) [Figure 50-3114] Installation: Be sure tether strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-3114] is on the seat belt stud behind the end release buckle.

50-31-5

S130 Service Manual

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) 3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-31-16

OUTSIDE OF CAB P16131

Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-16] Figure 50-31-17

2 P16126

INSIDE OF CAB P16128

Remove the shoulder harness retractor (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-17] Installation: Line up the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-31-16] with the mounting bracket (Item 2) [Figure 50-31-17] on the inside of the cab.

50-31-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-40-2

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) Description The Bob-Tach is the section of the loader lift arm that attachments mount to. The Bob-Tach uses two manually operated, spring assisted, locking wedge and lever assemblies to secure the attachment to the Bob-tach. The Bob-Tach is located on the front of the loader and is connected to the lift arms.

Removal And Installation Figure 50-40-1

N-20734

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-2] from the pivot pin. Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Figure 50-40-3

1 N-20733

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put blocks (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-1] approximately 3 inches thick under each side of the Bob-Tach. Lower the BobTach onto the blocks. 1 N-20739

Remove the rod end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-3]. Remove the tilt cylinder rod end.

50-40-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-40-5

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-40-4

1 1 2

P-3908

NOTE: Use tapered ream MEL1233 to clean the tapered hole in the lift arms. The tapered hole must be clean and free of debris to provide a good contact surface for the pivot pin.

P-3913

NOTE: Removal procedure is shown for the right side. Left side procedure is the same. Remove the grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-4] from the Bob-Tach frame for the pivot pin (both sides). NOTE: The grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-4] must be removed to prevent the pivot pin from being locked in the Bob-Tach frame.

Slowly back the loader away to remove the Bob-Tach frame [Figure 50-40-5]. Remove the seal dust cup (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-5]. Figure 50-40-6

Loosen the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-4] at the BobTach pivot pin.

Strike the head of the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-4] to push the pivot pin into the Bob-Tach frame. Remove the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-4] and use a punch to push the pivot pin all the way into the Bob-Tach frame. Installation: A longer bolt will be needed to temporarily reach through the lift arms into the pivot pins to seat them into the lift arms. Once seated, reinstall the original bolts. Tighten the bolts to 190 ft.-lb. (258 N•m) torque.

P-3909

Remove the rubber seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-6].

50-40-2

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-40-7

P-3912

Install the Bob-Tach mounting bolt (Item 1) into the pivot pin (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-7]. Remove the pivot pin from the Bob-Tach frame. Check for wear and damage. Replace the pivot pins as needed. Installation: Push the pivot pin (Item 2) into the BobTach frame. Position the end of the pin flush with the end of the Bob-Tach bushing (Item 3) [Figure 50-40-7]. Reverse the removal procedure to install the Bob-Tach.

50-40-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-40-10

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D) Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-40-8

1 P-3924A

Remove the Bob-Tach lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-10].

1 N-20735

Figure 50-40-11 Use the following procedure to remove and install the Bob-Tach lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-8], spring and wedge. 1 Figure 50-40-9

P-3925

Use a punch and hammer, remove the roll pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-11] from the Bob-Tach wedge and spring, bolt and clevis assembly.

3 1

P-3928

Remove the lever mounting bolt and nut (Item 1), washer (Item 2) and spring (Item 3) [Figure 50-40-9]. Installation: Tighten the nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

50-40-4

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D)

Bob-Tach Stops

Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 50-40-14

Figure 50-40-12

2 1

P-3914

Remove and replace the Bob-Tach stop (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-14] (both sides) if worn or damaged.

P-3926

Remove the spring, bolt and clevis assembly (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-12]. Remove the wedge (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-12] from the Bob-Tach frame.

NOTE: The Bob-Tach stop (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-14] must contact the lift arm at the same time the tilt cylinder reaches full extension. Use available shims to adjust the Bob-Tach stop and tilt cylinder sequence as closely as possible.

Always replace bent or broken wedges. Figure 50-40-13

2 1 4 3

P-3929

If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3) or clevis (Item 4) are damaged, put the assembly in the vise. Loosen and remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-4013] with a 5/16 inch allen wrench. Replace the worn or damaged parts as needed. Reverse the removal procedure to install the Bob-Tach Lever and Wedge.

50-40-5

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D) Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation Figure 50-40-15 1

P-3909B

Remove the Bob-Tach. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-40-1.) Remove the rubber seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-15]. Installation: Use a new seal when assembling. Figure 50-40-16

P-3909C

Remove the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-16] with a slide hammer. Installation: Install the bushing with a driver tool and hammer.

50-40-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-41-2

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) Description The Bob-tach is the section of the loader lift arm that attachments mount to. The Power Bob-tach option uses two hydraulically operated, spring assisted, locking wedge and lever assemblies to secure the attachment to the Bob-tach.

The hydraulically operated Power Bob-tach has a hydraulic cylinder that opens and closes both wedge and lever assemblies by pressing a switch on the front accessory panel. The switch activates the Power Bobtach block to allow flow into or out of the hydraulic cylinder connected to the levers on the Bob-tach. The Power Bob-tach block is located on the rear of the gear pump. The Bob-tach is located on the front of the loader connected to the loader lift arms.

3 N-20734

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-2] and nut from the tilt cylinder rod end pin. Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Removal And Installation Remove the pivot pin (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-2] from the tilt cylinder rod end.

Figure 50-41-1

Remove the tilt cylinder rod end (Item 3) [Figure 50-412] from the Bob-Tach.

P-43823

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put blocks (approximately 3 inches) under each side of the Bob-Tach [Figure 50-41-1]. Lower the Bob-Tach onto the blocks. Remove the hoses on the cylinder fittings (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-1]. Remove the hose clamp on the hoses and use the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-1] on the Bob-Tach lever to secure the clamp.

50-41-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-41-4

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-41-3

1 1

P-3909

Remove the rubber seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-4] (Both sides).

P-3913

Installation: Use a new seal when assembling. Remove the grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-3] (Both sides). This will allow grease to come out in the next step. Not letting grease escape will prevent the pin from going into the Bob-Tach far enough to remove the Bob-Tach from the lift arms.

Figure 50-41-5

Loosen the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-3] at the BobTach pivot pin. (Both sides) Strike the head of the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-3] to push the pivot pin into the Bob-Tach frame. (Both sides) 2

Remove the bolt. (Both sides) Installation: A longer bolt will be needed to temporarily reach through the lift arms into the pins to seat them into the lift arms. Once seated, reinstall the original bolts. Tighten the bolts to 190 ft.-lb. (258 N•m) torque. Use a punch to push the pivot pins all the way inside the Bob-Tach frame.

P-3912

Remove the Bob-Tach pivot pin (Item 1). (Both sides) Thread the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-5] into the pivot pins and pull.

Remove the Bob-Tach from the lift arms. Remove the dust cup (Item 3) [Figure 50-41-3] (Both sides) when the Bob-Tach is free from the loader.

Check for wear and damage on the pins and the BobTach bushings (Item 3) [Figure 50-41-5]. Replace as needed. Reverse the removal procedure to install the Bob-Tach.

50-41-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-41-8

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) (CONT’D) Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 50-41-6

N-18560

1 Remove the Wedge (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-8]. P-43823

Always replace bent or broken wedges. Use the following procedure to remove and install the Bob-Tach lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-6], spring and wedge.

Figure 50-41-9

Figure 50-41-7

3 4

1 5

P-43824

Remove the washer and bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-9]. P-43824

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Use a punch and hammer, remove the roll pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-7] from the Bob-Tach Wedge and spring clevis.

Remove the cylinder off the lever pivots. Position the rod end to the left with the grease fitting holes to the bottom [Figure 50-41-9]. Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 2), washer (Item 3), spring (Item 4) and lever (Item 5) [Figure 50-41-9]. Installation: Tighten the nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

50-41-3

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) (CONT’D)

Bob-Tach Stops

Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-41-12

Figure 50-41-10

P-3914

Remove and replace the Bob-Tach stop (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-12] (both sides) if worn or damaged.

N-20625

If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3) or clevis (Item 4) [Figure 50-41-10] are damaged, put the assembly in a vise. Remove the bolt and replace the damaged parts as needed.

NOTE: The Bob-Tach stop (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-12] must contact the lift arm at the same time the tilt cylinder reaches full extension. Use available shims to adjust the Bob-Tach stop and tilt cylinder sequence as closely as possible.

Figure 50-41-11

N-18563

Use a punch and hammer to drive the roll pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-11] flush with the face of the Bob-Tach. Reverse the removal procedure to install the Power BobTach lever and wedge.

50-41-4

S130 Service Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER - OPTION) (CONT’D) Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation Figure 50-41-13 1

P-3909B

Remove the Power Bob-Tach. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-41-1.) Remove the rubber seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-13]. Installation: Use a new seal when assembling. Figure 50-41-14

P-3909C

Remove the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-14] with a slide hammer. Installation: Install the bushing with a driver tool and hammer.

50-41-5

S130 Service Manual

50-41-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-50-3

LIFT ARMS Removal And Installation Figure 50-50-1

P-48506

Remove the tubeline clamps (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-3] under the lift arms.

P-31849

Pull the tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-3] down. Roll the Bob-Tach fully forward. Stop the engine. Remove the Bob-Tach frame from the lift arms. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-40-1.) Install jackstands under the rear of the loader [Figure 5050-1]. Left Side Figure 50-50-2

P-43215

Remove the front auxiliary block mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-2].

50-50-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-50-6

LIFT ARMS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-50-4

1 P-54324

1 Remove the tubeline clamps (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-6] under the lift arms.

P-54322A

Figure 50-50-7 Right Side Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-4] from the tilt tubeline clamp. 2

Figure 50-50-5

P-54323

Remove the lift arm support device mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-7] spacer and nut. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

P-54321

Remove the lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 5050-5].

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-7] and nut from the lift cylinder rod end pivot pin. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

50-50-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-50-10

LIFT ARMS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-50-8

2 2

P-4345

Wrap one of the 7 ft. lifting straps around the lift arm crossmember as shown [Figure 50-50-10].

N-20846

Both loops of the lifting strap should be supported by the chain hoist [Figure 50-50-10].

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the right side lift cylinder pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-8]. NOTE: Put a piece of cardboard under the rod end of the lift cylinders to protect the fender from scratches. Remove the lift arm support device (Item 2) [Figure 5050-8].

Use a chain hoist and lifting strap to raise the lift arms enough to remove the tilt cylinder base end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-10]. Remove the tilt cylinder (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-10] from the lift arm crossmember and put on the blocking. Figure 50-50-11

Figure 50-50-9

1 2 P-4348

Put the middle of the second lifting strap (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-11] up into the lift arm as shown.

N-20865

Remove the left side lift cylinder pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-9].

Install the lift cylinder pivot pin (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-11] and secure the pin with the mounting bolt and nut. Wrap both ends of the strap around the top of the lift arm and down the back of the lift arm [Figure 50-50-11].

50-50-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-50-13

LIFT ARMS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-50-12

2 P-54025

Remove the upright pivot pin mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-13] and nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-13]. (Both sides.)

P-4346

Continue to wrap the lifting strap around the lift arm a second time [Figure 50-50-12].

Installation: Tighten the pivot pin mounting bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Fasten both loops of the lifting strap to a second chain attached to the chain hoist.

Remove the upright pivot pin (Item 3) [Figure 50-50-13]. (Both sides.)

Use the wrapping procedure on the third strap which should be installed on the right side lift arm. Use the chain hoist and lower the lift arms so they rest on the blocking.

50-50-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-50-15

LIFT ARMS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-50-14

N-20774C

Pull the lift arms away from the loader [Figure 50-50-15]. Lower the lift arms slowly and put on the floor. Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arms on the loader.

N-20773C

Raise the lift arms with the chain hoist so the lift arms are free from the loader [Figure 50-50-14].

50-50-5

S130 Service Manual

50-50-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-60-3

REAR GRILL Removal And Installation Figure 50-60-1

P-48130

Installation: Line up the tab (Item 1) on the grill with the slot (Item 2) [Figure 50-60-3] on the loader mainframe. Insert the tab fully and then push down.

P-68829

Open the rear door.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the grill.

Figure 50-60-2

P-48252

Lift up on the rear grill (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-1] and [Figure 50-60-2]. Lift the grill away from the loader.

50-60-1

S130 Service Manual

50-60-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-70-3

REAR DOOR Removal And Installation

Figure 50-70-1

P-43360

Remove the top and bottom door hinge mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-3] and nuts.

P-68817

Disconnect the light harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-1] from the engine harness.

NOTE: Install the door stop (Item 2) and the door stop retainer (Item 3) [Figure 50-70-3] in the top hinge as shown.

Remove both rear lights (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-1] from the door. (See Rear Removal And Installation on Page 60-60-2.)

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 25 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Figure 50-70-2

Lift the door away from the loader frame and put the door flat on the floor. Reverse the removal procedure to install the rear door. 2

P-34588

Secure the chain hooks (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-2] to the door as shown. Connect a chain hoist (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-2] to the lifting chain. 50-70-1

S130 Service Manual

Striker (Adjusting)

REAR DOOR (CONT’D) Striker Removal and Installation

WARNING

Figure 50-70-4

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Never service or adjust the machine when the engine is running unless instructed to do so in the manual.

W-2012-0497

Figure 50-70-6

1 P-31126

Remove the two striker mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 5070-4].

Remove the striker assembly from the loader. Striker Disassembly and Assembly

P-31126

Figure 50-70-5 Loosen the striker assembly mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-6].

2 3

Align the striker assembly in the center of the mounting holes. NOTE: Tighten the striker assembly, top mount bolt only, until it will hold the striker assembly in the center of the mounting slots.

Close the rear door. (This will align the striker assembly to the correct position.) Open the door. P-31320

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-6] to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (125 - 135 N•m) torque.

Remove the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-5]. Remove the rollers (Item 2) and the spacer (Item 3) from the bolt (Item 4) [Figure 50-70-5].

Close the rear door.

Check the parts for wear and replace as needed.

50-70-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-70-9

REAR DOOR (CONT’D) Latch Removal And Installation Figure 50-70-7

P-31128

Remove the door handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-9] from the rear door.

P-31125

Disconnect the spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-7] from the rear door. Remove the bolt and nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-7] from the latch. Figure 50-70-8

1 P-31127

Remove the spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-8] from the door handle. Remove the spring (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-8] from the door latch. Remove the door latch (Item 3) [Figure 50-70-8] from the door handle.

50-70-3

S130 Service Manual

50-70-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-80-3

FUEL TANK Removal And Installation Figure 50-80-1

1 1 P-54376

Disconnect the fuel fill hose (Item 1) and the vent hose (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-3] from the fuel tank.

P1616

Figure 50-80-4 Remove the cover (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-1] which is installed over the fuel drain near the rear of the chaincase. Installation: Tighten the cover mounting bolts to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. 1 Figure 50-80-2

2 P-54368B

Remove the fuel supply and return hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-4]. Lift the fuel tank (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-4] and remove from the loader. P1619A

Reverse the removal procedure to install the fuel tank. Drain the fuel from the tank through the fuel drain (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-2]. Open the rear door of the loader. Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.)

50-80-1

S130 Service Manual

FUEL TANK (CONT’D)

Fuel Fill Screen Removal And Installation

Fuel Level Sender Removal And Installation

Figure 50-80-7

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.) Figure 50-80-5

1 1 2

P-54376

Disconnect the fuel fill hose (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-7] from the fuel tank. P-54041

Figure 50-80-8 Disconnect the harness (Item 1) and loosen the fuel level sender (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-5] with a wrench. Figure 50-80-6 1

1 P-54375

Remove the fuel inlet screen (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-8]. Clean and dry the screen. Check the screen for damage and replace if necessary.

P-54320

Turn the fuel level sender (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-6] out and remove it from the fuel tank. Check the fuel level sender for damage and replace if necessary. Installation: Tighten the fuel level sender to 50 - 60 in.lb. (5,7 - 6,8 N•m) torque.

50-80-2

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES

Figure 50-90-1

Description

The control pedals and linkages are connected to the control valve. The control pedals will mechanically move the lift and tilt spools on the control valve. The control pedals and linkages are located on the lower mainframe at the operators feet. Pedal Removal And Installation

WARNING

P-28907

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device.(See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-1] and nut from the pedal linkage. Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Check the rubber bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as needed. Figure 50-90-2

Raise the operator cab.(See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

DANGER

P-90328

•

P-28909

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-902] from the pedal mounting bracket. Remove the pedal assembly from the loader.

D-1009-0409

50-90-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-90-5

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation Figure 50-90-3

P-54158

Remove the hairpin clip and cross-pin from the control valve lift spool (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-5].

P-54087

Disconnect the crossbar from the control valve. Remove the crossbar pivot bolt and washer (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-3].

Figure 50-90-6

Figure 50-90-4

P-54175 P-28941

Remove the crossbar from the pivot [Figure 50-90-6]. Remove the bolt, washer and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-904] to disconnect the lift pedal linkage from crossbar.

Installation: Check the nylon bushing (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-6] for wear and replace as needed.

50-90-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-90-9

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-90-7

2 P-28907

Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) to disconnect the tilt pedal linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-9] from the pedal.

P-30150

Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) to disconnect the lift pedal linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-7] from the pedal.

Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Installation: Tighten the bolt and nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Figure 50-90-8

P-54158

Remove the hairpin clip and cross-pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-8] to disconnect the tilt foot pedal linkage from the control valve.

50-90-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-90-11

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D) Pedal (Adjusting)

After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal angle so that there is clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve spool must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the floor panel.

The pedals should be positioned at a comfortable angle so full movement of the pedal can be reached easily while properly sitting in the loader seat. Figure 50-90-10 P-28907

Loosen the bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-11] and nut on the pedal linkage.

Check the rubber bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as needed. Tilt the pedal back and forth until an acceptable “neutral” angle is achieved on the pedal. Tighten the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and pivot bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-11] on the pedal assembly to standard torque.

P-28909

Loosen the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-9010] from the pedal mounting bracket.

50-90-4

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PEDALS (ACS)

Figure 50-91-1

Description The control pedals send an electronic pulse to the actuators on the control valve. The electronic pulse tells the actuators to move the lift or tilt spools on the control valve.

2 P-21936A

The control pedals are located on the lower mainframe at the operators feet. 1 Foot Sensor Removal And Installation

WARNING

P-28957

Pull the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-1] holding the foot pedal linkage to the sensor. Disconnect the two connectors (Item 2) [Figure 50-91-1] from the sensor and lock solenoid. Figure 50-91-2

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab.(See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) 1

DANGER P-28958A

P-90328

•

Tilt the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-2]. Remove the foot pedal and sensor assembly from the loader.

D-1009-0409

50-91-1

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PEDALS (ACS) (CONT’D)

Foot Pedal Removal And Installation

Foot Sensor Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-91-5

Figure 50-91-3

1 P-28957 P-21927

Remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-5] holding the linkage to the sensor. Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-3] from the foot sensor shield.

Figure 50-91-6

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 80 - 90 in.-lb. (9,0 - 10,2 N•m) torque. Figure 50-91-4 1 1

2 P-28958A

Tip the foot pedal up and remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-6]. P-21924

Remove the foot pedal assembly. Remove foot lock solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-4]. Installation: Apply a drop of oil to the solenoid threads and tighten the solenoid to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) lubed torque. Remove the two bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-91-4] from the bracket and sensor assembly. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Remove the sensor assembly. 50-91-2

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PEDALS (ACS) (CONT’D) Foot Pedal Linkage Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-91-7

2 1 P-21931

Remove the bolt (Item 1) holding the linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-91-7] to the side of the foot pedal. Figure 50-91-8

2 3 1 P-21932

Remove the spacer (Item 1), linkage (Item 2), and nut (Item 3) [Figure 50-91-8] from the foot pedal.

50-91-3

S130 Service Manual

50-91-4

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL Description Figure 50-100-1

P-54658

The steering system [Figure 50-100-1] consists of independent steering levers the operator uses to provide steering input to the loader. The steering levers are attached to pivoting bellcranks that pivot on a steering shaft and plastic bushings. The bellcranks have grease fittings. The forward travel is adjusted by drift adjustment bolts. The bellcranks are attached to steering linkage bars with rubber torsion bushings pressed into the bellcranks. Bellcranks mount to the control panel.

Pintle arms are of a two-piece design that allow easy adjustment of the neutral or “creep”. The steering system returns the levers to their starting position by means of the centering spring and the returning force of the torsion bushings. NOTE: Torsion bushings need to be replaced if torn or rotating in the housing. Loosen torsion bushing bolts slightly before adjustments are made. Do not fully tighten torsion bushing bolts again until all steering adjustments have been made first.

Steering linkage bars are a two-piece design. Steering linkage bars are adjustable in length for “full travel adjustment”.

Sequence of steering adjustments:

Steering linkage bars attach to the pintle arms where a rubber torsion bushing is pressed into the pintle arms.

1. Set neutral of pintle arms, “creep” 2. Set linkage travel at steering linkage bars 3. Set drift at drift adjustment bolts

50-100-1

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D)

Figure 50-100-2

Removal and Installation 2

DANGER

P-54147

P-90328

•

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the engine speed control. (See Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-1.)

D-1009-0409

Loosen the jam nut (Item 1) from the bypass control knob (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-2].

WARNING

Remove the control knob (Item 2), jam nut (Item 1) and rubber washer (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-2].

Figure 50-100-3

W-2059-0598

P-54146

W-2017-0286

Disconnect the control harness connectors (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-2] & [Figure 50-100-3] from the control levers.

50-100-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-5

CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Removal and Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 50-100-4

P-26323

Remove the fuse/relay mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-5].

P-67067

Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-4] which are connected to the steering shaft on the control panel.

Remove the fuse/relay cover (Item 2) and fuse/relay block retaining bracket (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-5]. Figure 50-100-6

Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-4]. Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 35 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque.

P-26325

Remove the fuse/relay block [Figure 50-100-6].

50-100-3

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D)

Figure 50-100-9

Removal and Installation (Cont'd) 1

Figure 50-100-7 1 1

P-26329

P-54148

P-54135

Figure 50-100-8

P-54136

Remove the control panel mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-7], [Figure 50-100-8] & [Figure 50-1009] from both sides of the control panel. Installation: Tighten the control panel mounting bolts to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the control panel from the loader. Reverse the removal procedure to install the control panel.

1 P-54134

50-100-4

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D)

Shaft Removal And Installation

Shock Removal And Installation

NOTE: The steering shaft can be removed without removing the control panel from the loader. Photo [Figure 50-100-11] shows the control panel removed for clarity purpose only.

Figure 50-100-10

Remove the steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-10].

1 3

Remove the steering shock mounting nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-10]. Figure 50-100-11 2

P-54149

Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-10] from the end of the shock connected to the steering linkage. Remove the mounting nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-10] from the other end of the shock connected to the bracket on the control panel. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

2 P-48278

Remove Control Handle Lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-10011]. (See Lever Removal And Installation on Page 50100-1.) Remove the steering shaft pivot bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50100-11] from both sides of the control panel. Installation: Tighten the pivot bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 38 N•m) torque. Remove the steering shaft from the control panel.

50-100-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-13

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Shaft Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 50-100-12

1 2 1

2 1

P-28845

To remove the steering shaft mounting bracket (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-11], remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-13] from the front of the control panel.

P-4154

Disassemble the right and left steering bellcranks (Item 1) from the cross shaft assembly [Figure 50-10012]. Assembly: Install new nylon bushings (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-12] as needed when assembling the steering shaft. Be sure to apply grease on the cross shaft before installing the right and left bellcranks.

Remove the steering shaft mounting bracket. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

NOTE: The bellcranks should pivot freely on the cross shaft when assembled correctly.

50-100-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-14

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation

WARNING 2 Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm support device can allow the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death.

W-2059-0598 P-67067

WARNING

Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-14] which are connected to the steering shaft on the control panel.

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-14]. Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 35 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque. NOTE: After removal and installation of the linkage, the linkage neutral adjustment procedure must be performed. See Page 50-100-13 for Linkage Neutral Adjusting procedure.

50-100-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-17

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

7 Figure 50-100-15 3

2 P-48630

The centering plate/centering spring assembly consists of the following parts [Figure 50-100-17]:

P-48631

Remove the nut (Item 1) from the end of the centering spring shoulder bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-15]. Remove the bolt/spring assembly. Installation: Tighten the centering spring bolt and a NEW lock nut to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Figure 50-100-16

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

Bolt

Bushings

Washer

Bushing Spacer

Spring

Lock Nut

Centering Plate

Guide Bushings

P-48632

Slide the centering plate (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-16] to the right to remove it from the hydrostatic pumps. NOTE: Directions are shown and stated as if you were sitting in the operators seat.

50-100-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-19

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

SOLID CAMS

Figure 50-100-18 2 1 3 2

5 1 1

1 P-48627

2 If the surface of any of the four solid pintle cams (Item 1) are worn, loosen the bolt (Item 2) and rotate the cams 1/4 turn [Figure 50-100-19].

P-48629

Check the wear on the centering blocks (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-18].

Remove the bolts and washers (Item 3) [Figure 50-10019] from the pintle.

If the centering blocks need replacement, remove the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-18]. Remove the centering blocks.

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 54,2 N•m) torque.

Installation: Tighten the centering block bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque. NOTE: The washers go between the bolts and the centering plate.

Loosen the creep adjustment bolt (Item 4) [Figure 50100-19]. Remove the pintle arm (Item 5) from the pintle base (Item 6) [Figure 50-100-19].

NOTE: If the centering blocks are worn, they can be removed and rotated 180 degrees and reinstalled. If the solid cams are worn, they can be loosened and rotated 90 degrees and reinstalled.

50-100-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-22

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-100-20

ROLLER CAMS

2 1 P-54615

3 Loosen the bolt (Item 1) and remove the pintle base (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-22].

P-54617

Remove the bolts and washers (Item 1) [Figure 50-10020] from the pintle. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 54,2 N•m) torque. Remove the pintle arm (Item 2) from the pintle base (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-20]. Figure 50-100-21

2 4

3 2 1 P-48624

Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-21]. Inspect the washers (Item 2), pintle arm (Item 3) and the steering linkage bar (Item 4) for damage and replace as needed [Figure 50-100-21]. NOTE: The washers (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-21] are hardened, and should only be replaced through Bobcat Parts.

50-100-10

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D)

Pintle Arm Disassembly and Assembly

Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-24

Figure 50-100-23

2 2 1 3 1

P-54625 P-48659

NOTE: When installing the pintle base (Item 1) onto the pump shaft, the cutouts on the pump shaft will not line up with the bolt (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-23]. Installation: Install the pintle base (Item 1) onto the pump shaft (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-23]. The top of the pintle base should be level with the top of the pump shaft. Tighten the bolt to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque.

Remove the bolt (Item 1) from the pintle solid cams (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-24] and inspect the pintle solid cams for damage or excessive wear. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 54,2 N•m) torque. Figure 50-100-25 2 3

NOTE: After installing the linkage onto the hydrostatic pumps the linkage neutral adjustment procedure must be performed. See Page 50-100-13 for Linkage Neutral Adjusting procedure.

2 3

1 P-54624

NOTE: The pintle roller cams (Item 2) [Figure 50-10025] are used on ACS loaders only. Remove the nut (Item 1) from the pintle roller cams (Item 2) and inspect the pintle roller cams and washers (Item 3) for damage [Figure 50-100-25]. Inspect the torsion bushing (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-25] for damage and replace as needed. Installation: Tighten the nuts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque.

50-100-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-27

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Pintle Arm Disassembly and Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 50-100-26

2 3

P-48619

Using a bushing driver (Item 1) remove the torsion bushing (Item 2) by pressing the bushing through the pintle arm into an oversized socket (Item 3) to catch the torsion bushing [Figure 50-100-27].

P-54626

Remove the base pintle (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-26] from the pump shaft. Remove the retaining bolt (Item 2), adjusting screw (Item 3) and neoprene dampener (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-26] from the base pintle. Inspect parts for wear and damage, replace as needed [Figure 50-100-26].

Installation: Install the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-27] into the pintle arm using the same procedure as the removal. NOTE: When the torsion bushing is installed, the amount of bushing on each side of the pintle arm should be the same.

NOTE: Anti-sieze should be used on the adjusting screw to prevent corrosion and allow free movement while adjusting.

50-100-12

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D)

Figure 50-100-29

Linkage Neutral Adjusting 1

The following tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool Kit Connect the remote start tool to the engine harness. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.) Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.)

P-48448

Figure 50-100-28

Loosen the bolt/nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-29] only until the tension is released from the torsion bushing.

Figure 50-100-30 2

2 P-48450

Tool that may assist in the neutral adjustment [Figure 50100-28]. To make this tool use a locking grip C-Clamp and grind one edge flat (Item 1) and grind the other edge (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-28] to a small rounded edge. A steering centering block (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-28] is also needed. The centering block can be placed as shown and welded to the C-clamp if desired.

P-54613

Loosen the nut (Item 1) only until the tension is released from the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-30]. NOTE: The bolt must be loose enough to allow the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-30] to turn freely between the torsion bushing and the steering linkage bar.

50-100-13

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-33

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Neutral Adjusting (Cont’d) Figure 50-100-31

1 1

P16121

Using the remote start tool, turn the key (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-33] to the run position.

P-54614

Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) holding the right centering block. Move the right hand centering block (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-31] until both pintle cams contact the centering block. NOTE: The left centering block is not adjustable. By adjusting the right centering block the left centering block will also become aligned properly. Figure 50-100-32

Move the traction lock override switch (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-33] so the traction function is unlocked. (The traction lock override switch light will be ON.) On a standard loader the wedge brake will unlock. NOTE: When the engine is started, the wheels/tracks may begin to move. NOTE: In loaders equipped with manual steering and hydraulic brake, the steering levers may have to be moved during engine start-up to reduce the amount of creep. This reduction in creep will allow time for the engine to run and build up hydraulic charge pressure, which will release the hydraulic brake. Using the remote start tool, turn the key (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-33] and start the engine and run at low idle.

Tighten bolts (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-32] to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m).

2 NOTE: Check for slack between centering blocks and pintle cams. If there is excessive slack repeat above steps [Figure 50-100-31] & [Figure 50100-32]. P-48451

A modified locking grip C-Clamp and steering block shown in [Figure 50-100-28] may be used to help in aligning the centering blocks. Install the centering block (Item 1) on the inside of the pintle cams and the C-Clamp (Item 2) [Figure 50-10032] around both centering blocks. Lock the C-Clamp in place.

50-100-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-35

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Neutral Adjusting (Cont’d) Start the neutral adjustment procedure with the left pump first and complete the neutral adjustment for the left pump before adjusting the right pump. Figure 50-100-34

1 P-54610

Move the engine speed control to high idle. NOTE: The neutral range (dead-band) will vary between the hydrostatic pumps.

P-48632

Loosen the left pump pintle adjustment lock bolts (Item 1). (The right pump pintle adjustment lock bolts are (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-34].) Loosen the bolts enough to allow free movement between the pintle arm and the pintle base. NOTE: If the bolts are too loose or too tight, the neutral adjustment may be affected.

NOTE: This procedure is shown for neutral adjustment on the left side of the loader. The procedure is the same for the right side neutral adjustment. Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-35] counterclockwise until forward creep is seen. Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-35] counterclockwise to a point between forward and reverse where there is zero creep. Stroke the left steering lever to forward and allow the lever to return to neutral. Stroke the left steering lever to reverse and allow the lever to return to neutral. Check that there is zero creep when the lever returns from either direction, on the left side. Turn the adjustment screw (if necessary) until zero creep is obtained.

50-100-15

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Neutral Adjusting (Cont’d) Figure 50-100-36

P-48632

Torque the left pump pintle adjustment lock bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-36] to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m). Repeat the adjustment procedure for the right pump. Torque the right pump pintle adjustment lock bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-36] to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m). Test both levers by moving them backward and forward and letting them return to neutral by the return spring force. If the levers do not return to neutral and the wheels/ tracks do not come to a complete stop, repeat the adjustment procedure again. Stop the engine. Remove one pintle adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50100-36] at a time and apply Loctite® 242 or equivalent thread locker to the bolt and re-install the bolt. Torque the bolt to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m). Repeat for the three remaining pintle adjustment lock bolts. NOTE: To maintain proper adjustment setting, remove and reinstall only one bolt at a time. New bolts can be installed with pre applied Loctite®. Remove the loader remote start tool. NOTE: After the neutral adjustment is completed on both pumps, the linkage travel adjustment MUST be completed. (See Linkage Travel Adjusting on Page 50-100-17.)

50-100-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-37

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Travel Adjusting

NOTE: When the linkage travel adjustment procedure is being done as part of the loader neutral adjustment procedure, check the torsion bushings at the pump and at the bell cranks to be sure they are not binding or too loose, which will affect the procedure.

WARNING P-48448

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Loosen the nut (Item 1) 3 to 4 turns, then loosen the bolt (Item 2). The bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-37] must be loosened enough to allow the torsion bushing to turn freely between the steering bellcrank and the linkage bar. Figure 50-100-38 1

WARNING 2 Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death. W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-101.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Pre-load tension in the torsion bushings must be removed before adjusting the steering linkage.

P-54613

Loosen the nut (Item 1) only until the tension is released from the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-38]. The bolt must be loose enough to allow the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-38] to turn freely between the torsion bushing and the linkage bar.

50-100-17

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-41

CONTROL PANEL (CONT’D) Linkage Travel Adjusting (Cont’d)

2 Figure 50-100-39

P-51174

Move the right side steering lever forward and install a 15/16 in. (24 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the center plate (Item 2) and the mounting plate (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-41].

P-37574

Remove access plug from the top of the control panel. Turn the control lever drift adjustment bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-39] (one on each control lever) out until it is flush with the bottom of the nut.

This will allow the pintle arms to move freely while adjusting the steering linkage for full forward travel speed. Remove the 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-41].

Figure 50-100-40

Figure 50-100-42

2 2

4 P-51173

1 Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a 3/8 in. (10 mm) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-40].

P-51133

Before adjusting the linkage, check that the base pintle arm mounting bolt (Item 1) and both of the upper pintle mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-42] are tighten to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (48 - 54 N•m) torque. There should be no play between the pintle arm and the square pump shaft. Also check that the cam mounting nuts or bolts (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-40] are tight, 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (48 - 54 N•m) torque.

50-100-18

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-45

CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Linkage Travel Adjusting (Cont'd) Figure 50-100-43

P-51175

Remove the spacer (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-45]. P-67067

Loosen the two bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-10043] on each steering linkage bar.

Disconnect the remote start tool. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) Figure 50-100-46

Figure 50-100-44 2

P-54613 P-51134

Move the left control lever to the full forward position, then pull forward on the left rear linkage bar until the pintle arm is rotated to the front as far as possible [Figure 50-100-44]. Use a locking plier, clamp the two linkage bars together.

Tighten the two bolts (Item 1) and nuts (Item 2) to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) [Figure 50-100-46].

Installation: Tighten the nuts and bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque. Check the lever movement to make sure that the pintle arm and the control lever are both at full stroke at the same time. This will allow for maximum forward speed. Repeat the linkage travel adjustment procedure for the right side linkage.

50-100-19

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-100-48

CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Linkage Travel Adjusting (Cont'd) Figure 50-100-47

1 P-37574

Push the control lever to full stroke and turn drift adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-48] in until it touches the U-bolt holding the control lever.

P-48448

Tighten the two bolts and nuts (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 50100-47] to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47,5 - 54,2 N•m) torque at the steering bell cranks.

Repeat steps on the other control lever. Drive the loader forward and check for drift. The traditional benchmark for drift is less than 10 ft. of “drift” in 100 ft. of travel distance. If the drift is excessive to the left, turn the right adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-48] in. If the drift is excessive to the right, turn the left adjustment bolt in. NOTE: When using the drift adjustment bolts, only adjust one bolt for each test drive. In addition, only move each bolt a maximum of one turn for each test drive. This will help prevent over-correction and excessive reduction in travel speed. Drift adjustment is for forward travel only. Adjust the drift to an acceptable level. Re-install the plug in the drift bolt access hole after adjustment.

50-100-20

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL (SJC) Description

WARNING

With the option of SJC you receive a control panel that has two electronic handles that control the steering, lift and tilt functions. There is no mechanical linkages connecting to the hydrostatic pumps or the control valve. The control panel is connected to the lower main frame and wraps around and underneath the operator seat. Removal And Installation

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 50-101-1

Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners of the frame before running the engine for service. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to fall or move and cause injury or death.

W-2017-0286

DANGER

2 1

P-73677

P-90328

•

Remove the lift arm bypass control knob and rubber washer (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-1]. Remove the bolts from the speed control bracket (Item 2) [Figure 50-101-1]. Installation: Tighten the screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the bolts from the speed control lever (Item 3) [Figure 50-101-1]. Installation: Tighten the two screws evenly until the speed control lever moves back and forth at a comfortable tension.

50-101-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-101-4

CONTROL PANEL (SJC) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-101-2

1 2

1 1

4 P-73293

Disconnect the right and left joystick wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-4].

P-64319

Remove the control panel from the loader. Remove the fuse/relay cover mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-2]. Remove the cover. Installation: Tighten the screws to 8 - 11 ft.-lb. (11 - 15 N•m) torque.

Remove the three bolts from the SJC controller mounting plate to lower the controller when removing the control panel.

Remove the fuse/relay shield mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 50-101-2]. Remove the shield. Installation: Tighten the screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Figure 50-101-3 1 1

1 P-73678

Remove the control panel mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-3] from the both sides of the control panel. Installation: Tighten the control panel mounting screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

50-101-2

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER

Boot Removal And Installation

Description

Figure 50-110-2

The control handles/levers are used to control the forward and reverse travel. The control handles/levers are mounted to the control panel. 2

Lever Removal And Installation Figure 50-110-1

1 P-28845

To replace the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-110-2] on the control panel, remove the control lever (See Lever Removal And Installation on Page 50-110-1.)

2 1

Drill out the four rivets (Item 2) [Figure 50-110-2] located on the flange of the rubber boot and remove the old boot. Install the new boot and reinstall the control lever.

P-28843

Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50110-1]. Remove the nuts from the two U-bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-110-1] used to mount the control lever. Remove the U-bolts from the control lever mount. Remove the control lever (Item 3) [Figure 50-110-1] by sliding the lever through the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-110-2] on the front of the control panel. Installation: Tighten the u-bolts so the lever can not be moved right or left when seated in the operator seat. Be sure the control lever does not interfere with the operator cab when lowering or raising the cab.

50-110-1

S130 Service Manual

50-110-2

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS)

Handle Sensor Removal And Installation

Description

Figure 50-111-2

The control handles/levers are used to control the forward and reverse travel and the lift and tilt functions.The lift and tilt functions can be controlled by handle sensors (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-1] that are located in the base of the control handle/levers. The control handles/levers are mounted to the control panel. Figure 50-111-1

N-17773

Loosen the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-2].

Installation: Tighten the u-bolts so the lever can not be moved either right or left when seated in the operator seat. Be sure the control lever does not interfere with the operator cab when lowering or raising the cab. Figure 50-111-3 P-21879

Handle Sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-1]. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

1 P-28963

Tilt the control handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-3] to the center of the loader. Lift the boot cover (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-3].

50-111-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-111-6

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D) Handle Sensor Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-111-4

1 P-21860

2 Remove the handle lock solenoid connector (Item1) [Figure 50-111-6] from the clip.

P-21836

Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50111-4] from the handle sensor connector.

NOTE: Pry out with a small screw driver and push the connector down. Figure 50-111-7

Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 50111-4] from the handle lock solenoid connector.

Figure 50-111-5 5 1

1 P-21862

Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-7] from the handle sensor.

P-21861

Remove the handle sensor connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-5] from the clip. NOTE: Pry out with a small screw driver and push the connector down.

Installation: Tighten screws to 32 - 38 in.-lb. (3,6 - 4,3 N•m) torque. While removing the mounting pin (Item 2) from the handle sensor, remove the one plastic spacer (Item 3), the spring (Item 4) and washer (Item 5) [Figure 50-1117].

50-111-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-111-10

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D) Handle Sensor Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 50-111-8

1 P-21878

Figure 50-111-11 P-21880

3 2

Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-8] from the handle sensor. Installation: Tighten bolt to 32 - 38 in.-lb. (3,6 - 4,3 N•m) torque. Figure 50-111-9 7

P-21799

Installation: When installing the handle sensor into the control handle, check the routing of the switch handle wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-10] & [Figure 50111-11] to assure proper return of the control handle to neutral and minimize harness movement.

3 5

NOTE: Route wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-10] & [Figure 50-111-11] as shown away from stop strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-111-10] & [Figure 50111-11] to avoid wire damage.

2 P-21882

Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-9] from the handle assembly. NOTE: The handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-9] can only be replaced as a complete assembly.

NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

Check the spacer (Item 2) and screws (Item 3), mounting pin (Item 4), spring (Item 5), washer (Item 6), bolt/nut (Item 7), stop strap (Item 8) and replace as needed [Figure 50-111-9].

50-111-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-111-14

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D) Handle Removal and Installation Figure 50-111-12

N-17384

Remove the rubber handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 50111-14] from the handle.

P-21879

Figure 50-111-15 Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-12]. (See Handle Sensor Removal And Installation on Page 50-111-1.) Figure 50-111-13

N-17385

Using a small screwdriver, hold the handle spacer (Item 1) and remove the allen head screws (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-15] from the handle assembly.

P16534

Remove the switch handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-13]. (See Switch Handle Removal on Page 60-130-4.)

Installation: Tighten the allen head screws to 35 in.-lb. (4 N•m) torque.

50-111-4

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D)

Lever Removal and Installation

Handle Disassembly and Assembly

Figure 50-111-18

Figure 50-111-16

1 1

2 P-48736 N-17394

Disconnect the electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50111-18] from the control lever switch handle. Remove the handle sleeve (Item 1) and bushings (Item 2) from the handle [Figure 50-111-16]. Check all parts for wear and replace as needed.

Remove the electrical connectors from the control lever switch handle. (See Handle Sensor Connector Disassembly And Assembly on Page 60-130-3.)

Figure 50-111-17

N-22796

Check the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-17] that connects the handle to the handle sensor for wear, replace as needed.

50-111-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-111-21

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D) Lever Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 50-111-19

P13734

The control lever (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-21] must be replaced as a complete unit.

N-17773

The connector clip (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-21] can be replaced separately from the control lever.

Figure 50-111-20

18.25”

B-16618

Loosen the two u-clamps (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-19] nuts. Installation: Tighten the u-bolts so the lever can not be moved either right or left when seated in the operator seat. Control lever end (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-19] should be flush with bellcrank. Be sure the control lever does not interfere with the operator cab when lowering or raising the cab. The distance between handles should be 18.25 inches [Figure 50-111-20]. Remove the control lever from the cross shaft and control panel.

50-111-6

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (ACS) (CONT'D) Boot Removal And Installation Figure 50-111-22

2 1

N-17775

To replace the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-22] on the control panel, remove the control lever. (See Boot Removal And Installation on Page 50-110-1.) Drill out the four rivets (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-22] located on the flange of the rubber boot and remove the old boot. Install the new boot and reinstall the control lever. (See Boot Removal And Installation on Page 50-110-1.)

50-111-7

S130 Service Manual

50-111-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-112-2

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (SJC) (S/N 529214883 & ABOVE, S/N 529611919 & ABOVE) Description The control handles/levers are used to control the forward and reverse travel and the lift and tilt functions. The control handles/levers are mounted to the control panel.

Joystick Testing Figure 50-112-1 P-64298

At the back side of the control panel, locate the left joystick wire connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-2]. Figure 50-112-3

P-28301

3 The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

MEL1608-Joystick Test Harness [Figure 50-112-1] MEL1563 or 6689779-Remote Start Tool Multimeter

P-28312

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Disconnect the joystick harness connector (Item 1) from the loader wiring harness (Item 2) [Figure 50-112-3].

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.)

Install the test harness (Item 3) [Figure 50-112-3] between the two connectors. Turn the remote start key to ON position without starting the loader. Check the voltage between pin 3 and pin 5 on the joystick test harness (Item 3) [Figure 50-112-3]. The voltage should be between 2.45 and 2.55 volts.

50-112-1

S130 Service Manual

Joystick Removal And Installation

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (SJC) (S/N 529214883 & ABOVE, S/N 529611919 & ABOVE) (CONT’D)

Figure 50-112-5

Joystick Testing (Cont’d) Figure 50-112-4

P-73247

Lift the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-5].

P-64328

Repeat the procedure at the right joystick wiring harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-4]. (If needed.)

Figure 50-112-6 1 1 1

P-73248

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-6] to lift the joystick control from the base.

50-112-2

S130 Service Manual

Removal And Installation

CONTROL HANDLE/LEVER (SJC) (S/N 529214883 & ABOVE, S/N 529611919 & ABOVE) (CONT’D)

Figure 50-112-8

Joystick Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-112-7

1 1 P-73245

Disconnect both of the electrical harness connectors from the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-8].

P-73240

Disconnect the joystick connector (Item 1) [Figure 50112-7] from the harness connector.

Figure 50-112-9

1 1

P-73246

Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-8] to remove the control lever from the loader.

50-112-3

S130 Service Manual

50-112-4

S130 Service Manual

WINDOW (REAR)

Installation

Removal

Clean the area before installing the rubber molding.

Figure 50-120-1

Figure 50-120-2

P-64994

P16014

Pull on the tag (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-1] on the rear window to remove the rubber cord.

Install the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-2] around the edge of the rear opening in the operator cab.

Using gloves, push the rear window out the rear of the operator cab.

If replacing the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-1202] cut off the excess molding.

NOTE: If rear window was broke, remove all glass fragments from the rubber molding before installing a new window.

Figure 50-120-3

P16015A

Apply liquid soap on the rubber cord to make installation easier. Install the rubber cord (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-3] into the molding on the inside of the operator cab. Install the safety tag in the top center of the cord.

50-120-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-120-6

WINDOW (REAR) (CONT’D) Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-120-4

P16013

Use the plastic stick (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-6] to position the locking tab into the groove to secure the window in the molding.

P-64997

Apply liquid soap in the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-4] to make installation easier.

Tapping the window corners will help seat the window in the molding.

Install the window from the outside of the operator cab. Install a lower corner of the rear window into the corner of the molding. [Figure 50-120-4]. Align the other lower corner of the window in the molding. Work the window downward until the window is fully seated in the lower portion of the molding. Figure 50-120-5

P-64998

Use a plastic stick (Item 1) [Figure 50-120-5] under the molding lip to guide the window into the molding groove.

50-120-2

S130 Service Manual

WINDOW (TOP) Removal And Installation Figure 50-121-1

P-24378

Position the window in the recess area. Install the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-121-1] through the window grommets, the nylon bushings and through the cab holes. Figure 50-121-2

1 1

1 N-20950

From inside the operator cab, install and tighten the knobs (Item 1) [Figure 50-121-2] on the window bolts.

50-121-1

S130 Service Manual

50-121-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-122-3

WINDOW (SIDE) Removal And Installation Figure 50-122-1

2 1

N-20814

NOTE: [Figure 50-122-3] is shown with the washer and knob removed to illustrate the direction of movement.

P-66024

Release the latch (Item 1) [Figure 50-122-1] and slide the front window back towards the rear of the operator cab.

Move the window slide rail using the two thumb pads (Item 2) [Figure 50-122-2] and [Figure 50-122-3] towards the rear of the operator cab and then down towards the bottom of the operator cab.

Figure 50-122-2 NOTE: The top of the window should come out of the top slide rail at this time. Make sure the window is secure and does not fall. Make sure the slide rails are in alignment and the window is positioned in the top track during installation.

Remove the front side window from the operator cab.

P-66019

From inside the operator cab, loosen the knobs (Item 1) [Figure 50-122-2] and [Figure 50-122-3] on the window slide rail bolts.

50-122-1

S130 Service Manual

WINDOW (SIDE) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-122-4

P-66021

Installation: When installing the window make sure the slide rail (Item 1) adjoins the front stationary slide rail (Item 2) [Figure 50-122-4]. Figure 50-122-5

P-66020

The rear side window sets in a recessed groove. NOTE: The window should be secured to prevent damage when the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-1225] is loosened. Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-122-5] on the rear side window. Remove the rear side window.

50-122-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-123-3

WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) Removal (Standard Window)

1 Figure 50-123-1 1

3 2

P-24472

Push the window out at any corner of the window (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-3].

P-66051

Remove the wiper arm assembly (Item 1) [Figure 50123-1].

NOTE: The window may fall when pushing on the corners. Have a second technician assist you during the removal of the window.

Remove the two screws (Item 2) and the nut (Item 3) [Figure 50-123-1]. Secure the wiper motor inside the cab. Figure 50-123-2

N-20171

Pull the plastic loop (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-2] at the top of the window to remove the rubber cord.

50-123-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-123-6

WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) (CONT’D) Installation (Standard Window) Clean the area before installing the rubber molding. Figure 50-123-4

P-66059

Apply liquid soap in the rubber molding to make installation easier. Install the window from the outside of the door frame.

P-66058

Install the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-4] around the edge of the front door frame starting at the bottom of the door frame.

Install a lower corner of the rear window (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-6] into the corner of the molding. Align the other lower corner of the window in the molding.

If replacing the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-1234] cut off the excess molding.

Work the window downward until the window is fully seated in the lower portion of the molding.

Figure 50-123-5

Figure 50-123-7

P-66651

P-66050

Apply liquid soap on the rubber cord to make installation easier. Install the rubber cord (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-5] into the molding on the inside of the operator cab.

Use a plastic stick (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-7] under the molding lip to guide the window into the molding groove.

50-123-2

S130 Service Manual

WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) (CONT’D) Installation (Standard Window) (Cont’d) Figure 50-123-8

P-66049A

Use the plastic stick (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-8] to position the locking tab into the groove to secure the window in the molding. Tapping the window corners will help seat the window in the molding. Figure 50-123-9

P-66051

Install the wiper motor (Item 1) and wiper arm assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-123-9].

50-123-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 50-123-10

WINDOW (FRONT DOOR) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Special Applications Window)

1 Replace the conditions: • • • • •

Lexan

glazing

under

the

following

When the glazing is four years old; When the glazing becomes yellow or hazed; Is scratched on either side with scratches that can be felt with the fingernail; Has cracks coming from the edges or mounting holes. or fine cracks on the surface area; Has contacted any fluids that have caused cloudiness.

P-66101

Remove window from loader. NOTE: The Special Applications window is held on by the brackets only, it does not sit in the rubber molding. During Removal the window may fall as the mounting bolts are loosened. Remove the five mounting brackets and bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-123-10].

50-123-4

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ALTERNATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-30-1 60-30-3 60-30-1 60-30-1 60-30-2 60-30-4 60-30-3 60-30-6 60-30-5

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting Switch Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting (Joystick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting (Standard and ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-210-1 60-210-2 60-210-5 60-210-1 60-210-1 60-210-5 60-210-4 60-210-3

BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-20-1 60-20-1 60-20-2 60-20-3

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-71-1 60-71-3 60-71-1 60-71-4

DRIVE

ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

SPECIFICATIONS BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-70-1 60-70-2 60-70-1 60-70-4

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-72-1 60-72-2 60-72-1 60-72-4

Continued On Next Page

60-01

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS (CONT’D) BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-1 Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) 60-100-2 Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2 Inspecting The BICS Controller (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . 60-100-2 Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2 Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2 Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING). . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-3 Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-4 CALIBRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1 Actuator Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1 Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-7 Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-3 Lift And Tilt Calibration (SJC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-5 CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-1 Attachment Control Information (Keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-2 Right Panel Setup (Keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-1 CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-1 Actuator Connector Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-9 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-1 Foot Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-12 Foot Sensor Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-11 Handle Lock Solenoid Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . 60-130-10 Handle Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-10 Handle Sensor Connector Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . 60-130-3 Switch Handle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-6 Switch Handle Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-4 Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-2 DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-1 Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-2 ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-1 Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-1 ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS REFERENCE (SJC) . . . . 60-141-1 Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-1 Continued On Next Page

60-02

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS (CONT’D) ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab Harness Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary Of Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mainframe Harness Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-10-1 60-10-4 60-10-6 60-10-8 60-10-1 60-10-5 60-10-9 60-10-7

FLYWHEEL RPM SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1 INSTRUMENT PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-1 Alarm Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-11 Bulb Removal And Installation (Left Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-9 Front Accessory Panel Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-11 Key Switch Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-10 Left Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-1 Removal And Installation (Left And Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-6 Right Panel (Keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-3 Right Panel (Key Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-2 Side And Front Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-5 LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab Light Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-60-1 60-60-2 60-60-1 60-60-2

MAINTENANCE CLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-200-1 60-200-1 60-200-6 60-200-2

PASSWORD SETUP (IF EQUIPPED WITH KEYLESS START) . . . Changing The Owner And User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-190-1 60-190-2 60-190-1 60-190-3

SEAT BAR SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-110-1 60-110-5 60-110-1 60-110-3 60-110-2 60-110-1

Continued On Next Page

60-03

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS (CONT’D) SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1 Connecting To The Remote Start Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1 Connecting Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1 STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-40-1 60-40-3 60-40-2 60-40-1

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exiting And Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting And Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-161-1 60-161-1 60-161-2 60-161-1

TRACTION LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-120-1 60-120-1 60-120-6 60-120-2 60-120-1

SPEED SENSORS (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-80-1 60-80-1 60-80-3 60-80-1

TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC-01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

60-04

S130 Service Manual

WIRING SCHEMATIC STD CAB HARNESS S130 (S/N 529211001 AND ABOVE) (S/N 529611001 AND ABOVE) (S/N A1Z711001 – A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 – A8KA59999) (S/N A84W11001 AND ABOVE) (PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) V-0895

C479 LEFT PANEL CONN

C480 RIGHT PANEL CONN

PROTECTED POWER

SYSTEM Tx

COMPUTER POWER

SYSTEM Rx

GROUND

RUN/ENTER SW

DATA

CLOCK/LATCH

1210 1920 9120 9220 9350 2920 9300 9310 9330

9330

2910 2930

S2 BUZZER (-)

2920 2770

9220 9120 1920 1210

C212 POWER PLUG C209 DOME LIGHT SWITCH

B A

6100

6120 2760

A B

C434 LEFT HEADLIGHT C435 RIGHT HEADLIGHT

SW1 BRAKE SWITCH

45 46 44 12 34 33 27 24 13 30 17 9 10 22 16 28 20 14 25 47 15 19 18 6 11 38 21 26 23 43 32 3 5 2 36 29

3910 3920 3900

2910 2930

2920 2770

2900 9210 9200 9110 9100 1910 1900 1220 1200

9200 9100 1900 1200 4500 A B C

A GND B SIG C PWR

9220 9120 1920 1210

C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 1 2

2795 1160 2730 2790

2710

A B

1_ 2 + A B

C212 POWER PLUG C209 DOME LIGHT SWITCH

2765

2750 6110

B A

6100

6120 2760

A B

C434 LEFT HEADLIGHT C435 RIGHT HEADLIGHT

1770

1100 1770 1700 2730

1700

1170

STANDARD CAB HARNESS 7116261

1770

1100 1770

9340 2900 9350

2770

B A

39 31 40 35 8 1 7 37 41 48 42 4

4500

2750 6110

2770

2765

4500

2765

39 31 40 35 8 1 7 37 41 48 42 4

1100

C408 CAB MNFR HARNESS CONN

2710

A B

9310 9300

S1 BUZZER (+)

C482 SEATBAR SENSOR

A B

9340 9210 9110

1910 1220 2910 9320

1210 1920 9120 9220 9350 2920 9300 9310 9330

2790

OPEN

B A G D K H F E

1200 4500

1_ 2 +

START

B A G D K H F E

1900

1 2

START

9100

2795 1100

DATA

9200

A GND B SIG C PWR

HEADLIGHTS

C G E F H K D A B

2900

A B C

CLOCK/LATCH

C G E F H K D A B

B A G D K H F E

9330

3910 3920 3900

STSTEM Tx

B A G D K H F E

9310 9300

45 46 44 12 34 33 27 24 13 30 17 9 10 22 16 28 20 14 25 47 15 19 18 6 11 38 21 26 23 43 32 3 5 2 36 29

SYSTEM Rx

9340 9210 9110 1910 1220 2910 9320

45 46 44 12 34 33 27 24 13 30 17 9 10 22 16 28 20 14 25 47 15 19 18 6 11 38 21 26 23 43 32 3 5 2 36 29

COMPUTER POWER

9210 9200 9110 9100 1910 1900 1220 1200

1100

C408 CAB MNFR HARNESS CONN

9340 2900 9350

PROTECTED POWER

BUZZER

C G E F H K D A B

S2 BUZZER (-) 39 31 40 35 8 1 7 37 41 48 42 4

GROUND

PROTECTED POWER

SYSTEM Tx

COMPUTER POWER

SYSTEM Rx

GROUND

RUN/ENTER SW

CLOCK/LATCH

DATA

OPEN

START

DATA

START

HEADLIGHTS

CLOCK/LATCH

STSTEM Tx

SYSTEM Rx

COMPUTER POWER

PROTECTED POWER

BUZZER

GROUND

C G E F H K D A B

S1 BUZZER (+)

39 31 40 35 8 1 7 37 41 48 42 4

C480 RIGHT PANEL CONN

A B C A B C

C129 ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

STANDARD CAB HARNESS 7143070

RED = RED RNG = ORANGE BLK = BLACK LBL = LIGHT BLUE DBL = DARK BLUE LGN = LIGHT GREEN DGN = DARK GREEN YEL = YELLOW PNK = PINK WHT = WHITE BRN = BROWN TAN = TAN PUR = PURPLE GRY = GRAY

WIRES CONNECT BY LETTER ACROSS CONNECTORS B A A B SOME CONNECTOR BODIES NOT SHOWN FOR DRAWING CLARITY

BATTERY FEED 1000-1999 RED, RED/WHT, RNG GROUND 2000-2999 BLK MONITORING 3000-3999 LBL HYDRAULIC 4000-4999 LGN ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000-5999 YEL LIGHTS 6000-6999 PNK ACCESSORIES 7000-7999 WHT ENGINE 8000-8999 TAN COMMUNICATION 9000-9999 PUR

V-0895 (2-6-08)

SW1 BRAKE SWITCH

6200 2600

(PRINTED FEBRUARY 2008) V-0797

6600 6400

BACK-UP ALARM

6310 6500 6200 2600

C103

C F G E A D H B

2620

CAN LOW CAN HIGH

2 1

C604

C605

1 2

2 1

LEFT WORK

RIGHT WORK SW POWER GROUND

STANDARD TAILGATE HARNESS - 7109403

RIGHT TAILLIGHT

E OUTPUT F OUTPUT G OUTPUT H OUTPUT C OUTPUT D OUTPUT

2630

F E D C B A

E F C A B D

C604

C605

E F C A B D

F E D C B A

A OUTPUT

6210 LEFT TAILLIGHT

REGISTRATION LAMP

LEFT WORK

D 2 C 1 B A 3

M OUTPUT

RIGHT TAILLIGHT

RIGHT WORK

ID (K TO L) BACK-UP ALARM

ID (K TO P)

J N K B E F

C103

2640

OPEN

HARNESS 6713993

A B

RNG

41 40

C B A

6430 6730 2660

OPEN

2640

OPEN

HARNESS 6713993 40 42

6520

2710

9600

9500

1160

1720

PUR

9610

9520

PUR

9510

2730 7-PIN

BLK

A B C D E F

6430

2630

A B

C703

2740

G H C D A M L P

5100

5350

5400

5050

5300

5150

5250

5200

5910

5000

5510

5450

14-PIN ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR

6330

5500

87A

2660

1 2 3

2785

87A

2550

OPEN

6610

6710

6510

6230

6240

2510

2520

6250

J3 - 10-PIN GRAY

ID #2 ID #3 ID #4 ID #0

ACD Input Connector

OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN

2 1

4440

2 1

2450 4455 YELLOW TIE STRAP

2 1

2470 4475

CAN LOW CAN HIGH

3 2 5

7310

7160

B C

1 6 4

7210

GROUND

2735

2755

7180

2 1

4710

B C

Connector on Loader Boom

DOOR SENSOR

A 7180

2 1

2 2 1 1

4720

E OUTPUT F OUTPUT G OUTPUT H OUTPUT C OUTPUT D OUTPUT

ADDITIONAL POWER CONNECTOR 1740 2740

A OUTPUT

A B

M OUTPUT ID (K TO L)

REAR AUX JUMPER HARNESS - 7102338

ID (K TO P)

TO MAINFRAME (ACCESSORY CONNECTOR)

2720

ALARM HORN

BACK-UP ALARM SWITCHES TO MAINFRAME

A B

1730 2720

BACK-UP ALARM SWITCHES HARNESS 7107544

7200

C402

1720

Connector on Loader Boom

B A

3070

1 2 3 4

1540

3020

2580

3080

JUMPER HARNESS 6736808

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

PUR

9520

PUR BLK

2730 7-PIN

6310

2710

9600

1720

9610

9510

J1 - 8-PIN

H GROUND F CAN SHIELD B E D C A G

ACD Machine Connector to Engine Compartment

SW POWER CAN LOW CAN HIGH OPEN OPEN OPEN BOOM-MOUNTED ACD CONNECTORS

1740

C703

2740 5100

5100

5350

5400

5050

5300

5150

5250

5200

5910

5000

5510

5450

C H J B G D F E A K

E OUTPUT

J A B C D E F G H K

ID #1

J2 - 10-PIN BLACK

F OUTPUT G OUTPUT H OUTPUT C OUTPUT D OUTPUT A OUTPUT

ACD Output Connector to Engine Compartment

B OUTPUT J OUTPUT K OUTPUT

11 14-PIN ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR

C704 5900 5500

J3 - 10-PIN GRAY

ID #2 ID #3 ID #4 ID #0 OPEN OPEN

ACD Input Connector to Engine Compartment

OPEN OPEN OPEN

2 1 SSL 7-PIN CAN CONNECTOR

C609 2 1

TO STROBE/BEACON

KEY "RUN" UNSW POWER

TO OPTIONS

TO JOYSTICK HARNESS TO OPTIONS (4 WAY FLASHER)

2 1 3

2785

6700

2780 6440 6540

E A C D F B

C668 OR C670

2570

2775

3000

2570

C669

1530

3000

RNG

9620

9710

STROBE OR BEACON

1530

1 2 3 4

1730

C705 2720

Rev. none

C491

1740

PUR

DELUXE ATTACHMENT CONTROL HARNESS 6732730

FRONT HORN HARNESS - 6719151

ADDITIONAL POWER CONNECTOR

B A

RED/WHT

9710

TO HANDLE CONNECT0R 2730

7110

A B

C402

1720

C404

1730

C506

C412

TO MAINFRAME

B A

J N K B E F G H C D A M L P

SW POWER

DOOR HARNESS 7104465

PUR

1160

To Mainframe Harness

C666 ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR

GROUND

WIPER HARNESS 7117322

GREEN TIE STRAP

7100

E B A G

SW POWER

9800

9500

9800

7200 or YEL

7150 or DGN

2765 or BRN

CAN SHIELD

EXTERIOR CAB HARNESS 6718872

CAN SHIELD SW POWER CAN LOW CAN HIGH GROUND

Connector on Loader Boom

D 2 C 1 B

9800

1160

A 3

9500

F C E A B G

9700 1710 9600

2700 7-PIN

ATTACHMENT C426 C666 CONNECTOR CONTROL HARNESS - 6718426

To Mainframe Harness

DOME LIGHT SWITCH

TO OPTIONS

C608

2440

D F C

KEY "RUN" UNSW POWER

HIGH

TO OPTIONS (DELUXE ACCESSORY)

C426 D F C E A B G

1710

SSL 7-PIN CAN CONNECTOR

L X

C667 2 1

4430 WHITE TIE STRAP

OPEN

1320

ROAD LIGHTS

FRONT WIPER BOTTLE AND TANK

C622

C417 C416 C414 C413

4430

4451

K OUTPUT

A B

V M POWER BOB-TACH SOLENOID

2430

4471

J OUTPUT

Signal Fuse 10A

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

BROWN TIE STRAP

4470

A B

HARNESS 6726430

POWER BOB-TACH HARNESS 7112290

4450

87A

Right Marker Fuse 10A

1010

9.8 ohms

2460

1020

1370

6340

A B

Left Marker Fuse 10A

9.8 ohms

3 2 1 4 5 6

B OUTPUT

To Starter "B" Terminal

4 WAY FLASHER HARNESS - 6718873

PARK

B A

1320

1020

6350 1320

1020

TO OPTIONS (EXTERIOR CAB)

C610

B A

A OUTPUT

2650

2745

2770

C606

7010

C607

2760

ACD Output Connector

D OUTPUT

OPEN

To Engine Ground

POWER BOB-TACH SOLENOID

A B

ID #1

C OUTPUT

6330

TO OPTIONS

A B

J A B C D E F G H K

H OUTPUT

2630

2610

6440

GRADER HARNESS 6706391

7000

G OUTPUT

6630

6800 RIGHT FLASHER LIGHT

6540

A D C B E

J B G D F E A K

C704 5900

J2 - 10-PIN BLACK

C E OUTPUT H F OUTPUT

6830

C669

YEL

OPEN BOOM-MOUNTED ACD CONNECTORS

HARNESS 6731239

2795

DBL

OPEN

2730

2790

BLK

RED

OPEN

2670

C623

S LT TM CENTER GD RT

BRN

CAN HIGH

6320

2640 TO OLDER MODEL ATTACHMENTS

CAN LOW

2620

2630

M C D A E F G H L K

ACD Machine Connector

SW POWER

6620

2620

LEFT FLASHER LIGHT

CAN SHIELD

6720

TO ATTACHMENT

B J N P

C506

RNG

9620

J1 - 8-PIN

GROUND

HARNESS 6731239

HARNESS 6713994

RNG

6330

A B C D E F

1370

2630

A B

HARNESS 6713994

C601

1730

H F B E D C A G

2640

A B C D E F

2650

YEL

6730 OPEN

6210

RED

6430

2660

9700

DBL

C B A

1160

BLK

C B A

6360

2660

LT TM CENTER GD RT

6700

BRN

2670

C E F G H L K

C623

C506

TO OLDER MODEL ATTACHMENTS WHT

GRADER HARNESS 6707303

C362

9710

DELUXE ATTACHMENT CONTROL HARNESS - 6729380

M A D

2720

PUR

A B C D E F

6200

6400

OPEN

6500

OPEN

7100

6310

6370

7100

2520

2530

TO ATTACHMENT

RED/WHT

9710

C605

A B C D E F G H

6600

1730

2730

1740

A B C

B J N P

TO WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

PUR

1160

A B C D E F

RIGHT WORK

OPEN

STOP LIGHT

B A

2720

1720

6240

2540

6410

A B 2530

A B C D E F

2500

ACCESSORY

C604

TURN

2540

TAIL

TO ENGINE OR MAINFRAME

REGISTRATION

LEFT WORK

OPEN

STOP

RIGHT TAILLIGHT

6640

TAIL

6810

TURN

OPEN

STOP

LEFT TAILLIGHT

A B C D E F

C705

9800

1740

C506 DELUXE TAILGATE HARNESS - 7109404

To Mainframe Harness

C666 ATTACHMENT CONNECTOR

6210

2620

6340

2610

6320

6610

CAN SHIELD

GROUND 2630

1 2

LEFT TAILLIGHT 2640

6320

2610

2640

6330

TO MAINFRAME 7100

6330

KEY "RUN" UNSW POWER

SW POWER

2650

6620

G E A D H B

6310

C426 D F C E A B G

9800

BACK-UP ALARM

C103

S130 (S/N 529211001 AND ABOVE) (S/N 529611001 AND ABOVE) (S/N A1Z711001 – A1Z759999) (S/N A8KA11001 – A8KA59999) (S/N A84W11001 AND ABOVE)

SSL 7-PIN CAN CONNECTOR

C F

7100 2650

9700

TO MAINFRAME

OPTIONS

1710

WIRING SCHEMATIC

A B

RED BLK

DOME LIGHT

RED = RED RNG = ORANGE BLK = BLACK LBL = LIGHT BLUE DBL = DARK BLUE LGN = LIGHT GREEN DGN = DARK GREEN YEL = YELLOW PNK = PINK WHT = WHITE BRN = BROWN TAN = TAN PUR = PURPLE GRY = GRAY

WIRES CONNECT BY LETTER ACROSS CONNECTORS A B A B SOME CONNECTOR BODIES NOT SHOWN FOR DRAWING CLARITY

V-0797 (2-6-08)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION Glossary Of Electrical Symbols SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

COMPONENTS

CONNECTIONS A

3500

3520

C B

3520

3510

C 107

3500

3510

C107 A C B

3500 3520 3510

A C B

3500 3520 3510

DESCRIPTION

CONNECTOR - Harness - Used for connecting 2 harnesses together or a harness to a component. The connector can vary from a single pin to any number of pins (Example: 3 pin connectors shown). The connector pins can be numbered alphabetical (shown) or numerical (1, 2, 3 etc.). The harness wires numbers are called out next to the connector (Example: 3500).

GROUND - Frame - Used to represent an component that is internally grounded.

LIGHT -

SWITCH - Single Pole - Single Throw (ON-OFF) Normally Open

The connector number is called out next to the connector (Example: C107). These connector numbers are used for schematic identification only and do not appear on the harness or connector.

SWITCH - Single Pole - Single Throw (ON-OFF) Normally Closed.

COMPONENTS SWITCH - Single Pole - Double Throw (ON-OFF-ON) - This switch can be in any of three positions. (Some switches are spring activated to return them to a certain position when released.)

BATTERY - Used for supplying and storing electrical power for the machine.

POSITIVE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT Indicates positive battery circuit.

NEGATIVE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT Indicates battery ground circuit.

ALTERNATOR - Used to create the electrical current to supply voltage to the battery and components.

SWITCH - Double Pole - Single Throw (ON-OFF) Open and Closed positions will be specified depending on switch application.) SWITCH - Double Pole - Double Throw (ON-OFF) Open and Closed positions will be specified depending on switch application.

STARTER - Uses battery current to start the machine engine.

POTENTIOMETER resistance - Provides resistance.

Variable variable

GROUND - Used to represent an external ground connection.

60-10-1

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Glossary Of Electrical Symbols (Cont’d) SYMBOL

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

COMPONENTS I B

SWITCH - Ignition - Multi position switch to activate various start functions at different positions.

0.5 ohm

HOLD PULL

15 ohm

B A

SOLENOID - Fuel and Traction Lock Dual solenoids. (The ohm rating of the solenoid coils are listed next to the component [if available]). The pull solenoid is energized for a short time. HORN - Audible alarm. Sound is activated manually by a switch to warn personnel.

START R U N O FF

3 4

BUZZER - Audible alarm. Sounds at a predetermined setting to warn the operator of a component condition.

SWITCH - Light - Multi position switch to activate various lights at different positions.

RESISTOR - Limits current flow.

DIODE - Allows electrical current to flow in 1 direction only.

ROTARY CONTROL - Provides variable voltage proportional to position.

MOTOR - HVAC - Multi speed motor.

L M

H GRD

87A 87 30

RELAY - Uses a low amp switch to control a high amp component.

GRD PARK

3 7 0 0

HIGH

FUSE - Used to protect the wire harness from an overloaded circuit. (The fuse rating is listed next to the fuse.)

25A

3 7 1 0 3 1 1 0

V M

SPLICE (•) - Used to show when multiple wires are connected together on the schematic.

2 7.7 ohm

A B 7.5 ohm 12V

SOLENOID - ON / OFF - Electrically activated coil that controls movement magnetically. (The ohm rating of the solenoid coil is listed next to the component [if available]).

SOLENOID - VARIABLE - Electrically activated coil that controls movement magnetically. (The ohm rating and voltage of the solenoid coil is listed next to the component [if available]).

HOURMETER - Records the time the engine is running. POWER PLUG - Supplies 12 volt power for customer supplied accessories.

60-10-2

MOTOR - Washer - Single speed.

PUMP - FUEL

MOTOR - Wiper - Single or multi speed motor.

GAUGE - Instrument - Indicates certain engine or other component conditions. (The different types of gauge are marked with a icon that represents what function the gauge is monitoring. Example: the gauge shown is for fuel.)

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Glossary Of Electrical Symbols (Cont’d) SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION SENDERS AND SENSORS

0.5 - 7.5 V

B A

to B A 500-3000ohm

A B

B A 30-270 ohm

C B A

A B

PRESSURE SENDER - Provides a variable voltage proportional to pressure. (Sender voltage rating is listed to show volts at high and low setting.) PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch opens or closes at a predetermined pressure to active a function or to turn on a warning light. (Switch is shown in the open position.) TEMPERATURE SENDER - Provides a variable resistance (ohm) signal proportional to temperature. (Sender ohm rating is listed to show ohms at high and low setting.) TEMPERATURE SWITCH - The switch opens or closes at a predetermined temperature to active a function or to turn on a warning light. (Switch is shown in the closed position.) FUEL SENDER - Provides a variable resistance, based on the fuel level in the tank. (Sender ohm rating is listed to show ohms at full and empty setting.) HALL EFFECT SENSOR - Detects linear or rotary position and provides a proportional variable voltage.

SPEED SENSOR - magnetic pickup detects RPM.

60-10-3

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Cab Harness Connectors

C 212 SW9 SW8 SW7

C670

C 483 S3 S4

C 611 C 630 C 635

T5 T6

C 209

C 434 C 479 S1 S2

C 482 408

*C 129 C 40 T2 C 40 T1

C 480 C 435 C 408

* S/N 529217821 & Above and A8NW11001 & Above 60-10-4

T3 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

MS2441

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Mainframe Harness Connectors

C 426

C 113

T4 T1 T6 T8

C 405

C 112 C 108 C 408 C 423 C 105 C 107 C 135 C 446

C 103

C 362

C 406 C 606

J1 J2

C 407-1 C 407-2 C 425 C 489 C 404 C 410 C 411

C 101

C 419 C 418 C 420 C 421 C 422

C 409 C 492

MS2190

60-10-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-10-3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Description Figure 60-10-1

P-28840

The electrical system is also protected by fuses and relays under the fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-103] located in the cab on the control panel.

P-24651

Figure 60-10-2

The fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-10-3] has a decal inside to show the location and amp ratings.

IMPORTANT Do Not use silicone base sprays and/or sealants on harness connectors or components. I-2123-0397

1 P-13848A

The loader has a 12 volt, negative ground alternator charging system. The electrical system is protected by a 100 amp master fuse (Item 1) [Figure 60-10-1] & [Figure 60-10-2] to protect against serious system overloads that could lead to burned up harness or loader damage. This fuse is located in the left-hand side engine compartment, just forward of the engine harness connector.

60-10-6

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

PROBLEM

CAUSE

Battery will not take a charge. Alternator will not charge. Starter will not turn the engine.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5 1, 2, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE 1. Alternator belt is loose or damaged. 2. Battery connections are dirty or loose. 3. Battery is damaged. 4. The ground connection is not making a good contact. 5. The alternator is damaged. 6. The engine is locked. 7. The starter is damaged. 8. The wiring or solenoid is damaged. 9. Check the fuses.

60-10-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-10-5

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Fuse And Relay Location / Identification

Figure 60-10-4 2

3 4

19 12

20 7117407

P-26323

The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses and relays under the fuse panel cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-10-4]. A decal is inside the cover to show location and amp ratings. Remove the cover to check or replace the fuses.

N-19660

The location and sizes are shown below and [Figure 6010-5]. REF DESCRIPTION

AMP

Traction

Fuel Shutoff

REF DESCRIPTION

AMP

11 Front & Marker Lights

12 Fuel Shutoff

Power Plug

13 Rear Lights

ACS/AWS/SJC

14 Traction

Heater

15 Switch Power

Front & Marker Lights

16 Starter

Rear Lights

17 Unswitched Attach.

Bobcat Controller

18 Switched Attach.

Not Used

19 Alternator Accessories

10 Not Used

20 Accessory Plug

R - Relay

60-10-8

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D) Solenoid Testing Figure 60-10-6

P9175

Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 6010-6]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance for the pressure relief (small) coil is 7-10 ohm and the other coils 5 - 8 ohm. Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see and hear the spool shift.

60-10-9

S130 Service Manual

60-10-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-20-2

BATTERY Removal And Installation

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water. In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes. If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention.

N-18458

Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable (Item 1) [Figure 60-20-2]. Remove the battery from the loader.

W-2065-0807

Figure 60-20-3 Open the rear door. Figure 60-20-1 3 1

P-09589

P-09590

Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when installing a new or used battery [Figure 60-20-3].

P-54301

Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable (Item 1) [Figure 60-20-1]. Remove the battery hold down clamp (Item 2) [Figure 60-20-1].

When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any metal parts with the battery terminals. Install the battery hold down clamp. Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks. Connect and tighten the battery cables. Close the rear door before operating the loader.

60-20-1

S130 Service Manual

BATTERY (CONT’D) Servicing

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water. In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes. If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention. W-2065-0807

Figure 60-20-4

P-09589

P-09590

The battery cables must be clean and tight. Check the electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from the battery and cables with a sodium bicarbonate and water solution.[Figure 60-20-4] Put Battery Saver (6664458) or grease on the battery terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

60-20-2

S130 Service Manual

BATTERY (CONT’D)

Figure 60-20-5

Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the operator's seat and one person to connect and disconnect the battery cables.

2 4

The key switch must be OFF (Key Switch Panel) OR the STOP Button must be pressed (Keyless Panel). The booster battery must be 12 volt.

WARNING

P-31860

Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) [Figure 60-205] to the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 60-20-5] to the positive terminal on the loader starter. Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) [Figure 6020-5] to the negative (-) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 60-20-5] to the engine. Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.

WARNING

After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable (Item 4) [Figure 60-20-5] first.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 60°F (16°C) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. W-2066-0705

Remove the cable from the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 60-20-5].

IMPORTANT Damage to the alternator can occur if: • Engine is operated with battery cables disconnected. • Battery cables are connected when using a fast charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove both cables from the battery.) • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are connected wrong. I-2023-1285

60-20-3

S130 Service Manual

60-20-4

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR

Belt Replacement

Belt Adjustment

Loosen the alternator mounting and adjustment bolts (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 60-30-1] and loosen the belt all the way.

Figure 60-30-1

Remove the belt and install a new belt. 2

P-54300

Stop the engine. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Loosen the alternator mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 6030-1]. Loosen the adjustment bolt (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-1]. Move the alternator until the belt has 5/16 in. (8,0 mm) movement at the middle of the belt span with 15 lbf. (66 N) of force. Tighten the adjustment bolt and the mounting bolt. Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-303.)

60-30-1

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR (CONT’D)

Figure 60-30-2

Charging System Inspection 2

WARNING

P-24547

If the charging system malfunctions check the following: Check the condition and tension of the alternator belt. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 60-30-1.) If belt is worn or deteriorated replace. Inspect the alternator wiring harness and connectors at alternator. Harness and connectors must be clean and tight.

WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 60°F (16°C) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. W-2066-0705

Check the fuse for the alternator in the fuse panel. If fuse is burned, find the cause and repair/replace. If fuse is in doubt, remove it and check for continuity. Check the electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water as needed. (Does not apply to maintenance free batteries.) Verify the charge of the battery. Make sure battery is fully charged. Disconnect the battery cables (negative first, then positive). Inspect the cable clamps and battery posts for corrosion. Remove acid or corrosion from the battery and cables with a sodium bicarbonate and water solution. Put grease on the cable ends and battery terminals to prevent corrosion. Reconnect the cable to the positive terminal. With the key off, connect a test light between the negative battery post and the disconnected negative cable clamp.

1. If the test light does not light up, reattach the clamp and proceed to alternator voltage test. (See Below.) 2. If the test light lights up, there is a short (drain) in the electrical system of the loader. The short must be repaired before the charging system can be checked. 3. Disconnect the alternator B+ terminal (Item 1) and L & S terminal connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-2] and if the test light goes out, the alternator is faulty. If the test light stays on, find the short in the system and repair it.

60-30-2

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR (CONT’D)

Low Voltage Testing

Alternator Voltage Testing

Figure 60-30-4

Figure 60-30-3

P-66815 P-34676

Turn engine OFF and remove the L & S terminal connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-4] off the alternator. Open the rear door. Turn the remote start tool key to the ON position. Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.)

Figure 60-30-5

Turn the engine on with the remote start tool and run at idle. With a voltmeter, check the voltage between the B+ terminal and ground at the starter [Figure 60-30-3].

The voltage must be higher than 13.5 volts but lower than 14.7 volts at 70° F (Alternator Temperature). If the voltage is higher that 14.7 volts, proceed to the following high voltage test. If the voltage is lower than 13.5 volts, run the engine at high idle and recheck voltage. If voltage is still below 13.5 volts, proceed with the following low voltage test.

2 P-66816

Check the voltage across the “L” terminal (Item 1) and a good ground source (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-5]. The voltage should be what the battery voltage is. If not, check wire harness, relay and fuses. If the wire harness, relay and fuses are ok then remove alternator for replacement or repair. To repair, (See Alternator Voltage Testing on Page 60-30-3.) for further component testing.

60-30-3

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR (CONT’D) High Voltage Testing Figure 60-30-6

P-34679

P-66817

Turn engine OFF and remove the L & S Terminal connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-4] off the alternator. Check the continuity between the “S” terminal (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-6] and the positive (+) terminal on the battery or starter terminal (Item 2) [Figure 60-306]. There should be continuity. If no continuity, replace wire harness. If voltage is still above 14.7 volts at 70° F (Alternator Temperature), then remove alternator for replacement or repair. To repair, (See Alternator Voltage Testing on Page 60-30-3.) for further component testing.

60-30-4

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR (CONT’D)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Removal And Installation Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Place jackstands under the rear corners of the loader. Disconnect the negative (-) cable from the battery. Figure 60-30-7

DANGER

P-90328

•

P-66815

Disconnect the red wire (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-7] from the alternator which comes from the battery.

D-1009-0409

Disconnect the wiring harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-7] from the alternator.

WARNING

Figure 60-30-8 1

IMPORTANT

Damage to the alternator can occur if: • Engine is operated with battery cables disconnected. • Battery cables are connected when using a fast charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove both cables from the battery.) • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are connected wrong. I-2023-1285

P-24543

Remove the adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 60-30-8] from the mounting bracket. Remove the alternator belt (Item 2) [Figure 60-30-8] from the alternator pulley. Remove the mounting bolt (Item 3) [Figure 60-30-8].

60-30-5

S130 Service Manual

ALTERNATOR (CONT'D) Parts Identification 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Alternator Nut Pulley Spacer Bolt Housing Bolt Bearing Retainer Rotor

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Bearing Stator Housing Sleeve Regulator Rectifier Cover Spacer Nut 7 1 6

3 2 12

11 10

9 8

19 18 17 15

C-3529B

60-30-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-40-2

STARTER Testing

Bat S M

Figure 60-40-1

Bat S M

Cranking Motor

Cranking Motor A-1991

Connect a jumper wire (of at least 4 gauge in size) between the M terminal and the BAT terminal [Figure 6040-2].

A-1992

If the starter turns, the defect is in the solenoid.

The key switch must be in the OFF position.

If the starter does not turn, the starter is defective.

The battery must be at full charge. The cable connections on the battery must be clean and tight. Connect a jumper wire between S terminal and BAT terminal [Figure 60-40-1]. If the starter turns but does not turn the engine, the starter drive has a defect.

60-40-1

S130 Service Manual

STARTER (CONT’D) Removal And Installation Figure 60-40-3

4 2 5

3 1 P-34385

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove the negative (-) and positive (+) cables from the battery. Disconnect the ground wire (Item 1) [Figure 60-40-3] from the starter. Disconnect the engine harness power wire and positive (+) battery cable from the starter solenoid terminal (Item 2) [Figure 60-40-3]. Installation: Tighten the nut to 10.8 - 12.3 ft.-lb. (14,7 16,7 N•m) torque. Disconnect the tan wire (Item 3) [Figure 60-40-3] from the R terminal on the starter solenoid. Disconnect the brown wire (Item 4) [Figure 60-40-3] from the S terminal on the starter solenoid. Remove the mounting bolts (Item 5) [Figure 60-40-3] from the starter. Remove the starter from the engine. Installation: Tighten the three mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Reverse the removal procedure to install the starter.

60-40-2

S130 Service Manual

STARTER (CONT'D) Parts Identification 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Starter Shaft Gear Washer Shaft Stop Ring Lever Holder Spring Spring Plate Seal

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.

34 13

36 8* 10*

11*

Lever Gear Bracket Spring Gear Stop Stop Ring Ball Armature Washer Seal Yoke

15 37 14 16 19 18

17 5

8 12 14

6 1

4 3 28 2 27

22 23

25 23

* Not serviceable parts

25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37.

Holder Bracket Ring Bolt Bolt Switch Seal Bolt Washer Nut Boot Bracket Bearing B-16488

60-40-3

S130 Service Manual

60-40-4

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS

The left instrument panel is the same for both the Key Switch and Keyless Instrument Panels [Figure 60-50-1].

Left Panel The table below shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION/OPERATION for each of the components of the left panel.

Figure 60-50-1 2 1 3 4

REF. NO

B-15551

DESCRIPTION

FUNCTION / OPERATION

TEMPERATURE GAUGE

Shows the engine coolant temperature.

HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY / ENGINE PREHEAT COUNTDOWN

HOURMETER - Records operating hours of loader. CODE DISPLAY - Display numeric SERVICE CODES* relating to the loader monitoring system. COUNTDOWN - Preheat time remaining

FUEL GAUGE

Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.

LIGHTS / HOLD FOR CODES

LIGHTS - Press once for FRONT LIGHTS. Press a second time for FRONT AND REAR lights. Press a third time to turn all lights off. HOLD FOR CODES - Press and hold two seconds for display of SERVICE CODES (Item 2). (CODES* show only when there is an error found by loader monitoring system.)

BUCKET POSITIONING (Option)

Press to engage the BUCKET POSITIONING function. Press again to disengage. Press and hold 2 seconds to view Shtdn (SHUTDOWN) feature & Operational Code Number in HOURMETER/CODE DISPLAY.

MAXIMUM FLOW / VARIABLE FLOW Press once to engage the VARIABLE FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. Press a second time to engage MAXIMUM FLOW. Press a third time to disengage all auxiliary hydraulics. [VARIABLE FLOW allows for slow-to-fast movement of auxiliary functions (The farther you move the switch, the faster the movement of auxiliary functions.) MAXIMUM FLOW allows for only fast movement.]

AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELEASE

ATTACHMENT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS

Rear Auxiliary Only - With key ON or engine running, press and hold button for 5 seconds.

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) 8

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER

Press to activate BICS System when the Seat Bar is down and operator is seated in operating position.

SEAT BAR

The light comes ON when the seat bar is down.

LIFT & TILT VALVE

The light comes ON when the seat bar is down and the PRESS TO OPERATE button is pressed. The lift and tilt functions can be operated when the light is ON.

TRACTION

The light comes ON when the seat bar is down, engine is running, and parking brake is released. The loader can be moved forward or backward when the light is ON.

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE

(Function Only When Seat Bar Is Raised And The Engine Is Running) Press to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers to move the loader forward or backward when using the backhoe attachment or for loader service. Press a second time to lock the brakes.

ALARM

The ALARM beeps when there is an Error, WARNING or SHUTDOWN condition.

* For further description of SERVICE CODES (See DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)

60-50-1

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT’D)

The right instrument panel shown [Figure 60-50-2] is the Key Switch Panel.

Right Panel (Key Switch) The table below shows the icons and other components of the Right Key Switch Panel.

Figure 60-50-2 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

* These functions are monitored and have SERVICE CODES associated with them. For descriptions, (See DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)

15 17 19 21 23 25 27

28 B-15552G

REF.

ICON/ LIGHT

FUNCTION

ALARM

CODE CONDITION

DESCRIPTION

3 Beeps

Error

Error with Advanced Control System (ACS).

Attachment Control ON --Device (ACD) FLASHING 3 Beeps 15 (Opt.)

--Error

Electrical controlled attachment is present. Error with Attachment Control Device (ACD)

General 16 Warning

** *

Advanced Control 14 System (ACS) (Opt.)

ON 3 Beeps ON 3 Beeps FLASHING Continuous

Error Error with one or more engine or hydraulic functions. WARNING Engine speed high or in shutdown. SHUTDOWN Engine speed extremely high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.

17 NOT USED Fuel 18 Level

ON 3 Beeps FLASHING 3 Beeps

* *

Error WARNING

Fuel level sender system fault. Fuel level low.

Engine Preheat

ON --FLASHING 3 Beeps

--Error

Glow plugs are energized. Error with glow plugs

System Voltage

3 Beeps

WARNING

Voltage low, high or extremely high.

Seat Belt

---

Light stays on for 45 seconds to remind operator to fasten seat belt.

19 20 21 Engine 22 Oil Pressure

ON 3 Beeps ON 3 Beeps FLASHING Continuous

* * *

Error Engine oil pressure sender out of range. WARNING Engine oil level low. SHUTDOWN Engine oil pressure extremely low. Engine will shutdown in 10 seconds.

Hydrostatic 23 Charge Pressure

ON 3 Beeps ON 3 Beeps FLASHING Continuous

* * *

Error Hydraulic oil pressure sender out of range. WARNING Hydraulic oil pressure low. SHUTDOWN Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.

Engine 24 Coolant Temperature

ON 3 Beeps ON 3 Beeps FLASHING Continuous

* * *

Error Engine coolant sender out of range WARNING Engine coolant temperature high. SHUTDOWN Engine coolant temperature extremely high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.

Hydraulic 25 Oil Temperature

ON 3 Beeps ON 3 Beeps FLASHING Continuous

* * *

Hydraulic oil temperature out of range. Error Hydraulic oil temperature high. WARNING SHUTDOWN Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high. Engine will stop in 10 seconds.

Engine 26 Air Filter

ON 3 Beeps FLASHING 3 Beeps

* *

Error WARNING

Air filter with high restriction. Air filter switch not connected.

ON 3 Beeps FLASHING 3 Beeps

* *

Error WARNING

Hydraulic filter with high restriction. Hydraulic filter switch not connected.

Used to start and stop the engine.

Hydraulic Filter

28 Key Switch

* These functions are monitored and have associated SERVICE CODES. See SYSTEM SETUP AND ANALYSIS for description of SERVICE CODES.

60-50-2

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D)

Figure 60-50-4

Right Panel (Keyless) Figure 60-50-3 5

ENTER PASSWORD

3 LANGUAGES

2 B-16165

The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as shown in [Figure 60-50-4]. When this screen is on the display you can enter the password and start the engine or change the Display Panel setup features.

B-15553H

The right instrument panel shown [Figure 60-50-3] is the Keyless Panel. 1. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all system setup, monitoring, troubleshooting, and error conditions are displayed. 2. Function Icons: The lower left area of Screen contains the same icons as the Panel. These icons are only visible monitoring system has detected the condition.

the Display Key Switch when the associated

3. Selection Buttons: The four Selection Buttons allow you to select items from the Display Screen and scroll through screens.

NOTE: Your new loader (with Keyless Instrument Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your dealer will provide you with this password. Change the password to one that you will easily remember to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner And User Passwords on Page 60-190-2.) Keep your password in a safe place for future needs. Start Engine: Use the Keypad to enter the numbers (letters) of your password and press the RUN / ENTER key (Item 7) [Figure 60-50-3]. Press and hold the START button (Item 8) [Figure 60-503] until the engine starts. Change Language: Press the Selection button at the end of the arrow [Figure 60-50-4] to go to the next screen.

4. Keypad: The numeric keypad has two functions: - To enter a number code (password) to allow starting the engine (Keyless Start). - To enter a number as directed for further use of the Display Screen. 5. Bobcat Controller / Display Icon: Indicates communication error between Bobcat controller and instrument panel. (See DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.) 6. BobCARE PMSM Icon: Indicates planned maintenance is due. (See MAINTENANCE CLOCK on Page 60-200-1.)

60-50-3

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D) Right Panel (Keyless) (Cont’d) Figure 60-50-5

B-16655

Use the Keypad to select the number of the language [Figure 60-50-5] Press EXIT. The screen will return to [Figure 60-50-4]. You can then enter the password and start the engine. See DISPLAY CONTROLLER PANEL SETUP for further description of screens to setup the system for your use. (See Right Panel Setup (Keyless) on Page 60-180-1.) NOTE: Pressing the EXIT key will go to the previous screen and you can continue pressing until you get to the initial (home) screen. SHORTCUT: Press the “0” (zero) key to get to the home screen immediately.

60-50-4

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT’D)

Side Panel [Figure 60-50-6]

Side And Front Panels

REF. NO.

Figure 60-50-6 SIDE PANEL

DESCRIPTION

POWER PLUG

2 3

NOT USED FRONT WIPER

REAR WIPER

5 6 7

NOT USED NOT USED FAN MOTOR

8 9

NOT USED TEMPERATURE CONTROL

P16000

FRONT PANEL 2

REF. NO.

2 3

Provides a 12V receptacle for accessories. --Press the top of the switch to start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Press the bottom of the switch to stop the wiper. Press the bottom of the switch to start the rear wiper. Press the top of the switch to provide washer fluid to clean the rear window. ----Turn clockwise to increase fan speed; counterclockwise to decrease. There are four positions; OFF-1-2-3. --Turn clockwise to increase the temperature; counterclockwise to decrease.

Front Panel [Figure OI-7]

Figure OI-7

FUNCTION / OPERATION

4 B-15993N

B-15993M

NOTE: Parking Brake (Item 13) [Figure OI-7] is standard on all loaders.

60-50-5

DESCRIPTION ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) NOT USED POWER BOB-TACH

PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Loaders) TURN SIGNAL INDICATORS HAZARD LIGHTS

ROTATING BEACON

8 9

NOT USED SELECTABLE JOYSTICK CONTROL (SJC)

FUNCTION / OPERATION Press the top to select Hand Controls; bottom to select Foot Controls. --Press and hold the up arrow to disengage the the Bob-Tach wedges. Press and hold the down arrow to engage the wedges into the mounting frame holes. Press the top to engage the PARKING BRAKE; bottom to disengage. Indicates left or right TURN SIGNALS are ON. Press the top to turn the HAZARD LIGHTS ON; bottom to turn OFF. Press the top to turn the ROTATING BEACON ON; bottom to turn OFF. --Press the top to select ‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control Pattern.

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-50-10

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Left And Right) Figure 60-50-8

1 N-20140

Disconnect the key switch wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-10] from the back of the control panel.

P-28360A

Figure 60-50-11 Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-508]. Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the instrument panel mounting bolts to prevent stripping of the threaded holes in the panels. 2 Figure 60-50-9

1 P-28360

Remove the ignition key (Item 1) from the switch. Remove the ignition switch retaining nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-50-11] from the switch.

N-20158

Pull the right instrument panel down and disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-9] from the panel. Remove the panel from the loader cab.

60-50-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-50-14

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Left And Right) (Cont’d) Figure 60-50-12 1

N-20163

Pull the right instrument panel down and disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-14] from the panel.

N-20141

Remove the ignition switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-12] from the control panel.

Remove the panel from the loader cab. Figure 60-50-15

Figure 60-50-13

1 1 1

N-20142 N-20103

Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-5013].

NOTE: The instrument panel (Item 1) [Figure 60-5015] must be replaced as a complete unit.

Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the instrument panel mounting bolts to prevent stripping of the threaded holes in the panels.

60-50-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-50-18

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Left And Right) (Cont’d) Figure 60-50-16

1 1

1 N-20144

Remove the left side instrument panel. N-18409

Remove the retaining nut (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-18] from the loader alarm. Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-5016].

Remove the alarm from the loader instrument panel.

Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the instrument panel mounting bolts to prevent stripping of the threaded holes in the panels. Figure 60-50-17

3 1 2

N-20165

Pull the left instrument panel down and disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-17] from the loader alarm. Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-50-17] from the loader instrument panel. NOTE: The wiring harness (Item 3) [Figure 60-50-17] is an optional accessory harness. Remove the instrument panel from the loader.

60-50-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-50-21

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D) Bulb Removal And Installation (Left Only) Figure 60-50-19

1 N-20147

To install the bulbs, place them in the sockets and turn clockwise [Figure 60-50-21].

N-20145

Remove the left side instrument panel. Remove the two light bulb covers (Item 1) [Figure 60-5019] from the back of the instrument panel. Figure 60-50-20

N-20146

With a flat blade screw driver, turn the light bulb counterclockwise [Figure 60-50-20] and remove from the panel.

60-50-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-50-24

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D) Key Switch Removal And Installation

Figure 60-50-22

N-20141

Remove the ignition switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-24] from the control panel.

N-20140

Disconnect the key switch wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-22] from the back of the control panel. Figure 60-50-23

P-28360

Remove the ignition key (Item 1) from the switch. Remove the ignition switch retaining nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-50-23] from the switch.

60-50-10

S130 Service Manual

INSTRUMENT PANELS (CONT'D)

Front Accessory Panel Removal And Installation

Alarm Removal And Installation

Figure 60-50-26

Figure 60-50-25

1 1

1 P-26255 N-20144

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-5026]. Remove the left side instrument panel. Remove the retaining nut (Item 1) [Figure 60-50-25] from the loader alarm.

Installation: Be careful to not overtighten the front accessory panel mounting bolts to prevent damage to the plastic panel.

Remove the alarm from the loader instrument panel.

Figure 60-50-27

2 1

P-26251

Pull the front accessory panel down and disconnect the wire harness connector(s) (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 60-5027] from the switches. Remove the panel. Reverse the procedure to install the front accessory panel.

60-50-11

S130 Service Manual

60-50-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-60-3

LIGHTS Front Removal And Installation Figure 60-60-1

N-19351

Remove the bulb (Item 1) [Figure 60-60-3] from the socket.

N-19348

Reverse the above procedure to install the bulb. Open the rear door. Disconnect the negative(-) cable from the battery. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-20-1.) Remove the light housing (Item 1) [Figure 60-60-1] from the operator cab. Figure 60-60-2

N-19349

Remove the bulb assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60-60-2] from the light housing by turning bulb assembly a 1/4 turn.

60-60-1

S130 Service Manual

LIGHTS (CONT’D)

Cab Light Removal And Installation

Rear Removal And Installation

Figure 60-60-6

Figure 60-60-4 1

P-66221 P-68264

Remove the screws (Items 1) [Figure 60-60-6] from the light cover. Remove the bulb assembly (Items 1 & 2) from the light housing (Item 3) [Figure 60-60-4] by turning bulb assembly a 1/4 turn. Figure 60-60-5

NOTE: The wires for the switch will hold the light cover. Do not pull the light cover to far away from the light housing to prevent damage to the wires. Move the light cover to allow access to the bulb. Figure 60-60-7

N-19339

Using care press the rear light and housing from the door [Figure 60-60-5].

P-66222

Reverse this procedure for installation. Remove and replace the bulb (Item 1) [Figure 60-60-7] from the light housing.

60-60-2

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN) Description The main controller provides information to all other controllers. All loaders have a main controller. The main controller is located behind the access panel near the operators left foot.

60-70-1

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN) (CONT’D) Connector Identification

41 31

50 40 30 20 10

21 11 1 9 8 7 6

41 31 21 11 1

50 40 30 20 10 9 8 7 6

5 4 3 2

J2 Controller

Harness Connector View

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5

7 8 9 10

50 40

6 7 8

9 10 V-171/V-172

60-70-2

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN) (CONT’D) Connector Identification (Cont’d) Harness Connector View

3420

7200

3520

8550

3500

2100

6320

8110

4730

4470

1120

4450

8210

9500

3400

6510

4200

4460

6210

8800

3430

4910

6410

8510

4110

9 10

8000

9800

8150

1130

9700

4150

3010

9600

8250

1110

1400

Harness Connector View

4410

9410

4640

9340

3920

3300

4840

2110

4940

40 30

4420

9350

3910

4340

4430

9400

1900

3900

4830

3100

4320

4930

9110

4440

1200

9200

4820

3700

4310

4920

4360

4330

2900

9100

4810

9210

3200

4300

3600

9 10

4500

V-172

60-70-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-70-2

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (MAIN) (CONT’D) Removal And Installation

WARNING

Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 60-702] securing the controller to the frame.

Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 12 - 14 ft.-lb. (16,3 - 19 N•m) torque.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Remove the system controller.

Figure 60-70-1

Reverse the above procedure to install the system controller.

P-67074

Loosen the harness connectors mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-70-1] from the Bobcat controller. Remove the connectors. Installation: Tighten bolts to 30 - 35 in.-lb. (3,39 - 3,96 N•m) torque. NOTE: The connectors are keyed and will only plug in one way.

60-70-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-71-2

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) Description

The Bobcat Controller (ACS) is part of the Advanced Control System (ACS) which is a selectable foot/hand control system. Electrical actuators shift the spools on the hydraulic control valve. The ACS system allows the operator to quickly switch between foot and hand control modes. 1 The ACS controller is housed in a grey colored plastic shell with black potting. The ACS controller communicates with the Main Bobcat Controller by CAN communication wires. The ACS controller is capable of receiving upgrades to the software.

P-21938

P-21939

Foot control/sensor assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-2].

Figure 60-71-1

Foot sensor (Item 2) [Figure 60-71-2]. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.) 11 2

Figure 60-71-3

1 P-16536

P-21879

Control Handle (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-1]. Handle sensor (Item 2) [Figure 60-71-1]. 1

NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

P-68027

Control Valve Actuators (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-3]. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

60-71-1

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) (CONT’D) Description (Cont'd) Figure 60-71-4

1 P-21767

ACS Controller (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-4]. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.) Figure 60-71-5

P-21769

ACS error indicator (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-5]. NOTE: The ACS icon will illuminate when an error occurs. The error is stored as a service code. (See Service Codes List on Page 60-90-2.)

60-71-2

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) (CONT’D) Connector Identification

H J K

G F E D

F E D

A B C

H J K

G F E

G H A B

C J2

J3 J1

P-21843

P/N J1 Orange Orange Green Purple Purple Purple Black Black J2

Green Green Green Green Green Green

PIN A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H J K

DESCRIPTION

P/N

CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK 5V HALL EFFECT SUPPLY SWITCHED ACS POWER HAND/FOOT INPUT CAN SIGNAL HIGH ACS CAN SIGNAL LOW ACS CAN SHIELD ACS ACS GROUND ACS GROUND CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN TILT SPOOL SIGNAL LIFT HANDLE SIGNAL TILT HANDLE SIGNAL LIFT SPOOL SIGNAL LIFT PEDAL SIGNAL TILT PEDAL SIGNAL

J3 Red Red/White Red/White Black Green Red Green Black Black Black

60-71-3

PIN A B C D E F G H J K

DESCRIPTION CONNECTOR, METRI-PACK TILT ACTUATOR FORWARD UNSWITCHED ACS POWER UNSWITCHED ACS POWER LIFT ACTUATOR REVERSE HANDLE LOCK POWER LIFT ACTUATOR FORWARD PEDAL LOCK POWER ACS GROUND ACS GROUND TILT ACTUATOR REVERSE

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-71-7

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) (CONT’D) Removal and Installation

W-2059-0598 P-28966

Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

Lift the controller out from the mounting location. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure 60-71-7] from the controller. Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 60-717] to remove the controller from the bracket.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the controller from the loader. Remove the control panel. (See Removal and Installation on Page 50-100-2.) Figure 60-71-6

NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

P-28964

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-716] from the controller mounting bracket.

60-71-4

S130 Service Manual

The SJC system uses electronic joysticks to control both of the workgroups (lift and tilt) and the drive functions of the loader. The control can be switched from ISO and HPattern drive control layouts.

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) Description The drive controller is only on loaders equipped with the SJC option. This controller processes information for the drive functions. The drive controller is located behind the right side access panel near the operators right foot. The drive controller monitors the position of the left joystick, pump swash plate angles and the output of the wheel speed sensors. The drive controller works along with the ACS controller and communicates with the main Bobcat controller in an SJC system. All these controllers are capable of software upgrades.

The workgroup actuators are the same used on the ACS system. The hydrostatic drive pump is a Rexroth A22 unit. It has two electromagnetic coils on each of the two pumps to control the drive of the loader. The coils will direct the forward and reverse outputs of the pump to the drive motors. The Rexroth pump is equipped with position sensors mounted to the bottom of the swash plates to provide feedback to the controllers to sense uncommanded swash plate movement.

P-66836

60-72-1

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) (CONT’D) Connector Identification

P-64295

60-72-2

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) (CONT’D) Connector Identification (Cont'd)

P-64296

60-72-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-72-2

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) (CONT’D) Removal and Installation

W-2059-0598 P-73288

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Remove the controller (Item 1) [Figure 60-72-2]. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 60-72-3 Figure 60-72-1

1 1

P-73285 P-73287

Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-72-1] from the controller mounting plate.

Remove the screw (Item 1) [Figure 60-72-3] to remove the wire harness from the controller. Installation: Tighten the connector screw to 30 - 35 in.lb. (3,39 - 3,96 N•m) torque. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN!

60-72-4

S130 Service Manual

SPEED SENSORS (SJC)

Testing

Description

Figure 60-80-2

Figure 60-80-1

1 P-28302 P-64765

The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: On SJC equipped loaders, the speed sensor [Figure 6080-1] is used by the loader’s controllers to sense if the drive motor is rotating. The end of the sensor is magnetic and counts the magnetic pulses as a rotating disc, attached to the motor carrier shaft, rotates by the sensor end. The speed sensor is sealed with an O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-1] to keep hydraulic oil inside the motor carrier and dirt out.

MEL1609-Wheel Speed Sensor Test Harness [Figure 60-80-2] MEL1563 or 6689779-Remote Start Tool Multimeter Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.)

60-80-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-80-4

SPEED SENSORS (SJC) (CONT'D) Testing (Cont’d) Figure 60-80-3

3 2 1 2

P-64976

Connect the speed sensor test harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-4] in line, between the loader wiring harness and the speed sensor harness.

P-64762

Locate the speed sensor (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-3] on the top of the right or left hydrostatic motor carrier.

Turn the remote start key to ON position without starting the loader.

Remove the transmission cover screw (Item 2) [Figure 60-80-3], to loosen the connector clamp.

Take a voltage reading, with the multimeter, at the speed sensor test harness, between pin 1 and pin 3 (Item 2) [Figure 60-80-4].

Installation: Tighten screw to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

The voltage should be approximately 5 volts.

Disconnect the speed sensor wire connector (Item 3) [Figure 60-80-3] from the loader harness wire connector.

Repeat the procedure for the opposite side speed sensor. (If needed.)

60-80-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-80-7

SPEED SENSORS (SJC) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation Figure 60-80-5

P-64764

Lift the speed sensor (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-7] out from the motor carrier. DO NOT pull on the wires, gently pry up with a screwdriver if necessary.

P-64762

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Figure 60-80-8

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the two, speed sensor mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-5] from the top of the hydrostatic motor carrier. Remove the mount plate (Item 2) [Figure 60-80-5]. Figure 60-80-6 2 P-64765

1 Remove the speed sensor [Figure 60-80-8].

P-64762

Remove the transmission cover screw (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-6], to loosen the connector clamp. Installation: Tighten screw to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Disconnect the speed sensor electrical connector (Item 2) [Figure 60-80-6].

harness

60-80-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-80-11

SPEED SENSORS (SJC) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 60-80-9

1 1

P-26292

Installation: Be sure to install the speed sensor (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-11] pointing toward the transmission case.

P-26293

Figure 60-80-12 The electrical connector can be replaced. Remove the connector wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-9]. Figure 60-80-10

1 2 1

P-26295

Installation: The alignment pin (Item 1) at the bottom of the speed sensor must be installed in the hole (Item 2) [Figure 60-80-12] in the motor carrier.

P-26294

With a thin screwdriver lift the tabs and remove the wires from the connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-80-10]. Wire Code 1 2 3 4

Red White Black Blue

60-80-4

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTICS SERVICE CODES Description Figure 60-90-1 2

3 1

B-15551

Press and hold the LIGHTS button (Item 1) for two seconds to view SERVICE CODES in the HOURMETER/ CODE DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 60-90-1]. If more than one SERVICE CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the HOURMETER/CODE DISPLAY. NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause multiple service codes and/or abnormal symptoms. All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, could indicate a bad ground. The same symptoms could apply if the voltage is low, such as loose or corroded battery cables. If you observe these symptoms, check grounds and positive leads first. Service Codes may be either a word (Item 3) or a number (Item 4) [Figure 60-90-1]. (See following pages for service codes.) The following word errors may be displayed. REPLY One or both instrument panel(s) communicating with the controller.

not

INPUT The controller not communicating with the left instrument panel. CODE The controller is asking for a password. (Keyless instrument panel only.) ERRORThe wrong password was entered. (Keyless instrument panel only.) 60-90-1

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List CODE

CODE

01-16 01-17

Air filter not connected Air filter plugged

11-05 11-06

Seat bar sensor short to battery Seat bar sensor short to ground

02-16 02-17

Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter not connected Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter plugged

12-21 12-22 12-23

Front auxiliary PWM switch out of range high Front auxiliary PWM switch out of range low Front auxiliary PWM switch not in neutral

03-09 03-10 03-11 03-14 03-22

Battery voltage low Battery voltage high Battery voltage extremely high Battery voltage extremely low Battery voltage out of range low

13-05 13-06 13-07

Fuel shut-off hold solenoid short to battery Fuel shut-off hold solenoid short to ground Fuel shut-off solenoid open circuit

04-09 04-14 04-15 04-21 04-22

Engine oil pressure low Engine oil pressure extremely low Engine oil pressure shutdown level Engine oil pressure out of range high Engine oil pressure out of range low

14-02 14-03

Fuel shut-off pull solenoid error ON Fuel shut-off pull solenoid error OFF

15-02 15-03

Traction lock pull solenoid error ON Traction lock pull solenoid error OFF

05-09 05-10 05-11 05-14 05-15 05-21 05-22

Hydraulic charge pressure low Hydraulic charge pressure high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low Hydraulic charge pressure shutdown level Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low

16-05 16-06 16-07

Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit

17-05 17-06 17-07

Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to battery Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to ground Hydraulic lock valve solenoid open circuit

06-10 06-11 06-13 06-15 06-18

Engine speed high Engine speed extremely high Engine speed no signal Engine speed shutdown level Engine speed out of range

18-05 18-06 18-07

Spool lock solenoid short to battery Spool lock solenoid short to ground Spool lock solenoid open circuit

19-02 19-03

Bucket positioning solenoid error ON Bucket positioning solenoid error OFF

07-10 07-11 07-15 07-21 07-22

Hydraulic oil temperature high Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high Hydraulic oil temperature shutdown level Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high Hydraulic oil temperature out of range low

20-02 20-03

Two-speed solenoid error ON Two-speed solenoid error OFF

21-02 21-03

Glow plug error ON Glow plug error OFF

08-10 08-11 08-15 08-21 08-22

Engine coolant temperature high Engine coolant temperature extremely high Engine coolant temperature shutdown level Engine coolant temperature out of range high Engine coolant temperature out of range low

22-02 22-03

Starter error ON Starter error OFF

23-02 23-03

Rear base solenoid error ON Rear base solenoid error OFF

09-09 09-21 09-22

Fuel level low Fuel level out of range high Fuel level out of range low

24-02 24-03

Rear rod solenoid error ON Rear rod solenoid error OFF

25-02 10-17

Hydraulic charge filter plugged

Rear auxiliary relief solenoid error ON Rear auxiliary relief solenoid error OFF

25-03

60-90-2

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List (Cont’d) CODE

CODE

26-02 26-03

Front base solenoid error ON Front base solenoid error OFF

27-02 27-03

Front rod solenoid error ON Front rod solenoid error OFF

28-02 28-03

Diverter solenoid error ON Diverter solenoid error OFF

29-02 29-03

High flow solenoid error ON High flow solenoid error OFF

30-28

Controller memory failure

31-28

Interrupted power failure (Also occurs after software updates)

32-04 32-23 32-24 32-31 32-32 32-33 32-34 32-35 32-36 32-37 32-38 32-39 32-40 32-41 32-49 32-50 32-51 32-52 32-53 32-54 32-55 32-56 32-57 32-58 32-59 32-60 32-61 32-62

ACS not communicating with Bobcat Controller ACS calibration required ACS calibration performed ACS Tilt actuator fault ACS Tilt actuator wiring fault ACS Tilt handle wiring fault ACS Tilt actuator not in neutral ACS Tilt handle/pedal not in neutral ACS Lift actuator fault ACS Lift actuator wiring fault ACS Lift handle wiring fault ACS Lift actuator not in neutral ACS Lift handle/pedal not in neutral ACS No communication ACS Lift actuator short to ground ACS Tilt actuator short to ground ACS Lift actuator short to battery ACS Tilt actuator short to battery ACS Lift handle/pedal short to ground ACS Tilt handle/pedal short to ground ACS Lift handle/pedal short to battery ACS Tilt handle/pedal short to battery ACS Lift actuator reduced performance ACS Tilt actuator reduced performance ACS Lift actuator wrong direction ACS Tilt actuator wrong direction ACS Handle lock short to ground ACS Handle lock short to battery

32-63 32-64 32-65 32-66 32-67 32-68 32-70 32-71 32-74 32-75 32-76 32-77

ACS Pedal lock short to ground ACS Pedal lock short to battery ACS Sensor supply voltage out of range ACS Battery voltage out of range ACS Switch flipped while operating ACS Lift handle information error ACS Right hand drive short to ground ACS Right hand drive short to battery ACS Left joystick X-axis out of range ACS Interrupted unswitched power ACS CAN joystick information error ACS Remote control information error

33-23

Main Controller (Bobcat Controller) not programmed

34-04

Keyless panel no communication to Bobcat controller

35-02 35-03

Hydraulic fan error ON Hydraulic fan error OFF

36-48

ACD multiple controllers present

37-02 37-03

Two-speed secondary error ON Two-speed secondary error OFF

38-01 38-02 38-04 38-05 38-06 38-07 38-08 38-09 38-10 38-11 38-12 38-13 38-14 38-15 38-16 38-17 38-18 38-19 38-20

CAN joystick information error Remote control information error No communication from joystick controller Left joystick X axis not in neutral Right joystick X axis not in neutral Left joystick Y axis not in neutral Right joystick Y axis not in neutral Control pattern switch - Short to Battery or Ground Actuator calibration performed Lift actuator not in neutral Tilt actuator not in neutral Lift actuator fault Tilt actuator fault Right wheel speed fault Left wheel speed fault Tilt actuator reduced performance Lift actuator reduced performance Left joystick X axis out of range high Right joystick X axis out of range high

60-90-3

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List (Cont’d) CODE 38-21 38-22 38-23 38-24 38-25 38-26 38-27 38-28 38-29 38-30 38-31 38-32 38-33 38-34 38-35 38-36 38-37 38-38 38-39 38-40 38-41 38-42 38-43 38-44 38-45 38-46 38-47 38-48 38-49 38-50 38-51 38-52 38-53 38-54 38-55 38-56 38-57 38-58 38-59 38-60 38-61 38-62 38-63 38-64 38-65 38-66 38-67

CODE Left joystick Y axis out of range high Right joystick Y axis out of range high Front right steering sensor out of range high Front left steering sensor out of range high Rear right steering sensor out of range high Rear left steering sensor out of range high Lift actuator out of range high Tilt actuator out of range high Left joystick X axis out of range low Right joystick X axis out of range low Left joystick Y axis out of range low Right joystick Y axis out of range low Front right steering sensor out of range low Front left steering sensor out of range low Rear right steering sensor out of range low Rear left steering sensor out of range low 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range low Lift actuator short to ground / out of range low Tilt actuator short to ground / out of range low Tilt actuator wrong direction Lift actuator wrong direction Left forward drive solenoid error ON Left reverse drive solenoid error ON Right forward drive solenoid error ON Right reverse drive solenoid error ON Front right steering solenoid error ON Front left steering solenoid error ON Rear right steering solenoid error ON Rear left steering solenoid error OFF Steering pressure solenoid error ON Back-up alarm error ON Left forward drive solenoid error OFF Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right forward drive solenoid error OFF Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF Front right extend steering solenoid error OFF Front right retract steering solenoid error OFF Front left extend steering solenoid error OFF Front left retract steering solenoid error OFF Rear right extend steering solenoid error OFF Rear right retract steering solenoid error OFF Rear left extend steering solenoid error OFF Rear left retract steering solenoid error OFF Steering pressure solenoid error OFF Back-up alarm error OFF No communication from Bobcat controller

38-68 38-69 38-70 38-71 38-72 38-73 38-74 38-75 38-76 38-77 38-78 38-79 38-80 38-81 38-82 38-83 38-84 38-85 38-86 38-87 38-88 38-89 38-90 38-91 38-92 38-93 38-94 38-95 38-96 38-98 38-99

Wheel angles (alignment) not calibrated Lift & tilt actuators calibration fault Recovery mode failure Battery out of range Drive pump not calibrated Steering mode switch flipped while operating Right wheel speed uncommanded motion Left wheel speed uncommanded motion Undercurrent steer pressure solenoid Undercurrent front right extend steer solenoid Undercurrent front right retract steer solenoid Undercurrent front left extend steer solenoid Undercurrent front left retract steer solenoid Undercurrent rear right extend steer solenoid Undercurrent rear right retract steer solenoid Undercurrent rear left extend steer solenoid Undercurrent rear left retract steer solenoid 5 Volt sensor supply 1 out of range high 5 Volt sensor supply 2 out of range high Front right steering error Front left steering error Rear right steering error Rear left steering error Right speed sensor missing pulses Left speed sensor missing pulses Unresponsive right speed sensor Unresponsive left speed sensor Left speed sensor reverse direction Right speed sensor reverse direction Controller in drive calibration mode Controller in wheel position calibration mode

39-04 39-05 39-07 39-12 39-13 39-16 39-28 39-48

Left joystick no communication to Bobcat controller X-axis not in neutral Y-axis not in neutral Left joystick thumb switch not in neutral Left joystick grip not connected Left joystick not connected Left joystick internal failure Left joystick multiple

40-04 40-05 40-07 40-12 40-13 40-16

Right joystick no communication to Bobcat controller Right joystick X-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick thumb switch not in neutral Right joystick grip not connected Right joystick not connected

60-90-4

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List (Cont’d) CODE

CODE

40-28 40-48

Right joystick internal failure Right joystick multiple

41-09 41-10 41-11

Alternator voltage low Alternator voltage high Alternator voltage extremely high

44-02 44-03

Horn error ON Horn error OFF

45-02 45-03

Right blinker error ON Right blinker error OFF

46-02 46-03

Left blinker error ON Left blinker error OFF

47-21 47-22

8 volt sensor supply out of range high 8 volt sensor supply out of range low

48-02 48-03

Front light relay error ON Front light relay error OFF

49-02 49-03

Rear light relay error ON Rear light relay error OFF

60-21 60-22 60-23

Rear auxiliary control out of range high Rear auxiliary control out of range low Rear auxiliary control not in neutral

64-02 64-03

Switched power relay error ON Switched power relay error OFF

73-04 73-13

Remote control in error Remote control no signal

74-72

Bobcat controller in boot code

75-01 75-04 75-05 75-07 75-08 75-09 75-13 75-14 75-15 75-16 75-17

CAN joystick information error No communication from drive controller Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral ISO/H pattern switch short to ground or battery Right front wheel angle sensor stuck Left front wheel angle sensor stuck Right rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left swash plate not in neutral

75-18 75-19 75-21 75-22 75-23 75-24 75-25 75-26 75-27 75-28 75-29 75-31 75-32 75-33 75-34 75-35 75-36 75-37 75-38 75-39 75-40 75-41 75-42 75-43 75-44 75-45 75-46 75-47 75-48 75-49 75-50 75-51 75-52 75-53 75-54 75-55 75-56 75-57 75-58 75-59 75-60 75-61 75-62 75-63 75-64 75-65 75-66 75-67

60-90-5

Right swash plate not in neutral Left joystick X-axis out of range high Left joystick Y-axis out of range high Right joystick Y-axis out of range high Right front wheel angle sensor out of range high Left front wheel angle sensor out of range high Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left swash plate out of position Right swash plate out of position Left joystick X-axis out of range low Left joystick Y-axis out of range low Right joystick Y-axis out of range low Right front wheel angle sensor out of range low Left front wheel angle sensor out of range low Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range low Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range low 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low Sensor supply 2 out of range low Left swash plate sensor out of range high Left swash plate sensor out of range low Right swash plate sensor out of range high Right swash plate sensor out of range low Left forward drive solenoid error ON Left reverse drive solenoid error ON Right forward drive solenoid error ON Right reverse drive solenoid error ON Right front steer extend short to battery Left front steer extend short to battery Right rear steer extend short to battery Left rear steer extend short to battery Steer pressure short to battery Backup alarm error ON Left forward drive solenoid error OFF Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right forward drive solenoid error OFF Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right front steer extend short to ground Right front steer retract short to ground Left front steer extend short to ground Left front steer retract short to ground Right rear steer extend short to ground Right rear steer retract short to ground Left rear steer extend short to ground Left rear steer retract short to ground Steer pressure short to ground Backup alarm error OFF No communication from Bobcat controller

S130 Service Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List (Cont’d) CODE 75-68 75-69 75-70

CODE

75-71 75-72 75-73 75-74 75-75 75-76 75-77 75-78 75-79 75-80 75-81 75-82 75-83 75-84 75-85 75-86 75-88 75-91 75-92 75-93 75-94 75-95 75-96 75-98

Angle sensors not calibrated Battery voltage out of range high Interrupted power (Also occurs after software updates) Battery voltage out of range low Drive pump not calibrated ISO/H pattern switch flipped while operating Right wheel speed uncommanded motion Left wheel speed uncommanded motion No communication from ACS controller Left speed sensor out of range high Right speed sensor out of range high Left speed sensor out of range low Right speed sensor out of range low Right front steer retract short to battery Left front steer retract short to battery Right rear steer retract short to battery Left rear steer retract short to battery 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 2 out of range high Controller in programming mode Left swash plate sensor reversed Right swash plate sensor reversed Unresponsive right speed sensor Unresponsive left speed sensor Left speed sensor reverse direction Right speed sensor reverse direction Controller in calibration mode

76-73

Left hand panel system RX error

77-48

Key switch multiple

78-74

Door/transport lock open/active

80-02

ACD output ‘A’ error ON

80-03

ACD output ‘A’ error OFF

81-02

ACD output ‘B’ error ON

81-03

ACD output’ B’ error OFF

82-02 82-03

ACD output ‘C’ error ON ACD output ‘C’ error OFF

83-02 83-03

ACD output ‘D’ error ON ACD output ‘D’ error OFF

84-02 84-03

ACD output ‘E’ error ON ACD output ‘E’ error OFF

85-02 85-03

ACD output ‘F’ error ON ACD output ‘F’ error OFF

86-02 86-03

ACD output ‘G’ error ON ACD output ‘G’ error OFF

87-02 87-03

ACD output ‘H’ error ON ACD output ‘H’ error OFF

90-02 90-03

Service tool output ‘C’ error ON Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF

91-02 91-03

Service tool output ‘D’ error ON Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF

92-02 92-03

Service tool output ‘E’ error ON Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF

93-02 93-03

Service tool output ‘F’ error ON Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF

60-90-6

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) Description Figure 60-100-1

4 B-15551G

N-18409

The Bobcat Interlock Control System is an electronic system that is used to protect the operator. The system consists of the traction lock, seat bar sensor and the lift and tilt lockouts solenoid. These all have indicator lights on the left panel [Figure 60-100-1] of the loader cab. The Press To Operate button activates the system and allows the operator to function the loader. If any of these indicator lights do not illuminate the loader will not function.

60-100-1

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) (CONT'D) Inspecting The BICS Controller (Engine STOPPED Key ON) Figure 60-100-2

Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) 6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and raise seat bar fully. Move steering levers slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock should be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. 7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock should be engaged.

4 B-15551G

NOTE: *The TRACTION light on the left instrument panel will remain OFF until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged. Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control

N-18409

1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key ON. (Key Switch Panel), press RUN/ENTER button (Keyless Panel), lower seat bar and disengage parking brake. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Three BICS lights (Items 1, 2 & 3) [PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER, SEAT BAR, AND LIFT & TILT VALVE] on left instrument panel should be ON [Figure 60-1002].

8. Raise the lift arms 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground. Stop engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob clockwise 1/4 turn. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control knob until lift arms slowly lower. Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat bar, start engine and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. 10. Raise lift arms about 6 feet (2 meters) off the ground.

2. Raise seat bar fully. All four BICS lights (Items 1, 2, 3, and 4) [PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER, SEAT BAR, LIFT & TILT VALVE AND TRACTION*] on left instrument panel should be OFF [Figure 60-100-2]. NOTE: Record what lights are blinking (if any) and the number of light flashes. (See Troubleshooting Chart on Page 60-100-4.) Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) 3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Press the auxiliary hydraulics FLOW button. The auxiliary FLOW button light will come ON. Raise the seat bar. The light should be OFF.

11. Turn key OFF (Key Switch Panel), press STOP button (Keyless Panel), and wait for the engine to come to a complete stop. 12. Turn key ON (Key Switch Panel), press RUN/ENTER button (Keyless Panel). Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, move hand control or joystick to lower the lift arms. Lift arms should not lower. 13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket (or attachment) should not tilt forward.

WARNING

Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) 4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking brake and fasten seat belt. 5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms should stop. Repeat using the tilt function.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) must deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT modify the system.

60-100-2

W-2151-0394

S130 Service Manual

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) (CONT'D)

WARNING

Troubleshooting The following troubleshooting guide is provided for assistance in locating and correcting BICS system problems. It is recommended that these procedures be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.

Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to make correct repairs or adjustments can cause injury or death. W-2004-1285

PROBLEM

SOLUTION#

All indicator lights flashing. One of the indicator lights flashing. Intermittent indicator lights.

5 1 2, 3, 4

SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS 1. Refer to BICS troubleshooting chart. (See Troubleshooting Chart on Page 60-100-4.) 2. Check wire connections on Bobcat controller to make sure connectors are locked into place. 3. Check pins in connectors for pins pushed back or bent. 4. Use seatbar sensor tester MEL1428 to isolate problem between sensor and controller and wiring. 5. Possible low or high voltage.

60-100-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-100-3

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) (CONT'D) Troubleshooting Chart The following chart shows the effects which can happen to the loader, and the probable causes when the BICS Instrument Panel lights are off. See [Figure 60-100-3] for location of BICS lights and Icons. Have service procedures performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL.

Press and hold LIGHTS Button (Item 5) [Figure 60-1003] for two seconds to view SERVICE CODES in the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY (Item 6) [Figure 60100-3]. If more than one SERVICE CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY. Indicator Light

Light ON

Light OFF

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is not pressed.

Seat Bar is down.

Seat Bar is up.

Control valve can be used.

Loader can be moved forward & backward

B-15551

SERVICE CODES Means System Error (See Your Bobcat Dealer for Service)

Effect on Operation of Loader When Light is OFF

No. of Flashes

Service Code

Causes

----

11-05

11-06

Seat Bar sensor circuit shorted to battery voltage*. Seat Bar sensor circuit shorted to ground.

Continuous Flashing 1 2 3 3

03-09 03-10 17-07 17-05 17-06 17-06

System voltage low System voltage high Valve output circuit is open. Valve output circuit shorted to battery voltage*. Valve output circuit shorted to ground. Controller not grounded or intermittent ground.

Continuous Flashing 1 2

03-09 03-10 16-07 16-05

16-06

15-02

15-03

Continuous Flashing

03-09 03-10

System voltage low System voltage high Traction lock hold solenoid circuit is open. Traction lock hold solenoid circuit shorted to battery voltage*. Traction lock hold solenoid circuit shorted to ground. Traction lock pull solenoid circuit is shorted to battery voltage* - ERROR ON (Should be OFF). Traction lock pull solenoid circuit ERROR OFF (Should be ON). System voltage low System voltage high

Lift and tilt functions will not operate.

Control valve Lift and tilt cannot be used. functions will not operate.

Loader cannot be moved forward and backward.

*Normal BICS operating voltage is less than the electrical system voltage.

60-100-4

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR SENSOR

Troubleshooting

Description

The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting BICS system problems. It is recommended that these procedures be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.

The seat bar sensor is part of the BICS system. The seat bar sensor sends a signal that indicates whether the seat bar is in the down or up position. The sensor is located on the left side of seat bar.

WARNING Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to make correct repairs or adjustments can cause injury or death. W-2004-1285

PROBLEM

SOLUTION #

Indicator light does not come ON when seat bar is lowered.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5

SOLUTION SUGGESTIONS 1. Check sensor wire connection. 2. Use the BICS sensor tester MEL1428 with seat bar adapter MEL1567 to check sensor and controller. 3. Check for loose hardware. 4. Check keyed bushing to make sure magnet collar rotates with seat bar. 5. Check magnet collar magnets for contamination such as metal particles.

60-110-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-110-3

SEAT BAR SENSOR (CONT'D) Testing Figure 60-110-1

1 1 P-4698

If there is no power light (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-3] on the sensor tester, check the tester or wiring harness.

N-18463

Figure 60-110-4 Use Sensor Tester (MEL1428) and seat bar sensor tester adapter (MEL1567) for the following procedure: Connect the seat bar adapter sensor leads (MEL1567) to the sensor tester. 1 Disconnect the seat bar sensor connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-1]. Figure 60-110-2

P-4699

Lower the seat bar. The Sensor Test light (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-4] should illuminate.

N-19557

Raise the seat bar. The Sensor Test light (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-4] should go off. If the above test fails, there is a problem with the seat bar sensor.

N-19558

Disconnect the Sensor Tester. Connect the Sensor Tester (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-2] inline, to the seat bar sensor connectors. See inset [Figure 60-110-2]. Turn the key to the ON position. DO NOT START THE ENGINE.

Replace the Seat Bar Sensor. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-110-3.) If the above test passes, run the seat bar sensor BICS circuit test. (See Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) Circuit Test on Page 60-110-5.)

The toggle switch (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-3] can be in either the Absent or Present position.

60-110-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-110-6

SEAT BAR SENSOR (CONT'D) Removal And Installation Figure 60-110-5

3 1 1

P-43382

Remove the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-5] from the loader. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-10-1.)

N-19219

Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) from the seat bar mount (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-6]. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 50 - 70 in.-lb. (5,6 - 7,9 N•m) torque. Remove the sensor mounting bolt (Item 3) [Figure 60110-6] and nut.

60-110-3

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR SENSOR (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 60-110-7

2 3

N-19383

Remove the keyed plastic bushing (Item 1) magnetic bushing assembly (Item 2) and sensor bracket (Item 3) [Figure 60-110-7].

IMPORTANT Be careful to not overtighten the sensor mounting bolt and nut to prevent breakage of the sensor. I-2088-1095

Installation: Be sure the tabs on the pivot bushing are positioned in the slotted hole (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-7] of the seat bar. Inspect all parts for damage and wear and replace if necessary. Reverse the removal procedure to install the seat bar sensor.

60-110-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-110-9

SEAT BAR SENSOR (CONT'D) Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) Circuit Test Figure 60-110-8

1 1 P-4703

Connect Sensor Tester (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-9] inline to the seat bar sensor connectors.

N-18463

Use Sensor Testers (MEL1428) and seat bar sensor tester adapter (MEL1567) for the following procedure: Connect the seat bar sensor tester adapter MEL1567 to the sensor tester. Disconnect the seat bar sensor connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-8].

Turn the key to the ON position. DO NOT START THE ENGINE. If there is no power light on the sensor tester, check the tester or wiring harness. When the power light is illuminated, move the toggle switch (Item 2) [Figure 60-110-9] on the sensor tester to the Present position. NOTE: The sensor test light (Item 3) [Figure 60-110-9] is only activated by the seat bar. It will be off with the seat bar up or on with the seat bar down.

60-110-5

S130 Service Manual

SEAT BAR SENSOR (CONT'D) Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS) Circuit Test (Cont’d) Figure 60-110-10

N-18409

The BICS seat bar indicator light (Item 1) [Figure 60-11010] should illuminate. Figure 60-110-11

P-4699

Move the toggle switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-11] on the sensor tester to the Absent position. The Seat Bar light (Item 1) [Figure 60-110-10] should go off. If the above test fails, there is a problem with the Bobcat controller or the wiring harness.

60-110-6

S130 Service Manual

TRACTION LOCK

Troubleshooting

Description

The Traction Lock Control System will lock the traction drive system when the engine stops. The Traction Lock Control System is incorporated into the BICS System.

WARNING Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Failure to make correct repairs or adjustments can cause injury or death. W-2004-1285

PROBLEM

CAUSE

Traction lock stays engaged.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,11,12,13

Intermittent activation of traction lock.

8, 9, 10, 11 KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE

1. Make sure brake pedal is not engaged. 2. Maneuver loader to allow brake discs to move and remove pressure on the brake wedge so it can retract. 3. If all lights indicate the brake should be released, but it has not released, check the brake 30 amp. fuse. 4. When checking fuse, also check other fuses. Check the fuse block for correct orientation and location of fuses. (See Fuse And Relay Location / Identification on Page 60-10-8.) 5. To test the solenoid, the pull coil should be about 0.3 ohm and the hold coil should be about 10.9 ohm. 6. Check brake solenoid and cover mounting hardware for the correct torque. 7. Remove brake cover and check wedges for binding in the wedge guides. 8. Check wire connections for loose connector body. 9. Check for loose or bent pins in connectors. 10. Check for loose spade connectors in fuse holder. 11. Check flywheel RPM sensor and wiring. 12. Check the Display Panel for an error code. (See Electrical System Service Manual) 13. Check brake solenoid wiring voltage, solenoid wiring should read 12 volts.

60-120-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-120-2

TRACTION LOCK (CONT'D) Removal And Installation

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not modify the electrical wiring connected to the traction lock solenoid or any part of the traction lock system. The traction lock provides the locking function of the parking brake. Service work on the traction lock system should only be performed by a qualified technician. Use only genuine Bobcat Company parts if repair is necessary.

P-54187

W-2165-0100

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 1030-2.) Figure 60-120-1

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and remove the bracket (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-2] from the chaincase cover. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to the bolt threads and tighten the mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque. Be sure the solenoid mounting bracket is installed in the same position. The solenoid mounting surface has a slight angle which tips the top of the solenoid toward the rear of the loader when installed correctly. See inset photo [Figure 60-120-1].

P-4712

Figure 60-120-3

1 1 P-54174

2 NOTE: The loader control panel and linkage crossbar have been removed for clarity purpose only. The traction lock can be removed without removing the control panel. Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 60120-1] from the electric solenoid mounting bracket. Installation: Tighten the mounting screws to 80 - 90 in.lb. (9 - 10 N•m) torque. Remove the electric solenoid (Item 2) from the chaincase cover [Figure 60-120-1].

P-68141

Remove the traction lock assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60120-3] from the chaincase. Inspect gasket (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-3], replace if necessary.

60-120-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-120-5

TRACTION LOCK (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 60-120-4 2 4

P-68144

Remove the shaft mounting bolt (Item 1), spring (Item 2), washer (Item 3) and wedge (Item 4) from the assembly shaft (Item 5) [Figure 60-120-5]. Inspect all parts for damage or wear. Replace if necessary.

P-68143

Remove and inspect the compression spring (Item 1) and spring cap washer (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-4] for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. The spring may also stay with the shaft when the electric solenoid and bracket are removed from the chaincase. Installation: Install the compression spring (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-4] on the collar located on the electric solenoid.

Installation: Thoroughly clean and dry the shaft mounting bolt (Item 1), the shaft (Item 5) and wedge (Item 4) [Figure 60-120-5]. Use Loctite® #242 when assembling these parts to the traction lock assembly. Figure 60-120-6

Inspect the shaft (Item 3) and wedge (Item 4) [Figure 60120-4] for scoring and deep scratches, replace if damaged. (Item 3) [Figure 60-120-4] from the chaincase. 1

2 P-54196

Inspect the guides (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-6] for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. If replacement is necessary, remove the center chaincase cover. Remove the screws (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-6] and pry the center cover off. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealant to the screw threads and center chaincase cover. Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

60-120-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-120-9

TRACTION LOCK (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

1 3

Figure 60-120-7

2 P-54200

Installation: Thoroughly clean the polyurethane from the chaincase cover (Item 1), bolts (Item 2) and traction lock guides (Item 3) [Figure 60-120-9] and dry.

P11331

NOTE: Bolt (Item 1) is on the rear of the chaincase cover, notice the direction of the groove (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-7] in the traction lock guides.

Figure 60-120-10

Figure 60-120-8

P11333

Installation: Apply a bead of polyurethane on the traction lock guides and bolts [Figure 60-120-10].

1 P-54195

To remove the traction lock guides remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-8].

60-120-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-120-12

TRACTION LOCK (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 60-120-11 INCORRECT

CORRECT

2 3 2

P11337

1 N-19106

Install the traction wedge assembly (Item 1) into the solenoid and traction lock guides (Item 2) [Figure 60120-12].

N-19105

Install the traction lock guides (Item 1) to the chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 60-120-11] using the four bolts (removed earlier).

After the bolts have been tightened recheck to make sure the shaft assembly is moving freely in the guides.

Do not tighten at this time.

Remove the wedge assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60-12012]. NOTE: The wedge assembly must slide freely in the grooves of the guides. Tighten the four guide bolts to 90 - 100 ft.-lb. (123 - 135 N•m) torque. Lower operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Perform the BICS inspection procedure. (See Inspecting The BICS Controller (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) on Page 60-100-2.)

60-120-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-120-14

TRACTION LOCK (CONT'D) Inspecting Figure 60-120-13

P-68145

Check the wire connections at the engine flywheel RPM speed sensor (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-14].

N-18409

NOTE: When the Traction Lock Override Button is activated, the Traction Lock Override Control System will NOT engage the Traction Lock if the engine stops. See Adjusting on Page 60-170-1 for Flywheel RPM sensor adjustment. 1

B-15551G

Fasten the seat belt, disengage the parking brake button, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-13] and raise the Seat Bar fully. Move the steering levers slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock (Item 4) [Figure 60-120-13] should be engaged. Lower the Seat Bar. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-120-13].

Fasten the seat belt, disengage the parking brake pedal, press the green PRESS TO OPERATE Button and raise the Seat Bar fully. Move the control levers slowly forward and backward. The Traction lock should be engaged. Lower the Seat Bar. Press the green PRESS TO OPERATE Button. Engage the parking brake pedal and move the control levers slowly forward and backward. The Traction lock should be engaged.

Engage the parking brake pedal and move the steering levers slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock should be engaged. NOTE: The TRACTION light on the left instrument panel will remain OFF until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.

60-120-6

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) Description The (ACS) Actuator Control System system is an option that allows the operator to quickly switch between foot and hand control modes. The ACS control uses the electric actuators on the main hydraulic control valve to control the lift and tilt spools in the hydraulic control valve, foot sensors, handle sensors and a specially designed control handle. Hand controls contain a locking solenoid which lock when the switch on the center control panel is switched to foot mode. Foot controls also contain solenoids which lock when the switch on the center control panel is switched to hand mode. Both the hand and foot controls contain sensors that relay information to the ACS controller as to which function should be activated and how far the spool should be moved.

60-130-1

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Troubleshooting Chart The Advanced Control System (ACS) has a built-in diagnostic function which uses an icon on the right instrument panel to indicate the condition of the ACS SYSTEM. The system also records the alarm condition as a service code. The control module continually checks the system in the order listed. The checks start with the lift handle sensor and then the lift actuator. If no problems are present, it will then check the tilt handle sensor and the tilt actuator. The system will stop its check at the first problem and then illuminate the icon. The system starts its diagnostics and calibration when the ignition key is turned ON. The following list shows the probable causes when the icon is illuminated. Advanced Control System

Attachment Control Device

General Warning

Fuel Level

System Voltage

Engine Oil Pressure

Engine Coolant Temperature

Air Filter

Two Speed

Glow Plugs

Seat Belt

Hydraulic Charge Pressure

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

Hydraulic Filter

Advanced Control System Errors-lights solid with 3 beeps 32-04- ACS in error 32-23- ACS not calibrated 32-31- Tilt actuator fault 32-34- Tilt actuator not calibrated 32-35- Tilt handle/pedal not calibrated 32-36- Lift actuator fault 32-39- Lift actuator not calibrated 32-40- Lift handle/pedal not calibrated 32-49- Lift actuator short to ground 32-50- Tilt actuator short to ground 32-51- Lift actuator short to battery 32-52- Tilt actuator short to battery 32-53- Lift handle/pedal short to ground

32-54- Tilt handle/pedal short to ground 32-55- Lift handle/pedal short to battery 32-56- Tilt handle/pedal short to battery 32-57- Lift actuator reduced performance 32-58- Tilt actuator reduced performance 32-59- Lift actuator wrong direction 32-60- Tilt actuator wrong direction 32-61- Handle lock short to ground 32-62- Handle lock short to battery 32-63- Pedal lock short to ground 32-64- Pedal lock short to battery 32-65- Sensor supply voltage out of range 32-66- Battery out of range 32-67- Switch flipped while operating

To see what error occurred. (See SPEED SENSORS (SJC) on Page 60-80-1.)

60-130-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-130-3

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Handle Sensor Connector Disassembly And Assembly Figure 60-130-1

1 2

P13733

With a pointed tool, lift the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-3] and pull the wire from the connector. P16578

Installation: Install the wires into the connector as listed below [Figure 60-130-3]: The wire connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-1] can be removed from the handle sensor wires, using the following procedure.

1-Terminal - Red 2-Terminal - Black

Figure 60-130-2 3-Terminal - Green

1 1

P13725

P13732

Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-2] from the connector.

60-130-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-130-6

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Switch Handle Removal Figure 60-130-4

3 2 1

P13735

Using a pointed tool, press down on the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-6] and pull the wire from the connector.

P-21879

Figure 60-130-7 NOTE: Switch handle can be removed and installed while in loader. Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60130-4] from the handle sensor connector. Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60130-4] from the handle lock solenoid connector. 1

Figure 60-130-5

1 P13725

P13732

Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-7] from the harness connector (Black) that connects to the handle lock solenoid connector.

1 P13725

P13732

Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-5] from the harness connector (Gray) that connects to the handle sensor connector.

60-130-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-130-10

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Switch Handle Removal (Cont'd) Figure 60-130-8

3 2

N-17772

1 Disconnect the left switch handle connectors (Items 1, 2, 3 & 4) [Figure 60-130-10] from the loader wiring harness connectors.

P13735

Using a pointed tool, press down on the tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-8] and pull the wire from the connector.

Figure 60-130-11

Figure 60-130-9

1 1

N-22783

2 Roll the pistol grip handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 60-13011] down.

P-54184

Disconnect the right switch handle connectors (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 60-130-9] from the loader wiring harness connectors.

Using a small screwdriver, lift the handle tabs (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-11] and slightly rotate the switch handle.

60-130-5

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D)

Switch Handle Installation

Switch Handle Removal (Cont'd)

Figure 60-130-14

Figure 60-130-12

Tape 1/2 of Wires Tape back 1/2 of Wires

P-24233

P-21699 N-22784

When installing the new switch handle, tape the wire terminals together. Pull the switch handle and wiring harness assembly (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-12] from the control lever. Cut the wires (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-12] below the switch handle and remove switch handle. NOTE: Only cut the wires if the switch handle is bad and needs replacement. If the switch handle is good and just needs to be removed for control handle or lever replacement, then remove the connectors on the end of the harness and pull switch handle and harness up through the top of the lever tube.

The switch handle comes with a 6 inch piece of heat shrink tubing placed over the end of the wires. Remove the heat shrink tube from the end of the wires before routing the harness through handle and control lever tube. NOTE: Leave all the other heat shrink tube on the wires for protection. Tape half of the wires back and half forward [Figure 60130-14] to keep the harness small enough to route through the control lever tube.

Figure 60-130-13

P-24234

If the harness has been cut: pull the harness (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-13] out through the bottom of the control lever tube.

60-130-6

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D)

Install the wires into the connectors as listed below:

Switch Handle Installation (Cont'd)

Right Switch Handle

Figure 60-130-15

Ten-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Orange B-Terminal - White C-Terminal - White/Black D-Terminal - White/Red E-Terminal - Dk. Green F-Terminal - White/Lt. Green G-Terminal - Yellow/Red H-Terminal - Lt. Green J-Terminal - Yellow K-Terminal - Orange/Black

Three-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Red/White B-Terminal - Black/White C-Terminal - Purple/White

P-21700A

Install the new switch handle and wires from the top of the control lever. Route wire (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-15] through the casting, along side the handle sensor and into the control lever tube. NOTE: Do not pull the wire harness tight. Allow a small amount of slack or slight bend at the handle pivot area. Verify the control handle returns to neutral position. Figure 60-130-16

Left Switch Handle Ten-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Orange B-Terminal - Dk. Blue C-Terminal - White D-Terminal - Purple E-Terminal - Yellow/Red F-Terminal - Tan G-Terminal - Pink H-Terminal - Orange/Black J-Terminal - Blank K-Terminal - Blank Three-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Red/White B-Terminal - Black/White C-Terminal - Purple/White

Two-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Black B-Terminal - Red Five-Pin Connector A-Terminal - Dk. Green B-Terminal - Brown C-Terminal - Blank D-Terminal - Yellow E-Terminal - Blank

P-21695

Remove tape from wires for installation and install the 6 inches of heat shrink tube (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-16] approximately 3 inches into the control lever. Apply heat to the exposed heat shrink tube. Inspect the wire terminal tabs (Item 2) [Figure 60-13016] and re-bend tabs if necessary. 60-130-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-130-19

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Switch Handle Installation (Cont'd) Figure 60-130-17

3 2

P13735

Install the wires into the connectors as listed below: P-54184

Left and Right Control Lever Switch Handle [Figure 60130-19] Figure 60-130-18 1-Terminal - Red/White 2-Terminal - Black/White 3-Terminal - Purple/White

Figure 60-130-20

N-17772

Connect the handle harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-17] & [Figure 60-130-18] to the loader harness connectors.

P13735

Left and Right Control Lever Switch Handle [Figure 60130-20] 1-Terminal - Yellow/Red 2-Terminal - Open 3-Terminal - Orange/Black

60-130-8

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D)

Actuator Connector Disassembly And Assembly

Switch Handle Installation (Cont'd)

NOTE: Actuator shown removed for clarity. Not necessary for procedure.

Figure 60-130-21 Figure 60-130-22

P-21804 P-66842

Connect the handle harness connectors to the sensor and lock solenoid connectors [Figure 60-130-21].

Check the actuator wiring harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-22] and replace if broken. Figure 60-130-23

N-17741

Installation: Install the wires into the connector as listed below. The terminal numbers are written on the back of the connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-23]. Lift and Tilt Actuator 1. Terminal-Black/Green-Larger diameter wire (16 gauge) 2. Terminal-Green-Larger diameter wire (16 gauge) 3. Terminal-Red/Green-Larger diameter wire (16 gauge) 4. Terminal-Open 5. Terminal-Red-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge) 6. Terminal-Open 7. Terminal-Open 8. Terminal-Black-Smaller diameter wire (18 gauge) 60-130-9

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D)

Handle Lock Solenoid Disassembly And Assembly

Handle Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 60-130-26

Figure 60-130-24

1 2 P-21878A

1 P-21836

Remove solenoid (Item 1) from the solenoid mount (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-26]. Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 60130-24] from the handle sensor connector. Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 60130-24] from the handle lock solenoid connector.

Installation: Apply a drop of oil to the solenoid threads and tighten solenoid to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) lubed torque. Figure 60-130-27

Figure 60-130-25

P-21789 P-21832

Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-25] holding the handle lock solenoid to the handle.

Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-27] for damage. Replace as necessary.

Installation: Tighten the screws to 32 - 38 in.-lb. (3,6 4,3 N•m) torque. Remove handle lock solenoid assembly from handle.

60-130-10

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Foot Sensor Disassembly And Assembly Figure 60-130-28

1 1 P-24269

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-28] from the end of the foot sensor. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 90 in.-lb. (10,2 N•m) torque. Apply Loctite® 242 to the threads. Figure 60-130-29 5

4 2 1

P-24270

Remove the boot retainer (Item 1), boot (Item 2), spool stop plate (Item 3), O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 60-130-29]. NOTE: Do not disassemble the sensor assembly (Item 5) [Figure 60-130-29]. The sensor assembly is a calibrated assembly and cannot be serviced. Order through Bobcat Parts.

60-130-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-130-32

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (CONT'D) Foot Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation Figure 60-130-30

P-21790

Check the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-32] for damage. Replace as necessary.

P-30077

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-30] from the foot sensor shield. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 80 - 90 in.-lb. (9,0 - 10,2 N•m) torque. Figure 60-130-31

P-30078

Disconnect the foot lock solenoid connector (Item 1) [Figure 60-130-31] from the harness. Remove foot lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 60-130-31]. Installation: Apply a drop of oil on the solenoid threads and tighten the solenoid to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (47 - 54 N•m) lubed torque.

60-130-12

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS Identification Chart

Left Side Control Handle Switches

B-16447

xxxxxxxxx Switch Number

Solenoid Number Activated RH

HFH

Attachment Harness Attachment Harness Terminal Connector Activated

1, 8

2, 3

6, 7

K, A, D

1, 3

5, 7

K, A, C

1, 3

5, 7

K, E

1, 3

5, 7

K, F

1, 3

5, 7

K, G

1, 3

5, 7

K, H

10, 11, 12, 13, 14

Fourteen Pin Connector Viewed from front (pin side of connector) of loader.

Right Side Control Handle Switches

B-16449 B-16448

NOTE: All diagnostics must be done at the fourteen pin connector (Item 1). The ACD (Attachment Control Device) Icon, located in the right instrument panel on the loader cab, must be illuminated continuously. If the ACD light flashes, check for diagnostic service codes. See the Electrical System Service Manual for the proper procedure. RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option. * If harness terminals K & L are jumped together, switches 4 thru 9 will function the same as switch 1 & 2. * Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON.

60-140-1

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Identification Chart (Cont’d)

Solenoid Number

Hydraulic Coupler

Wiring Number

Front

S130

Female (Base)

4340

Front 2 1

3 4

Male (Rod) Diverter & Bleed Rear Aux Base Rear Aux Rod

4330 4450/4480 4440 4430

NOTE: Front Auxiliary Pressure Release is accomplished by manually pushing the male and female couplers in at the front auxiliary coupler block. The Hydraulic Pressure Release Button will activate solenoid number 3 at the diverter valve, shut down the loader, and bleed the rear auxiliary (If so equipped.) and also the right side front auxiliary. (If so equipped.)

60-140-2

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS REFERENCE (SJC) Identification Chart

RIGHT HAND

18 1

2 8

10 11 9 16

P-24802

1. Front Aux. 2. Front Aux. 3. Auxiliary Detent 8. Right Ski (Up) 9. Right Ski (Down) 10. Right Blink 11. Left Blink 16. Float (Yellow in Color) 17. Future Function 18. Future Function

P-73298

LEFT HAND

19 4

4. Rear Aux. (Side Shift 5. Rear Aux. (Side Shift) 6. Left Skit (Up) 7. Left Ski (Down) 12. Two-Speed (High) 13. Two-Speed (Low) 14. Horn 15. Inching Control (Grey in Color) 19. Future Function 20. Future Function

20 5

12 6 7

P-24820

60-141-1

P-73297

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS REFERENCE (SJC) (CONT’D) Identification Chart (Cont’d)

xxxxxxxxx Switch Number

Left Side Control Handle Switches

Solenoid Number Activated

Attachment Harness Terminal Activated

STD

HFH

HRH

1, 6

3, 5

K, A, D

3, 4

K, A, C

3, 4

K, E

3, 4

K, F

3, 4

K, G

9 1 3, 4 Attachment Harness Connector

3, 4

K, H

Fourteen Pin Connector Viewed from front (pin side of connector) of loader.

Right Side Control Handle Switches

9 2

1 B-16449

NOTE: All diagnostics must be done at the fourteen pin connector (Item 1). (If so equipped as a dealer installed kit.) The ACD (Attachment Control Device) automatically recognizes the use of the seven or fourteen pin connector when connected. If the ACD light flashes, check for diagnostic service codes. See the Electrical System Service Manual for the proper procedure. RH - Loaders with Rear Hydraulics Option. HFH - Loaders with High Flow Hydraulics Option. * If harness terminals K & L are jumped together, switches 4 thru 9 will function the same as switch 1 & 2. * Terminal K is activated with Key switch ON. HRH - Loaders with High Flow and Rear Hydraulics Option.

60-141-2

S130 Service Manual

ELECTRICAL/HYDRAULIC CONTROLS REFERENCE (SELECTABLE JOYSTICK CONTROL) (SJC) (CONT’D) Identification Chart (Cont’d)

T130

Solenoid Number

4 5

Front Female (Base) Front Male (Rod) Diverter & Bleed Rear Aux Base Rear Aux Rod

High Flow

1 6 2

2 3

Hydraulic Coupler

Wiring Number 4340

4330 4450/4480 4440 4430 4460

NOTE: Front Auxiliary Pressure Release is accomplished by manually pushing the male and female couplers in at the front auxiliary block. The Hydraulic Pressure Release Button will activate solenoid number 4 at the diverter valve, shut down the loader, and bleed the rear auxiliary (If so equipped.) and also the right side front auxiliary. (If so equipped.) The Hi-Flow Button in the left side instrument panel must be pushed ON to activate solenoid number 5 on the Hi-Flow valve.

60-141-3

S130 Service Manual

60-141-4

S130 Service Manual

SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER)

Connecting Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)

Connecting To The Remote Start Tool

Figure 60-150-2

Figure 60-150-1 2

3 1 P-76450 P16119

The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL1563 or 6689779 - Remote Start Tool MEL1565 - Service Tool Harness Control MEL1566 - Service Tool Harness Communicator (Computer Interface) NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF position. The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool (Item 2) [Figure 60-150-1]. When connected to the loader, the Service PC is used to monitor, conduct diagnostics, and upgrade software. Connect the Service Tool Harness Communicator (MEL1566) (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-1] to the designated serial port on the Service PC. NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should not exceed 15 feet. A serial cable longer than 15 feet will create a degraded signal causing communication errors. Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote Start Tool. Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.)

Order from Bobcat Parts P/N: 6689779 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit Kit Includes: 6689778 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) 6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness 6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness 6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness NOTE: Make all connections with the key in the OFF position. The Service PC (Item 1) with the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 2) [Figure 60-150-2]. When connected to the loader, the Service PC is used to monitor, conduct diagnostics, and upgrade software. Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Computer Service Tool Harness (Item 3) [Figure 60-150-2] to the designated serial port on the Service PC. NOTE: The recommended serial cable length should not exceed 15 feet. A serial cable longer than 15 feet will create a degraded signal causing communication errors. Connect the other end to the connector on the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool). Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 6689779 on Page 10-61-1.)

60-150-1

S130 Service Manual

60-150-2

S130 Service Manual

CALIBRATION

Actuator Testing

Description

Figure 60-160-1

Calibration procedures must be followed when replacing a hydraulic control valve, actuator, Drive / Drive+ Controller, ACS Controller, pump controller, hydrostatic pump, or hydrostatic motor. Failure to calibrate after component replacement may result in poor performance or reduced life of actuator(s). The Actuator Test is performed with the Service PC. The Actuator Test should be used if reduced performance codes are present or when replacing a controller or actuator. NOTE: The Actuator Test should be used as the preferred method of actuator and valve spool calibration. The Lift and Tilt Calibration (ACS) provides set points to the ACS controller to actuate the lift and tilt valve. The Lift and Tilt Calibration (ACS) should be used if reduced performance codes are present or when replacing a controller or actuator. The Lift and Tilt Calibration (SJC) provides set points to the ACS controller to actuate the lift and tilt valve. The Lift and Tilt Calibration (SJC) should be used if reduced performance codes are present or when replacing a controller or actuator. The Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) provides set points to the Drive controller to actuate the hydrostatic controller that directs flow to a servo piston. Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) should be performed when a desired travel path can not be attained or replacing the hydrostatic pump, hydrostatic motor, or controller. After Performing a Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC), Steering Drift Compensation can be used to fine tune the hydrostatic pump control. For more information on Steering Drift Compensation (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 60161-1.)

CONTROL VALVE ACTUATORS

P-54336

[Figure 60-160-1] Excessive actuator loading can occur if the actuator and valve spool components are misaligned. Misalignment may reduce spool stroke performance and reduce the life of the actuator. Starting with software version 36, the Bobcat Service Analyzer will be able to perform tests to diagnose actuator and valve spool misalignment. Connect the Service PC (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.) If a Service PC is not available, (See Lift And Tilt Calibration (SJC) on Page 60-160-5.) or (See Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-3.). NOTE: Warm the hydraulic oil to room temperature 72° F (22° C), stop the engine and clear all active service codes before running the test. Once the test is initiated, an automatic calibration sequence will start. When calibration is complete, the test will be performed and the results can be viewed on the Service PC (Laptop) monitor.

NOTE: The Actuator Test is the only test that uses a Service PC. The Lift and Tilt Calibration (ACS or SJC) does not need to be performed if the Actuator Testing is being performed with the Service PC. The Hydrostatic Pump Calibration does not need to be performed with the Actuator Test or Lift and Tilt Calibration (SJC).

60-160-1

S130 Service Manual

CALIBRATION (CONT’D) Actuator Testing (Cont’d) This test will engage both actuators to fully stroke the spools then allow the centering springs to return the spools to neutral. Next, both actuators are engaged to move the spools just past the neutral points then allow the centering springs to return the spools to neutral. When complete, the Actuator Test will show a pass mode or fail mode. The pass mode indicates that no problems were detected. The fail mode indicates one or a combination of three problems below. •

Actuator slow return to neutral. The spool returns to neutral too slowly.

•

Actuator did not fully extend/retract. During the test, the spool was not able to fully stroke in both directions.

•

Actuator out of neutral. The spool did not return to the neutral window during the test.

NOTE: A time out will occur if the test cannot be completed within 8 seconds. If this happens, retry the test.

If the Actuator Test fails after the hydraulic oil is warmed, go to the next step and loosen the bolts that mount the actuator to the control valve. Loosen the bolts just enough so the actuator can be moved slightly up / down or side / side. Rerun the Actuator Test, if the test passes, check the following probable causes in Column 1 [Figure 60-1602]. Check the probable causes in the order they are listed. Repairing one cause may be all that is required. Re-run the test to verify. NOTE: Actuator and spool misalignment. Re-tighten the two bolts evenly, turn the first bolt one turn, then turn the other bolt one turn until both bolts are tight. The pin may be too large. Oversized pins exceeding 0.248 in. (6,30 mm) in diameter should be replaced. If the Actuator Test failed due to a slow return to neutral after checking the probable causes in Column 1 [Figure 60-160-2], check the following probable causes in Column 2 [Figure 60-160-2]. •

Contamination in the spool.

•

The spool end cap may be defective or the centering spring may be broken. Inspect the end cap and the centering spring, replace if necessary.

•

The wire harness or connectors may have an intermittent short. Check the connections and wire harnesses.

•

The controller may be defective, replace the controller.

60-160-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-2 Run Actuator Test Pass

Fail

Retest With Warm Hydraulic Oil Pass

Fail Loosen Actuator Pass

Column 1 Probable Cause • Misaligned Assembly • Pin • Contamination in Spool

Fail

Column 2 Probable Cause • Actuator • End Cap / Center Spring • Wire Harness • Controller • Contamination in Spool

[Figure 60-160-2] If the initial Actuator Test results in a fail mode due to a slow return to neutral, follow the troubleshooting tree to pinpoint the probable cause.

CALIBRATION (CONT’D)

Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS)

Actuator Testing (Cont’d)

The controller uses a calibration sequence to optimize the control system. The optimizing ensures full spool stroke (full flow) while preventing over stroke (loading) of the actuator and resets the calibration points in the controller.

If the initial Actuator Test results in the fail mode actuator did not fully extend / retract, check the following. •

The actuator connectors may be reversed between the lift and tilt actuator. Reverse the connectors and rerun the Actuator Test.

•

The actuator may be weak, replace the actuator.

•

The spool end cap may be defective or the centering spring may be broken. Inspect the end cap and the centering spring, replace if necessary.

•

Contamination in the spool.

If the initial Actuator Test results in the fail mode actuator out of neutral, check the following. •

The actuator may be defective, replace the actuator.

•

The spool end cap may be defective or the centering spring may be broken. Inspect the end cap and the centering spring, replace if necessary.

•

NOTE: The Actuator Test is the preferred method to calibrate the lift and tilt actuator. (See Actuator Testing on Page 60-160-1.) NOTE: This calibration procedure must be followed when replacing a hydraulic control valve, actuator or ACS controller. Failure to calibrate after component replacement may result in poor performance or reduced life of actuator(s). Figure 60-160-3

Contamination in the spool.

P-24826

Update the loader service software to the latest version. Place the rocker switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-3] in the hand control mode.

60-160-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-6

CALIBRATION (CONT’D) Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS) (Cont’d)

Stroke Both Handles Fully In and Hold Them

Figure 60-160-4

Turn the Key On or Press RUN/ENTER B-16628

Fully stroke both control handles in toward the center of the cab and hold the handles [Figure 60-160-6].

B-16626

Close the cab door. (If loader is equipped.)

Lift the seat bar, high enough for the PRESS TO OPERATE light (Item 2) [Figure 60-160-5] to go OFF.

With the seat bar down, turn the ignition key ON (keyless panel press RUN/ENTER) [Figure 60-160-4].

Lower the seat bar. Figure 60-160-7

NOTE: Do not start the engine. Figure 60-160-5

1 2

B-16627

Push the PRESS TO OPERATE button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-7] to begin calibration.

B-16627

Push the PRESS TO OPERATE button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-5] to unlock the hand controls.

NOTE: The ACS icon will light up and if you listen closely the cycling of the actuators can be heard. The ACS icon will stay lit until the ignition key is cycled or the loader is started and a function is operated. NOTE: During the calibration cycle, the system will beep three times. Once the calibration is complete code 32-24 (Calibration Performed) will be generated. Release the control handles. Calibration is complete.

60-160-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-8

CALIBRATION (CONT’D) Lift And Tilt Calibration (SJC) The controller uses a calibration sequence to optimize the control system. The optimizing ensures full spool stroke (full flow) while preventing over stroke (loading) of the actuator and resets the calibration points in the controller.

NOTE: The Actuator Test is the preferred method to calibrate the lift and tilt actuator. (See Actuator Testing on Page 60-160-1.) NOTE: This calibration procedure must be followed when replacing the hydraulic control valve, lift or tilt actuator, or drive controller. Failure to calibrate after component replacement may result in poor performance or reduced life of actuator(s).

P-45240

With an operator in the seat and the seat bar down. Close the cab door. (If loader is equipped.) Place the loader Control Pattern Switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-8] in the ISO position. Figure 60-160-9

B-19874

P-28063

Move the right joystick to the forward-right corner position [Figure 60-160-9] and hold in position.

60-160-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-12

CALIBRATION (CONT’D) Lift And Tilt Calibration (SJC) (Cont’d) Figure 60-160-10

1 P-26477A

At the left panel, press the PRESS TO OPERATE Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-12] while holding the right joystick in position.

P-26475

Figure 60-160-11

Release the joystick. NOTE: During the calibration cycle, the system will beep three times. Once the calibration is complete code 32-24 (Calibration Performed) will be generated. The ACS controller will cycle the actuators. The lift and tilt calibration is complete.

P-26480

Turn the key (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-10] to the RUN position or press the RUN/ENTER button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-11] for power, without starting the loader. The loader Control Pattern Switch (Item 1) [Figure 60160-8] will start flashing and will continue to flash until the calibration procedure is completed.

60-160-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-14

CALIBRATION (CONT'D) Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC)

W-2017-0286

Place the loader on jackstands. (See Procedure on Page 10-10-1.)

P-26475

Figure 60-160-15

Operator must be in the seat and the seat bar down. Figure 60-160-13

P-26480

P-45238

Turn the key (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-14] to the RUN position or press the RUN/ENTER button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-15] for power, without starting the loader.

Close the cab door. (If loader is so equipped.) Place the loader Control Pattern Switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-13] in the ISO position. Verify the parking brake (Item 2) [Figure 60-160-13] is OFF.

60-160-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-18

CALIBRATION (CONT'D) Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) (Cont'd) Figure 60-160-16

1 P-26477A

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-18] while holding the left joystick in position.

P-45238

The Control Pattern ISO Switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-16016] will start flashing.

Three audible beeps will sound. Figure 60-160-19

Figure 60-160-17

B-19873

B-19873 P-26476 P-26476

Move the left joystick to the forward-left corner position [Figure 60-160-17] and hold in position.

Move the left joystick to the reverse-right corner position [Figure 60-160-19] and hold in position.

60-160-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-22

CALIBRATION (CONT'D) Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) (Cont'd) Figure 60-160-20

75-98

1 P-26477A

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-22].

P-26477A

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Button (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-20] while holding the left joystick in position. Three audible beeps will sound.

Three audible beeps will sound and the error code (Item 2) (75-98) will be displayed if the operator presses the HOLD FOR CODES (LIGHTS) switch (Item 3) [Figure 60-160-22]. Start the engine from the RUN, RUN/ENTER position. DO NOT TURN TO OFF POSITION. This would cancel the calibration mode and the procedure would have to be repeated.

Figure 60-160-21

Figure 60-160-23

P-26474

Allow the left joystick to go to the neutral position [Figure 60-160-21].

P-45238

The Control Pattern ISO Switch (Item 1) [Figure 60-16023] will stop flashing, and will remain ON for the rest of the calibration procedure.

60-160-9

S130 Service Manual

CALIBRATION (CONT'D)

Figure 60-160-25

Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) (Cont'd) Figure 60-160-24

B-19873

1 P-26482

Move and hold the left joystick to the forward position [Figure 60-160-25] until the forward calibration is completed.

P-68134

Move the throttle (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-24] to high idle.

Figure 60-160-26

NOTE: If at any time, during calibration, the operator needs to stop the loader, turn the key OFF, lift the seat bar, or return the joystick to the neutral position.

The calibration procedure will stop. To return to calibration mode, the operator must start the complete procedure from the beginning.

WARNING

P-64321

The loader speed will “ramp up” quickly (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-26] and slow down 3 times in a row. The loader will then “stair step” the speed (Item 2) [Figure 60-160-26] until it reaches full speed and then come to a stop. Continue to hold the left joystick in the forward position until the loader wheels or tracks come to a stop and an audible beep is heard. Forward calibration is complete. NOTE: If the wheels or tracks do not stop moving in Full Speed Forward in 2 minutes or less, there was an error in the calibration procedure. The operator must shut the loader OFF, and start the calibration procedure from the beginning.

60-160-10

S130 Service Manual

NOTE: If the wheels or tracks do not stop moving in Full Speed Reverse in 2 minutes or less, there was an error in the calibration procedure. The operator must shut the loader OFF, and start the calibration procedure from the beginning.

CALIBRATION (CONT'D) Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) (Cont'd) Figure 60-160-27

There will be an audible beep and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER and TRACTION lights will go out. The SEAT BAR and LIFT AND TILT lights will remain on. The 75-98 error code will clear. There should be no other codes in the display area. Allow the joystick to go to the neutral position. Once the calibration procedure is complete the Steering Drift Compensation values will be reset to [S----] or neutral.

B-19873

Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Move the left joystick to forward position [Figure 60-160-25] and check for normal forward wheel or track rotation.

P-26483

Move and hold the left joystick to the reverse position [Figure 60-160-27] until the reverse calibration is completed.

Move the left joystick to the reverse position [Figure 60160-27] and check for normal reverse wheel or track rotation.

Figure 60-160-28

Stop the engine, and remove the loader from jackstands. The calibration procedure is completed.

After calibration is complete, use Steering Drift Compensation for fine tuning or if an acceptable line of drift can not be achieved. (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 60-161-1.)

If loader does not maintain a desired travel path with Steering Drift Compensation at maximum setting [S-r10] or [S-L10], see the electrical and hydrostatic troubleshooting. (See Troubleshooting on Page 30-10-1.) or (See Troubleshooting on Page 60-10-7.) P-64321

The loader speed will “ramp up” quickly (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-28] and slow down 3 times in a row. The loader will then “stair step” the speed (Item 2) [Figure 60-160-28] until it reaches full speed and then come to a stop. Continue to hold the left joystick in the reverse position until the loader wheels or tracks come to a stop and an audible beep is heard. Reverse calibration is complete.

60-160-11

S130 Service Manual

60-160-12

S130 Service Manual

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION

Selecting And Adjusting

Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.

NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat bar is lowered, the engine is started and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed to enable the BICS.

NOTE: Software version 61 or higher is required to support this feature. The loader’s software version can be displayed in the HOURMETER / CODE display. (See Operation and Maintenance Manual for correct procedure.) See your Bobcat dealer to update your machine’s software version if necessary.

Perform pre-starting and starting procedures: 1. Fasten seat belt. 2. Lower seat bar.

Description

3. Place joysticks in neutral position.

Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce steering drift to maintain a desired travel path.

4. Start the engine. 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

Examples of applications where this feature can be used: •

To compensate for normal variations such as tire inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track wear.

•

Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, planers and silt fence installers.

•

Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road surfaces.

NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing drive control patterns (ISO / H) will cause the machine to disengage from steering drift compensation. The current settings will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed (Keyless Panel) or the key is turned OFF (Key Switch Panel).

Figure 60-161-1 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION [S-L10]

[S----]

[S-r10]

B-23580B

Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21 settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any point from neutral to [S-L10] left and from neutral to [Sr10] right. [S----] is displayed when set for neutral [Figure 60-161-1].

60-161-1

S130 Service Manual

NOTE: The display will revert back to hourmeter after a brief period of time. The machine will remain in steering drift compensation and continue at the current setting. Pressing the upper left or upper right button on the left joystick will adjust steering drift compensation accordingly and cause the new setting to appear in the display.

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D) Selecting And Adjusting (Cont’d) Figure 60-161-2

Exiting And Saving 4

Figure 60-161-3 3

B-15551 B-15551F2 B-15551F3 B-15551F4

Right Joystick

Left Joystick

P-24820B

B-15551 B-15551F8 B-15551F9

The current setting can be saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. [SEt] (Item 3) will appear in the display (item 2) [Figure 60-161-3] and the machine will disengage from steering drift compensation.

P-24802B

Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. The current steering drift compensation setting will appear in the HOURMETER / CODE display (Item 2) [Figure 60-1612]. Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to adjust the machine left. [S-L01] (Item 3) through a maximum of [S-L10] will appear in the display (Item 2) [Figure 60-161-2]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the left. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.

OR Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to disengage from steering drift compensation without saving the current setting. [donE] (Item 4) will appear in the display (Item 2) [Figure 60-161-3] and the upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will no longer make changes to steering drift compensation. The current settings will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed (Keyless Panel) or the key is turned OFF (Key Switch Panel). The machine will revert back to the last saved settings the next time it is started.

Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to adjust back toward center. The display will decrease down to neutral displayed as [S----] (Item 4). Another press of the upper right button will cause [S-r01] (Item 5) to appear in the display (Item 2) [Figure 60-161-2]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button up to a maximum of [S-r10]. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the right. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.

60-161-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-160-2

FLYWHEEL RPM SENSOR Description

The flywheel RPM sensor has a magnet located on the end of the sensor which senses breaks between the ring gear teeth, the sensor relays this information back to the main Bobcat controller which registers the RPM of the engine.

The flywheel RPM sensor is located just above the starter on the left side of the engine. Code 06-13 will occur if the main Bobcat controller loses the signal for the flywheel RPM sensor. The inability to unlock the traction lock (brake) is a symptom of losing the flywheel RPM sensor signal. Not being to read engine speed on the service tool or deluxe display panel is also a symptom of losing the flywheel RPM sensor signal

P-68137

Turn the RPM sensor and the jam nut out from the flywheel. Set a clearance of 0.050 in. (1,27 mm) between the jam nut and the housing with a feeler gauge (Item 1) [Figure 60-160-2].

Adjusting NOTE: New RPM sensors have a plastic tip which is used as a gauge during installation. The plastic tip is designed to come off after the engine is started.

Figure 60-170-1

Tighten the jam nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-160-2] to 12 - 17 ft.-lb. (16 - 23 N•m) torque, while holding the sensor from turning.

P-68136

When installing the RPM sensor, turn the rpm sensor (Item 1) [Figure 60-170-1] in until it makes contact with the engine flywheel. Turn the jam nut (Item 2) [Figure 60-170-1] until it contacts the flywheel housing. The jam nut should not be tightened, it needs to turn with the RPM sensor when the sensor is turned back out for adjustment.

60-170-1

S130 Service Manual

60-170-2

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL SETUP

Examples

Right Panel Setup (Keyless)

Figure 60-180-2

Icon Identification Figure 60-180-1 Press TOOL/SETUP

SELECTION BUTTONS

EXAMPLE

Press LOADER FEATURES B-16162

Make selection by pressing the SELECTION BUTTON adjacent to the icon [Figure 60-180-1]. ICON

DESCRIPTION

Press DISPLAY OPTIONS

LOCK/UNLOCK: Allows machine to be locked/unlocked. You must lock machine to activate security system. When system is unlocked, the user can press RUN/ENTER then press START to begin operation. A valid password will need to be entered at startup to run a locked machine. TOOL/SETUP: Access system options. Use to set clock, check system warnings, select language, set passwords, etc.

Press ADJUST CONTRAST

HELP: Access help on current menu item.

EXIT

EXIT returns you to previous level menu.

11:23 0.0

CLOCK/JOB CLOCK: Press to clear or lock job clock; TOOL/SETUP to set time. UP ARROW: Goes backward one screen. Press

DOWN ARROW: Goes forward one screen.

UP OR DOWN

OUTLINE ARROWS: No screen available (backward/forward).

Arrow to change contrast

SELECTION ARROW: Use to select menu item.

Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.

Goes to the NEXT screen in series. EXAMPLE: the next Active Warning screen.

INFO

Goes to more information about attachments.

B-16163/B16164/B-16161/B-16166/B-16167

YES/NO Answer yes/no to current setup question. CLEAR Removes previously installed password. SET

Set accepts current installed password.

60-180-1

S130 Service Manual

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Attachment Control Information (Keyless)

Right Panel Setup (Keyless) (Cont’d)

The Keyless Right Panel allows the user to view information concerning the operation of Bobcat attachments.

More Examples Clocks

Figure 60-180-3

Press . . . TOOL/SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS CLOCKS

Press TOOL/SETUP

SET CLOCK Use the keypad to set time. Press RUN/ENTER to set clock. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.

Press LOADER FEATURES

RESET JOB CLOCK (Password required) (Job Clock keeps a running total for job hours)

Press CLEAR to reset Job Clock to zero. Press LOCK/UNLOCK to unlock. Enter Password and press RUN/ENTER. Languages Press ATTACHMENTS

Press . . . TOOL/SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS LANGUAGES Select the language, press RUN/ENTER. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.

Press RUN / ENTER BUTTON on keypad

Vitals (Monitor the engine, hydraulic/hydrostatic, electrical functions when engine is running.) Press . . . TOOL/SETUP LOADER FEATURES.

Press

VITALS Press SELECTION ARROW to select METRIC or ENGLISH (M/E) readouts

UP OR DOWN

Arrow to scroll through attachments

You can monitor real-time readouts of: Engine Oil Pressure Engine Coolant Temperature Hydraulic Charge Pressure Hydraulic Oil Temperature System Voltage Engine Speed

Press the keypad number of a switch to view a description of the attachment function of the switch

The Keyless Right Panel is easy to use. Continue to set your own preferences for running / monitoring your Bobcat Loader.

B-16163/B16164/B-16161/B-15753A/B-15754A/B-15755A

Attachments are listed alphabetically. Press the exit button to return one screen or press the “0” (zero) key to return to the home screen immediately [Figure 60-1803].

60-180-2

S130 Service Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (IF EQUIPPED WITH KEYLESS START) Password Description All new machines with keyless start arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked mode. This means that a password must be used to start the engine. For security purposes, your dealer may change the password and also set it in the locked mode. Your dealer will provide you with the password. Master Password: A permanent, randomly selected password set at the factory which cannot be changed. This password is used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner password is not known; or to change the owner password. Owner Password: Allows for full use of the loader and to setup the Keyless Right Panel. There is only one owner password. It must be used to change the owner or user passwords. Owner should change the password as soon as possible for security of the loader. User Password: Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot change password or any of the other setup features.

60-190-1

S130 Service Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (IF EQUIPPED WITH KEYLESS START) (CONT’D) Changing The Owner And User Passwords Figure 60-190-1 Changing the Password - Keyless Right Panel Display Screen

Press TOOL / SETUP

B-16163

Press OWNER UTILITIES

B-24288

Keypad

Enter PASSWORD (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue

ENTER

B-24290

Press PASSWORD UTILITIES B-24289

B-24291

OWNER PASSWORD

USER PASSWORD

Press MODIFY OWNER Press MODIFY USER

B-16171

Enter USER number on Keypad (There can be up to 8

Enter new OWNER PASSWORD on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue.

different Users, each with their own password.)

then press ENTER to Continue.

B-24292

B-24295

Re-Enter new OWNER PASSWORD on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue.

Enter USER PASSWORD on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue.

B-24293 B-24296

OWNER PASSWORD procedure is now complete.

USER PASSWORD procedure is now complete.

B-24294 B-24297

60-190-2

S130 Service Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (IF EQUIPPED WITH KEYLESS START) (CONT’D) Password Lockout Feature This feature allows the owner to unlock the password feature so that a password does not need to be used every time the engine is started. Figure 60-190-2 Press LOCK/UNLOCK

Enter OWNER PASSWORD on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue.

Press UNLOCK MACHINE

Press EXIT

Machine is now UNLOCKED and can be started without using a password.

B-16163/P-76075/P-76076/P-76076A/P-76077

60-190-3

S130 Service Manual

60-190-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-200-3

MAINTENANCE CLOCK Description The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The Maintenance Clock can be set to a 250 hour interval as a reminder for the next 250 hour planned maintenance. Figure 60-200-1

B-16163A

The Keyless Right Panel, if equipped, will display a wrench icon (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-3] alerting the operator to service the machine. This icon will remain on the display until the maintenance clock is reset.

NOTE: Key Switch machines will not display the BobCARESM PM message or wrench icon on the right panel.

B-15551 B-15551-3A B-15551-3B

During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned maintenance. The hour interval (Item 1) and [SEr] (Item 2) will alternate in the display screen (Item 3) [Figure 60200-1] for 10 seconds. The display will then revert back to the previous display and will appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset. Figure 60-200-2

1 P-76122

The Keyless Right Panel, if equipped, will display a message (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-2] alerting the operator to service the machine. This message will remain for 10 seconds before reverting back to the previous screen and will appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.

60-200-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-200-5

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D) Setup Figure 60-200-4 Controller Mounting Bolts

P-64243

The first analyzer screen has an added bar for the Maintenance Clock. The clock will remain OFF until activated. Click Continue (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-5] to view the next analyzer screen.

P-76109

Figure 60-200-6 The easiest way to determine if a Bobcat controller is recent enough to add the maintenance clock is to measure the controller mounting bolt pattern on the left side of the loader mainframe. Controllers with a bolt pattern measuring 5.8 inches are maintenance clock compatible. The previous controller pattern measures 7.0 inches (not maintenance clock compatible) [Figure 60200-4].

Using the remote start tool and service PC, connect and upgrade the Bobcat controller to version 37 or greater software. (See SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) on Page 60-150-1.)

If the loader is equipped with keyless panel, also update the keyless panel software.

P-76110

Click Options (Item 1) and add your dealer name and phone number (Item 2). Click Save Options (Item 3) [Figure 60-200-6] the information is now stored and will automatically be entered on each machine as the maintenance clock is activated. This will be displayed on keyless panel equipped loaders when the maintenance clock is less than 10 hours until next planned maintenance.

60-200-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-200-9

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D) Setup (Cont’d)

Figure 60-200-7

P-76118

Figure 60-200-10 P-76110

Select Install (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-7] to begin sending the dealer information to the controller. Figure 60-200-8

2 P-76115

On key switch machines, during the installation process the left panel will display [InPut] (Item 1) [Figure 60-2009] and the machine will beep twice confirming the transfer of data.

P-76113

Click SEND TO MACHINE (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-8] to send the dealer information to the machine controller.

On keyless machines, during the installation process the left panel will display [InPut] (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-9], the right panel will display an icon (Item 2) [Figure 60200-10] and the machine will beep twice confirming the transfer of data.

60-200-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-200-13

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D) Setup (Cont’d) Figure 60-200-11

1 2

P-76112

1 Click the right arrow (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-13] to scroll through the tabs.

P-76114

A green COMPLETE (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-11] message will be displayed when the dealer information has been transferred to the machine controller.

NOTE: The Maintenance tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-20014] will not appear when servicing loaders equipped with the older controller. Figure 60-200-14

Click Back (Item 2) [Figure 60-200-11] to return to the Bobcat Service Analyzer screen.

Figure 60-200-12 3 4

P-76111

Click the Maintenance tab (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-14] to view the maintenance clock screen. P-76110

Select Warnings (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-12].

Click ON/OFF (Item 2) to turn the maintenance clock on or off [Figure 60-200-14]. The default Interval (Item 3) is 250 hours, it can also be changed by placing the cursor in the box and typing the new interval. Click SET/RESET (Item 4) [Figure 60-20014] to reset and set the maintenance clock.

60-200-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 60-200-17

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D) Setup (Cont’d) Figure 60-200-15

1 1

P-76110

Select Program / Update (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-17] to view the maintenance clock.

P-76111

Figure 60-200-18 The current maintenance clock Length (Interval) and Time Reset will be displayed (Item 1). This screen will also store the most recent 20 entries of history. Once an entry is added, it can not be changed. If an entry is made and the interval is not correct, make another entry and click SET/RESET (Item 2) [Figure 60-200-15].

NOTE: If the interval is set to 10 hours or less, the maintenance clock will reset and log a reset time but the wrench icon, alternating hour interval and [SEr] will NOT be removed from the left and right instrument panel display screens.

P-64244

Figure 60-200-16 After the maintenance clock has been activated, the first analyzer screen shows the hours remaining on current maintenance interval (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-18]. If past the interval, the number will reflect negative hours. 1

P-76111

Select Back (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-16] to return to the main menu.

60-200-5

S130 Service Manual

MAINTENANCE CLOCK (CONT’D) Reset Figure 60-200-19

P-76117

Place the key switch in the OFF position (Key Switch) or press the STOP button (Keyless). Press the LIGHTS button (Item 1) [Figure 60-200-19] to turn the panel ON. Press and hold the HIGH FLOW and AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELEASE buttons (Item 2) simultaneously, until [rESEt] appears in the display screen (Item 3) [Figure 60-200-19]. The maintenance clock can also be reset by clicking Set / Reset (Item 4) [Figure 60-200-14] in service analyzer. NOTE: If the interval is set to 10 hours or less, the maintenance clock will reset and log a reset time but the wrench icon, alternating hour interval and [SEr] will NOT be removed from the left and right instrument panel display screens.

60-200-6

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM

Inspecting

Description

Figure 60-210-1

This machine may be equipped with a back-up alarm system. The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) in the reverse position. Slight movement of the steering levers in the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.

P-76108

Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-1]. Replace if required. Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Disengage the parking brake. Move both steering levers or joystick(s) in the reverse position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels or both tracks are moving in reverse. The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear door. Figure 60-210-2

2 P-69346

Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-2], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 60-2102] and back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 2) [Figure 60-210-3] for tightness and damage. Repair or replace any damaged components. If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See Adjusting Switch Position on Page 60-210-2.)

60-210-1

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D) Adjusting Switch Position NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have back-up alarm switches and can not be adjusted. Standard Controls and ACS (If Equipped) Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 60-210-3

Switch Rollers contacting Bellcranks 2

P-62915

Place the steering levers in the neutral position. Loosen the screws (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-3] securing the back-up alarm switches. Position the back-up alarm switch rollers so that they just make contact with bellcranks without compressing the switch springs [Figure 60-210-3]. Torque the screws (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-3] securing the switches to the bracket to 14 - 19 in.-lb. (1,6 - 2,1 N•m). Lower the operator cab (See Lowering on Page 10-30-3.) and inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See Inspecting on Page 60-210-1.)

60-210-2

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Troubleshooting (Standard and ACS) The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.

PROBLEM

CAUSE

Back-up alarm will not sound when the operator moves both steering levers in the reverse position. Back-up alarm sounds when steering levers in neutral / forward position.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 2, 6, 7

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE 1. The ground connection is not making a good contact. 2. The back-up alarm switches are damaged. 3. The alarm is damaged. 4. The alarm or back-up switch wires are disconnected. 5. Check the fuses. 6. The wiring is damaged. 7. The back-up alarm switches need adjusting.

60-210-3

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

WARNING

Troubleshooting (Joystick) The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.

PROBLEM

CAUSE

Back-up alarm will not sound when the operator moves joystick(s) in the reverse position. Back-up alarm sounds when joystick(s) in neutral / forward position.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5, 6

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE 1. The ground connection is not making a good contact. 2. The alarm is damaged. 3. The alarm wires are disconnected. 4. Check the fuses. 5. The wiring is damaged. 6. The joystick controller is not working correctly.

60-210-4

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Switch Removal And Installation

Alarm Removal And Installation Stop the engine and open the tailgate.

NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have back-up alarm switches and can not be adjusted.

Figure 60-210-4

Standard Controls and ACS (If Equipped) Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 60-210-6

P-69346

Mark the wires for ease of assembly. Disconnect the wires (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-5] from the alarm. P-62915

Installation: Make sure the wire harness ends do not touch the mounting bolts during assembly. Place the steering levers in the neutral position. Figure 60-210-5

Loosen the screws (Item 1) securing the back-up alarm switches. Slide the switch assemblies (Item 2) [Figure 60-210-6] off the mounting bracket.

1 1

Installation: Slide the alarm switches onto the mounting bracket so the threaded plates are under the mounting bracket. The rollers will face to the inside. During installation of switches, adjusting the switches (See Adjusting Switch Position on Page 60-210-2.) and inspecting back-up alarm operation (See Inspecting on Page 60-210-1.) are required.

P-69345

Remove the two hex head bolts, washers, and lock nuts (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-5]. Remove the alarm from the mounting bracket.

60-210-5

S130 Service Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM (CONT’D) Switch Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 60-210-7

2 3

P-62917

Mark the wires for ease of assembly. Disconnect the Orange wire from the common terminal (Item 1) [Figure 60-210-7]. Disconnect the White wire from the normally open terminal (Item 2) [Figure 60-210-7]. Disconnect the remaining White wires to the other switch terminals (Item 3) [Figure 60-210-7]. Remove the switches.

60-210-6

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE SERVICE AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-40-1 Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-40-1 CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camshaft - Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Idler Gear And Shaft Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . Idler Gear And Shaft Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . Timing Gears Backlash - Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70-100-1 70-100-5 70-100-4 70-100-6 70-100-1 70-100-3

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting Rod Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crankshaft And Bearings Removal And Installation . . . . . Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cylinder Bore- Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piston And Connecting Rod Removal And Installation . . . Piston And Connecting Rod - Servicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70-90-1 70-90-6 70-90-6 70-90-8 70-90-5 70-90-1 70-90-3

CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-1 Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-7 Cylinder Head Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-4 Cylinder Head - Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-7 Cylinder Head Top Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-8 Glow Plugs Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-1 Glow Plugs - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-1 Reconditioning The Valve And Valve Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-9 Rocker Arm And Shaft Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-12 Valve Clearance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-2 Valve Guide-Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-8 Valve Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-11 Valve Tappets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-12 Valve Timing, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-80-3 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blower Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Fan Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Fan Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Fan Motor Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . Radiator Removal And Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermostat Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . Water Pump Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water Pump Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ENGINE SERVICE

70-50-1 70-50-4 70-50-6 70-50-3 70-50-3 70-50-6 70-50-1 70-50-8 70-50-7 70-50-7

Continued On Next Page

70-01

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE SERVICE (CONT’D) ENGINE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-1 Compression - Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-16 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-1 Engine Mount Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-15 Engine Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-8 Engine Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-6 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-10-6 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-20-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-20-1 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-3 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-21-1 FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flywheel Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ring Gear Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70-110-1 70-110-1 70-110-2 70-110-1

FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1 Fuel Camshaft Governor Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . 70-70-2 Fuel Camshaft Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-1 Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-4 Fuel Injector Nozzle Pressure - Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-11 Fuel Injector Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-10 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid - Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-3 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-3 Injection Pump - Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-8 Nozzle Spray Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-12 Valve Seat Tightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-70-12 LUBRICATION SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Oil Pressure-Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Pan Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Pump Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Pump Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70-60-1 70-60-3 70-60-1 70-60-2 70-60-1

MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-30-1 TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

70-02

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-1

ENGINE INFORMATION Description The S130 has a Kubota direct injected V2203-M-DI diesel engine [Figure 70-10-1] with a displacement of 134 cu.in. (2,2 L). The engine is rated at an SAE Net 46 HP (34 kW) and has a closed crankcase ventilation system. The engine has 4 cylinders and the rotation is counterclockwise (viewed from the flywheel side). It is equipped with glow plugs for assisting in cold starts. Engine block heaters are also available from Bobcat Parts. The engine serial number is stamped on the engine and is located near the injection pump. The model number is located on the valve cover. Use these numbers to obtain the correct service parts.

P-66084

The engine is liquid cooled with a propylene glycol/water mixture in a radiator. Coolant flow is controlled by a thermostat. The cooling fan is driven by a hydraulic motor. The speed of the fan is determined by the engine coolant temperature sensor and the hydraulic/hydrostatic fluid temperature sensor.

70-10-1

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Specifications All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Fuel Injection Nozzles Opening Pressure Fuel Tightness Nozzle Seat

2702 - 2916 PSI (186 - 201 bar) Dry Nozzle at 2418 PSI (167 bar) for 10 seconds

Fuel Injection Pump Injection Timing High Idle Low Idle

6.2 - 8.2 degrees B.T.D.C. 2860 - 3000 RPM 1075 - 1225 RPM

Cylinder Head Cylinder Head Surface Distortion Thickness of Gasket (Used) (New) Top Clearance (Piston to Head) Compression Allowable Limit Difference Between Cylinders

0.002 (0,05) Max. 0.0453 - 0.0492 (1,15 - 1,25) 0.0512 - 0.0551 (1,3 - 1,4) 0.0236 - 0.0276 (0,60 - 0,70) 427 - 469 PSI (29,4 - 32,4 bar) 341 PSI (23,5 bar) 10%

Valves Valve Seat Width (Intake & Exhaust) Valve Seat Angle O.D. of Valve Stems I.D. of Valve Guides Clearance Between Valve Stem & Guide Allowable Limit Valve Clearance (Cold) Valve Recessing (Protrusion) (Recess)

0.084 (2,12) Intake 60 degrees, Exhaust 45 degrees 0.3134 - 0.3140 (7,96 - 7,98) 0.3156 - 0.3161 (8,015 - 8,03) 0.0016 - 0.0028 (0,04 - 0,07) 0.004 (0,1) 0.0071 - 0.0087 (0,18 - 0,22) 0.002 (0,05) 0.006 (0,15)

Valve Springs Free Length Allowable Limit Fitted Length Compress to Fitted Length Allowable Limit

1.642 - 1.661 (41,7 - 42,2) 1.622 (41,2) 1.378 (35,0) 26.4 lb. (117,6 N) 22.5 lb. (100,0 N)

Valve Timing Intake Valve (Open) (Close) Exhaust Valve (Open) (Close)

9 degrees B.T.D.C. 45 degrees A.T.D.C. 50 degrees B.T.D.C. 12 degrees A.T.D.C.

70-10-2

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Specifications (Cont’d) All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Rocker Arms O.D. of Rocker Arm Shaft I.D. of Rocker Arm Bushings Clearance Between Rocker Arm & Bushing Allowable Limit

0.5501 - 0.5506 (13,973 - 13,984) 0.5512 - 0.5519 (14,0 - 14,018) 0.0006 - 0.0018 (0,016 - 0,045) 0.0039 (0,10)

Camshaft Journal O.D. Bearing I.D. Oil Clearance Allowable Limit Alignment Allowable Limit Cam Lobe Height Allowable Limit End Clearance Allowable Limit

1.5722 - 1.5728 (39,934 - 39,95) 1.5748 - 1.5758 (40,0 - 40,025) 0.002 - 0.0036 (0,05 - 0,091) 0.006 (0,15) 0.0004 (0,01) 1.3346 (33,90) 1.3327 (33,85) 0.0028 - 0.0087 (0,07 - 0,22) 0.012 (0,3)

Tappet Clearance Between Tappet & Guide Tappet O.D. Tappet Guide I.D.

0.0071 - 0.0087 (0,18 - 0,22) 0.9433 - 0.9441 (23,959 - 23,98) 0.9449 - 0.9457 (24,0 - 24,021)

Cylinders Cylinder Bore I.D. Allowable Limit

3.4252 - 3.4261 (87,00 - 87,022) +0.0059 (+0,15)

Piston Rings Ring Gap (Top Ring) Limit Permitted Ring Gap (2nd Ring) Limit Permitted Ring Gap (Oil Ring) Limit Permitted Side Clearance of Ring Groove: Top Ring Second Ring Oil Ring

0.0079 - 0.0138 (0,20 - 0,35) 0.0492 (1,25) 0.0138 - 0.0197 (0,35 - 0,50) 0.0492 (1,25) 0.079 - 0.0157 (0,20 - 0,40) 0.0492 (1,25) 0.0037 - 0.0047 (0,093 - 0,12) 0.0037 - 0.0047 (0,094 - 0,12) 0.0008 - 0.002 (0,02 - 0,052)

Pistons Piston Pin Bore Limit Permitted

0.9843 - 0.9848 (25,0 - 25.013) 0.9862 (25,05)

70-10-3

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Specifications (Cont’d) All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Connecting Rod Piston Pin O.D. Small End Bushing I.D. Clearance Between Piston Pin & Small End Bushing Allowable Limit Connecting Rod Alignment Allowable Limit

0.9843 - 0.9847 (25,002 - 25,011) 0.9852 - 0.9858 (25,025 - 25,04) 0.0006 - 0.0015 (0,014 - 0,038) 0.0059 (0,15 mm) 0.002 (0,05)

Oil Pump Oil Pressure Rated RPM Limit Permitted Idle Speed Limit Permitted Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Outer Rotor Outer Rotor & Pump Body End Clearance Between Inner Rotor & Cover Limit Permitted

43 - 64 PSI (3 - 4,4 bar) 36 PSI (2,5 bar) 14 PSI (1 bar) 7 PSI (0,5 bar) 0.0012 - 0.0055 (0,03 - 0,14) 0.0043 - 0.0075 (0,11 - 0,19) 0.0041 - 0.0059 (0,105 - 0,15) 0.0079 (0,20)

Crankshaft Crankshaft Alignment Limit Permitted Oil Clearance Between Journal & Bearing #1 Limit Permitted Journal O.D. #1 Bearing I.D. #1 Oil Clearance Between Journal & Bearing #2 Limit Permitted Journal O.D. #2 Bearing I.D. #2 Oil Clearance Between Crank Pin & Bearing Limit Permitted Crank Pin O.D. Crank Pin Bearing I.D. Crankshaft Side Clearance Limit Permitted

0.00079 (0,02) 0.0016 - 0.0046 (0,04 - 0,118) 0.0079 (0,2) 2.3591 - 2.3598 (59,921 - 59,940) 2.3614 - 2.3637 (59,98 - 60,039) 0.0016 - 0.0041 (0,04 - 0,104) 0.0079 (0,2) 2.3591 - 2.3598 (59,921 - 59,940) 2.3614 - 2.3632 (59,98 - 60,025) 0.0010 - 0.0034 (0,025 - 0,087) 0.0079 (0,2) 1.8488 - 1.8494 (46,96 - 46,97) 1.8504 - 1.8522 (47,0 - 47,046) 0.0059 - 0.0138 (0,15 - 0,35) 0.0197 (0,5)

70-10-4

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Specifications (Cont’d) All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Timing Gear Timing Gear Backlash: Crank Gear-Idle Gear Idle Gear-Cam Gear Idle Gear-Injection Pump Gear Crank Gear-Oil Pump Gear Limit Permitted Clearance Between Idle Gear Shaft & Idle Gear Bushing Limit Permitted Idle Gear Side Clearance Idle Gear

0.0016 - 0.0044 (0,042 - 0,112) 0.0016 - 0.0045 (0,042 - 0,115) 0.0016 - 0.0045 (0,042 - 0,115) 0.0016 - 0.0043 (0,042 - 0,109) 0.006 (0,15) 0.001 - 0.0026 (0,025 - 0,066) 0.004 (0,10) 0.005 - 0.019 (0,12 - 0,48)

Thermostat Valve Opening Temperature Valve Fully Open

176.9° - 182.3° F (80.5° - 83.5° C) 203° F (95° C)

70-10-5

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) All dimensions are given in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Engine Torque Values Thread Size (Dia. x Pitch)

Material Head Mark 4

Head Mark 7

Head Mark 10

M5 x 0.8

3 - 4 ft.-lb. (4 - 5 N•m)

M6 x 1.0

6 - 7 ft.-lb. (8 - 9 N•m)

6 - 9 ft.-lb. (8 - 12 N•m)

M8 x 1.25

6 - 9 ft.-lb. (8 - 12 N•m)

11 - 16 ft.-lb. (15 - 22 N•m)

18 - 25 ft.-lb. (24 - 34 N•m)

M10 x 1.25

13 - 18 ft.-lb. (18 - 24 N•m)

22 - 30 ft.-lb. (30 - 41 N•m)

36 - 50 ft.-lb. (49 - 68 N•m)

M12 x 1.25

22 - 30 ft.-lb. (30 - 41 N•m)

40 - 54 ft.-lb. (54 - 73 N•m)

69 - 87 ft.-lb. (94 - 118 N•m)

M14 x 1.5

36 - 50 ft.-lb. (49 - 68 N•m)

58 - 80 ft.-lb. (79 - 108 N•m)

116 - 137 ft.-lb. (157 - 186 N•m)

Troubleshooting The following troubleshooting chart is provided for assistance in locating and correcting problems which are most common. Many of the recommended procedures must be done by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only. PROBLEM Slow cranking speed. Engine will not start. Difficult to start. No power for engine. Engine is mis-firing. Too much fuel consumption. Black exhaust. Blue/white exhaust. Low oil pressure. Engine knocking. Engine running rough. Vibration. High oil pressure warning. Overheating. Too much crankcase pressure. Poor compression. Start and stop.

CAUSE 1, 2, 3, 54 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 27, 28, 29 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28, 29,54 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29 4, 10, 15, 16, 17, 21, 23, 27, 29, 30, 50 4, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 52 13, 15, 16, 19, 22, 24, 25, 27, 29, 31, 40, 41, 53 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, 24, 25, 26, 29, 40, 53 12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 40, 42, 43 4, 33, 36 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 21, 40, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 51 22, 27, 29, 30, 40, 49 10, 16, 21, 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 41, 53 9, 10, 11

70-10-6

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Troubleshooting (Cont’d) KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE 1. Alternator belt is loose or damaged. 2. Bad electrical connections. 3. Faulty starter motor. 4. Incorrect grade of oil. 5. Low cranking speed. 6. Fuel tank empty. 7. Faulty stop control operation. 8. Plugged fuel line. 9. Plugged fuel filter. 10. Restriction in the air cleaner. 11. Air in the fuel system. 12. Faulty fuel injection pump. 13. Faulty fuel injectors. 14. Broken injection pump drive. 15. Incorrect injection pump timing. 16. Incorrect valve timing. 17. Poor compression. 18. Plugged fuel tank vent. 19. Incorrect grade of fuel. 20. Exhaust pipe restriction. 21. Cylinder head gasket leaking. 22. Overheating. 23. Cold running. 24. Incorrect tappet adjustment. 25. Sticking valves. 26. Incorrect fuel lines. 27. Worn cylinder bores.

28. Worn valve and seats. 29. Broken or worn piston rings. 30. Worn valve stems or guides. 31. Worn or damaged bearings. 32. Not enough oil in the crankcase. 33. Switch/sensor is defective. 34. Oil pump worn. 35. Relief valve is sticking open. 36. Relief valve is sticking closed. 37. Broken relief valve spring. 38. Faulty suction pipe. 39. Plugged oil filter. 40. Piston seizure. 41. Incorrect piston height. 42. Faulty engine mounting. 43. Incorrect flywheel alignment. 44. Faulty thermostat. 45. Restriction in water jacket. 46. Loose alternator belt. 47. Plugged radiator. 48. Faulty water pump. 49. Plugged breather pipe. 50. Damaged valve stem deflectors. 51. Coolant level to low. 52. Plugged oil pump pipe strainer. 53. Broken valve spring. 54. Damaged Battery

70-10-7

S130 Service Manual

Remove the air cleaner. (See Housing Removal And Installation on Page 70-40-1.)

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Engine Removal And Installation

Remove the muffler. (See Removal And Installation on Page 70-30-1.)

DANGER

Figure 70-10-2 3

4 1

P-90328

•

P-68848

Remove the nut from the speed control linkage (Item 1) and unplug the rear door harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-2]. Remove the bracket mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 70-10-2] so the belt shield (Item 4) can be removed.

Installation: Tighten screws and nut to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 27 N•m) torque. Figure 70-10-3

W-2059-0598

Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader. Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 2

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

P-66870

Disconnect the steering linkage from the hydrostatic pump. Remove the battery from the loader. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-20-1.) Drain the engine coolant from the cooling system. (See Removing And Replacing Coolant on Page 10-90-2.)

Remove the mounting screw (Item 1) to remove the oil filter drip shield (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-3]. The drip shield is snapped into place on the filter housing.

70-10-8

S130 Service Manual

Installation: Tighten screw to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-10-4

1 2

P-66871

Disconnect the temperature sender connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-4] from the filter housing. Disconnect the wire connector (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-4] for the differential pressure switch on the filter housing. Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 3) [Figure 7010-4]. Figure 70-10-5

P-66872

Disconnect radiator hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-5].

70-10-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-6

P-48606

Disconnect the engine ground strap (Item 1) [Figure 7010-6]. Figure 70-10-7

P-68851

Disconnect fuel line (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-7] for lift pump.

70-10-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-10

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-10-8

P-66875

Disconnect engine coolant hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-1010].

P-68849

Cap or plug all hoses and fittings. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-8].

Figure 70-10-11 1

Disconnect engine oil pressure sender connector (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-8]. Cut tie-strap (Item 3) [Figure 70-10-8]. Figure 70-10-9

P-67069

Mark and disconnect the charge pump filter outlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-11]. Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.

3 P-68850

Disconnect glow plug wire (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-9]. Disconnect and plug fuel return line (Item 2) [Figure 7010-9]. Remove the tie strap (Item 3) [Figure 70-10-9] from wiring harness clamp and move the wire harness to the left side of loader to allow clearance for engine removal.

70-10-11

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-14

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-10-12

1 3

P-67078

Disconnect drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-14] from the hydraulic cooling fan.

P-67082

Disconnect gear pump inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-1012].

Mark and disconnect the hydraulic fan motor inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-14]. Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.

Disconnect supply hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-12] from hydraulic fluid reservoir.

Figure 70-10-15

Disconnect gear pump outlet hose (Item 3) [Figure 7010-12].

Cap or plug all hoses and fittings. Figure 70-10-13 1 1

2 P-68856

Mark and disconnect the drive motor hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-15].

Cap or plug all hoses and fittings. P-67077

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and move the hydraulic reservoir (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-13] out of the way.

NOTE: Due to the left drive motor hoses orientation, hoses may not be completely removed from fittings until the engine and pump are partially removed. Installation: Install the left drive motor hoses prior to alignment with engine mount bolts. NOTE: The hydraulic fittings (Item 2) [Figure 70-1015] on the hydrostatic pump must be tightened to 115 - 125 ft.-lb. (156 - 170 N•m) torque.

70-10-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-17

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-10-16

2 P-28231

P-68857

Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-17] and nut from the left front engine mount.

P-68858

Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 7010-16] from the right front engine mount.

Installation: Slide the engine mount slot (Item 2) [Figure 70-10-17] in between engine mount washer and nut. Tighten the mounting bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque.

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque.

70-10-13

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-20

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

13”

Figure 70-10-18

2.5” 1-1/2” I.S. Dia. 2-1/2” O.S. Dia. 2.5” 1/4” (4)

1-1/2” Square Tubing 1/4” Wall Thickness

Thick Gusset 1” 16”

1 4”

2”

P-68853

Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 7010-18] from the right rear engine mount. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque. Figure 70-10-19

45°

1”

9”

4” 2”

.5”

1”

.375” Use Two 3/8”x 1-1/4” Bolts for Drilled and Tapped Holes.

MC-1799C

A tool needs to be fabricated to use in the removal procedure. This tool allows the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly to be lifted evenly for easier removal. Use the dimensions shown in [Figure 70-10-20] to make the engine removal tool.

P-68852

Remove the mounting bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 7010-19] from the left rear engine mount. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque.

70-10-14

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-22

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-10-21

1 1 1

P-48737

Fasten securely one end of the chain to the lifting eye (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-21]. NOTE: You may need to adjust the chain which fastens to the engine a couple of times to reach the correct lifting position.

P-48661A

Install the chain hoist on the eyelet [Figure 70-10-22] of the removal tool. Fasten a chain to other end of the removal tool with two bolts as shown in (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-22]. Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump assembly from the loader. Reverse the removal procedure to install the engine.

70-10-15

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-24

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Engine Mount Replacement Figure 70-10-23 1

Washer

Engine Mounting Bracket

2 Loader Frame

Engine Mount

4 Snubbing Washer

Spacer MC-1765A

Install the new engine mount as shown in the cut away side view [Figure 70-10-24].

7 MC-1771A

Tighten the mounting bolts to 70 ft.-lb. (95 N•m) torque. Use the following procedure to install new engine mounts: Remove the existing mount from the engine. Refer to engine removal and installation for engine mount locations. Replace all four engine mounts two front and two rear. Use the parts shown to install the new engine mounts [Figure 70-10-23]: Square Nut - (Item 1) - Used on left side engine mounts Hex Nut - (Item 2) - Used on right side engine mounts Mount Washer - (Item 3) Engine Mount - (Item 4) Tube Spacer - (Item 5) Snubbing Washer - (Item 6) Mounting Bolt - (Item 7)

70-10-16

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-10-27

ENGINE INFORMATION (CONT’D) Compression - Checking The tools listed will be needed to do the following procedure: MEL10630 - Engine Compression Kit MEL1631 - Compression Adapter The engine must be at operating temperature. Figure 70-10-25

P-51938

Connect the compression gauge to the adapter [Figure 70-10-27]. Make sure the engine speed control is fully backward (engine idle). 1

Disconnect the fuel stop solenoid. Crank the engine with the starter cranking rpm. If the measurement is below the allowable limit, check the cylinder, piston ring, top clearance, valve and cylinder head.

P-51932

Disconnect the air cleaner inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 7010-25] from the intake manifold. Remove the glow plugs. (See Glow Plugs Removal And Installation on Page 70-80-1.)

Compression Pressure should be 427 - 469 PSI (29,4 32,3 bar) Allowable Limit (minimum) is 341 PSI (23,5 bar) No more than 10% variance among cylinders. Figure 70-10-28

Figure 70-10-26

P-51936

P-51939

P-51937

Install the correct compression adapter (Item 1) [Figure 70-10-26] into the cylinder head.

Push the button on the compression gauge to release pressure [Figure 70-10-28]. Connect the fuel stop solenoid.

70-10-17

S130 Service Manual

70-10-18

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Removal And Installation

Remove the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 7020-1] from the speed control mounting bracket. Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

DANGER

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 70-20-1] evenly until the speed control lever moves back and forth at a comfortable tension. Figure 70-20-2

P-90328

•

D-1009-0409

P-4072

WARNING

Pull the speed control away from the loader frame and disconnect the speed control rod (Item 1) [Figure 70-202] from the control.

Installation: Be sure to install the speed control rod in the bottom hole of the speed control lever. Figure 70-20-3

W-2059-0598

Figure 70-20-1

P-34156

Installation: Install the stop bracket (Item 1) [Figure 7020-3] in the same location. It is necessary for the front and rear stop on the bracket to be located correctly.

P-48565

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Reverse the removal procedure to install the engine speed control.

70-20-1

S130 Service Manual

70-20-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-21-2

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) Removal And Installation

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 70-21-1 2

P-73687

Remove the two screws from the mount (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-2]. Remove the rubber grommet (Item 2) [Figure 70-21-2]. Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

P-73686

Figure 70-21-3 Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-211] from the right side foot rest. Remove the foot rest, from the loader.

P-64313

Disconnect the foot speed control linkage (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-3] from the hand control pivot arm. Remove the foot speed control assembly from the loader.

70-21-1

Figure 70-21-6

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) (CONT'D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 70-21-4

3 P-34654A

The parts that go into the pivot arm (Item 1) are the bolt (Item 2), washers (Items 3), fiber washers (Items 4), and spacer (Item 5) [Figure 70-21-6].

P-34550

Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-4] from the hand speed control pivot arm.

Figure 70-21-7

Figure 70-21-5 1 1

P-73685

Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-7] from the hand speed control lever assembly.

P-34549

Remove the keeper and pin (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-5] that attaches the pivot arm to the speed control cable.

Installation: Tighten screws to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque.

Remove the speed control pivot arm from the loader.

70-21-2

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 70-21-10

Figure 70-21-8 1 1

P-64305 P-73689

Remove the spring (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-10] from the foot speed control assembly. At the bottom side of the control panel, move the speed control linkage toward the rear of the loader.

Figure 70-21-11

Slide the hand speed control lever (Item 1) [Figure 7021-8] forward and lift, and disconnect the assembly from the speed control rod clevis. Figure 70-21-9

P-64305A

Remove the bushing/nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-11] from the pedal lever.

P-73688

Installation: When installing the hand speed control, be sure the speed control lever and pin (Item 1) fit in the notch (Item 2) [Figure 70-21-9] of the speed control rod clevis.

70-21-3

Figure 70-21-14

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (SJC) (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 70-21-12

2 3 P-34659

1 Remove the pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-14] from the speed control.

P-34657

Figure 70-21-15 Remove the fiber washer (Item 1) [Figure 70-21-12] from the bushing/nut. Remove the foot pedal lever (Item 2) and linkage rod (Item 3) [Figure 70-21-12]. Figure 70-21-13

P-64307

1 The pivot assembly shown disassembled [Figure 70-2115]. NOTE: No lubrication is necessary or recommended on the engine speed control.

P-34658

Remove the fiber washer (Item 1) and washer (Item 2) [Figure 70-21-13] from the pivot bolt.

Reverse the disassembly procedure to assemble the (SJC) speed control.

70-21-4

Figure 70-30-2

MUFFLER Removal And Installation Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove the rear grill. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-60-1.)

Figure 70-30-1

P-54044

3 Remove the right side mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 7030-2] from the muffler. 2

Installation: Tighten the muffler mounting bolts to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

Remove the muffler from the loader.

P-54058

Remove the exhaust pipe clamp (Item 1) from the muffler (Item 2) [Figure 70-30-1].

Reverse the removal procedure to install the engine muffler.

Disconnect the exhaust pipe from the muffler. Remove the left side mounting bolt (Item 3) [Figure 7030-1] from the muffler.

70-30-1

S130 Service Manual

70-30-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-40-3

AIR CLEANER Housing Removal And Installation

Figure 70-40-1

1 2

P-54049

Remove the lower mounting bolt (Item 1) and engine harness mounting bracket (Item 2) [Figure 70-40-3] from the air cleaner.

P-54046

Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-40-1] from the air cleaner sensor on the air cleaner.

Remove the two upper mounting bolts (Item 3) [Figure 70-40-2] from the top mount of the air cleaner.

Figure 70-40-2

Installation: Tighten the three mounting bolts to 15 - 20 ft.-lb. (20 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the air cleaner from the engine compartment. 1

Reverse the removal procedure to install the air cleaner.

3 2

P-54054

Loosen the hose clamp (Item 1) [Figure 70-40-2] on the air cleaner hose. Loosen the clamp (Item 2) [Figure 70-40-2] from the hose on the engine manifold.

70-40-1

S130 Service Manual

70-40-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-50-2

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Radiator Removal And Installation Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove the rear grill. (See Removal And Installation on Page 50-60-1.)

Remove the oil cooler. (See Removal and Installation on Page 20-100-1.)

WARNING

P-68848

AVOID BURNS Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is hot. You can be seriously burned.

Open the drain valve (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-2] on the engine block and drain the coolant into a container.

W-2070-1203

Figure 70-50-3 Figure 70-50-1

P-48571 P-54001

Loosen the radiator cap (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-1] from the pressurized expansion tank.

Loosen the hose clamp (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-3] from the left side radiator hose and disconnect the hose from the radiator. Remove the radiator mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 7050-3]. Installation: Tighten the radiator mounting bolt to 11 - 13 ft.lb. (15 - 17 N•m) torque.

70-50-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-50-6

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Radiator Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 70-50-4

1 1

P-54062

Figure 70-50-7 P-54048

Loosen the hose clamp (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-4] from the left side radiator hose and disconnect the hose from the radiator.

Figure 70-50-5

P-54311

Remove the two rubber stops (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-6] & [Figure 70-50-7] from the top of the radiator. 1

2 Disconnect the overflow hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-6] & [Figure 70-50-7]. P-54050

Lift the radiator (Item 3) [Figure 70-50-7] up and remove from the machine. Remove the radiator mounting bolt (Item 1) and block off plate (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-5]. Installation: Tighten the radiator mounting bolt to 11 - 13 ft.-lb. (15 - 17 N•m) torque. Use sealant on the block off plate and bolt head (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-5].

70-50-2

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Hydraulic Fan Disassembly And Assembly

Hydraulic Fan Description

Figure 70-50-8

The proportioning valve meters the flow through the fan motor. The proportioning valve receives signals from the controller which gathers information from both the engine and hydraulic temperature sensors.

The hydraulic fan is used to cool the engine and hydraulic/hydrostatic systems. The hydraulic fan consist of a fan and hydraulic motor that is controlled by a proportioning valve. NOTE: The proportioning valve is factory set and can not be adjusted accurately in the field. The adjustment screw is sealed with a tamper evident white material, if this screw has been adjusted the proportioning valve must be replaced. If the flow from the proportioning valve is determined inaccurate it must be replaced with a new one from Bobcat Service Parts.

1 P-68126

NOTE: The seals, O-rings and coil nut on the proportioning valve (Item 1) are available by ordering from Bobcat Service Parts. The fan motor (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-8] must be replaced as an assembly if damaged.

The fan speed is determined by the engine coolant temperature and the hydraulic fluid temperature. Depending on these temperatures the fan speed (RPM’s) can range from 0 to 4000 RPM’s. The hydraulic fan speed at cold engine startup will range from 0 to 500 RPM’s until the engine coolant and the hydraulic fluid reach basic operating temperatures. During normal operating temperatures the fan speed may range from approximately 1900 to 3500 RPM’s.

70-50-3

S130 Service Manual

Remove the hydraulic fluid reservoir. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Blower Housing Removal And Installation

Figure 70-50-9

DANGER

P-67080

P-90328

•

3 P-67076

Remove cable ties (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-9] attached to blower housing. Disconnect and plug the heater hoses (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-9]. Disconnect the cab harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 70-50-9].

Remove the sealant between the blower housing and the loader frame (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-9]. Figure 70-50-10

W-2059-0598

IMPORTANT

4 3

I-2003-0888

P-67078

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Remove the fan motor inlet hose (Item 1) and outlet hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-10].

Raise the operator cab.(See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Remove the fan motor case drain hose (Item 3) [Figure 70-50-10].

Remove the fan motor/charge pump filter housing. (See Charge Filter Housing Removal And Installation on Page 20-80-3.)

Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 4) [Figure 7050-10].

70-50-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-50-13

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Blower Housing Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 70-50-11

P-76698

1 2

After the blower housing is installed, apply a bead of polyurethane caulk sealant (P/N 6633583) between the front edge (Item 1) of the crossmember and blower housing (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-13] directly in front of the inlet opening only.

P-76697

NOTE: Remove the two rear mounting bolts first. Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1 and Item 2) and spacer tubes. The only visible spacer tubes are on the outside of the blower housing using mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-11]. Figure 70-50-12

P-66649

NOTE: The picture shows the blower housing and fan assembly removed from the loader. Two of the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-11] have clips (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-12] to hold the bolts from falling out during factory installation of the blower housing and fan together. The clips will fall during the removal of the fan motor assembly bolts. Remove the blower housing from the loader. Reverse the removal procedure to install the blower housing.

70-50-5

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Hydraulic Fan Motor Removal And Installation

Fan Removal And Installation

Figure 70-50-16

Figure 70-50-14 1

P-54421A P-54418

Remove bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-16] and discard. Remove the lock nut and spacer (Item 1) [Figure 70-5014].

Reverse removal procedure for installation.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 45 - 55 ft.-lb. (61 - 75 N•m) torque.

Installation: Torque fan motor mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1) to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m).

Figure 70-50-15

1 P-54419

Use the following procedure to remove the fan from the shaft: Install the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-15] on the tapered shaft to protect the shaft and threads. Install the puller on the fan as shown [Figure 70-50-15]. As the center bolt (Item 2) [Figure 70-50-15] is tightened, periodically strike the bolt head to loosen the fan from the shaft. Remove the fan from the tapered shaft [Figure 70-5015].

70-50-6

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Water Pump Disassembly And Assembly

Water Pump Removal And Installation

Figure 70-50-18

Drain the cooling system.

Remove the alternator belt. 1 Remove the water pump bolts. 3 Figure 70-50-17

B-14424

Remove the flange (Item 1) [Figure 70-50-18]. Press the shaft (Item 2) and impeller (Item 3) [Figure 7050-18] out the impeller side of the water pump. Remove the impeller (Item 3) [Figure 70-50-18] from the shaft.

B-5318

Remove the water pump [Figure 70-50-17].

Remove the seal (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-18].

Installation: Always use a new gasket when installing the water pump.

Install a new seal (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-18] when assembling the water pump.

70-50-7

S130 Service Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Thermostat Housing Removal And Installation Figure 70-50-19

3 6

9 8 10 9

P-47253

Remove the bolts (Item 1), housing (Item 2), gasket (Item 3) and thermostat (Item 4) [Figure 70-50-19]. Remove clamps (Item 5) and hose (Item 6) [Figure 7050-19]. Remove bolts (Item 7), nut (Item 8), top and bottom housing (Item 9), and gasket (Item 10) from the cylinder head [Figure 70-50-19].

70-50-8

S130 Service Manual

LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Pump Removal And Installation

Oil Pan Removal And Installation

Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70100-1.)

Remove the engine and hydrostatic pump assembly from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.) The engine will have to be on an engine stand or suspended in the air safely to remove the oil pan.

Remove the crankshaft gear. Figure 70-60-3

Figure 70-60-1

2 2

B-3658

1 Remove the nut from the oil pump shaft. Use a puller to remove the oil pump gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-3].

P-66843

Remove oil pan bolts securing oil pan (Item 1) [Figure 70-60-2]. Slightly tapping on the oil pan with a soft mallet will break loose the oil pan from the engine block. Installation: Use a liquid gasket adhesive to the oil pan side of the oil pan gasket. Tighten oil pan bolts to 29 - 33 ft.-lb. (39 - 75 N•m) torque.

Remove the oil pump mounting bolts. Remove the oil pump (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-3]. Installation: Tighten the oil pump mounting bolts to 60 72 in.-lb. (6,9 - 8,1 N•m) torque.

Figure 70-60-2 1

P-66844

Remove the oil strainer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 70-60-2] from the engine block. Installation: Apply oil to O-ring. 70-60-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-60-5

LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Oil Pump Inspection Figure 70-60-4

A-2732

Measure the clearance between the outer rotor and pump body [Figure 70-60-5].

B-3616

Clearance Between Outer Rotor & Body

Measure the clearance between the lobes of the inner rotor and outer rotor [Figure 70-60-4]. Clearance Between Inner & Outer Rotor

0.0012-0.0055 in. (0,03-0,14 mm)

0.0043-0.0075 in. (0,11-0,19 mm)

If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the oil pump. Figure 70-60-6

If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the oil pump.

PI-10009

Put a piece of press gauge on the rotor face [Figure 7060-6]. Install the cover and tighten the bolts. Remove the cover carefully. Measure the width of the press gauge [Figure 70-60-6]. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit replace the oil pump. End Clearance

70-60-2

0.0041-0.0059 in. (0,11-0,15 mm)

S130 Service Manual

LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Engine Oil Pressure-Testing Remove the oil pressure sender. Figure 70-60-7

PI-10010

Install a pressure gauge [Figure 70-60-7]. Start the engine and run until it is at operating temperature. If the oil pressure is less than the allowable limit, check the following items: * Engine Oil Level Low * Oil Pump Defective * Oil Galley Plugged * Oil Strainer Plugged * Excessive Clearance at the Rod & Main Bearings * Oil Pump Relief Valve Stuck At Idle Speed Allowable Limit 7 PSI (0.50 bar) At Rated Speed 43 - 64 PSI (2.94 - 4.41 bar) Allowable Limit 36 PSI (2.45 bar)

70-60-3

S130 Service Manual

70-60-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-2

FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Camshaft Removal And Installation Remove the timing gearcase cover.(See Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70100-1.) Remove the idler gear. (See Idler Gear And Shaft Removal And Installation on Page 70-100-4.) Figure 70-70-1

P-47266

Remove the fuel camshaft and fork lever assembly at the same time [Figure 70-70-2].

1 P-47265

Remove the three bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-1]. Remove the two bolts and fuel camshaft retainer plate (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-1].

70-70-1

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Camshaft Governor Disassembly And Assembly The governor serves to keep the engine speed constant by automatically adjusting the amount of fuel supplied to the engine according to changes in the engine load. Figure 70-70-3

1. Start Spring 2. Governor Spring 3. Governor Spring 4. Fork Lever 5. Fork Lever 6. Fork Lever Shaft 7. Fork Lever Holder 8. Governor Lever 9. Fuel Camshaft 10. Governor Ball Case 11. Steel Balls 12. Governor Sleeve 13. Steel Ball

PI-10008

Disassemble and assemble the governor and fuel camshaft as shown in figure [Figure 70-70-3]. Check all the parts for wear or damage and replace as needed.

70-70-2

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D)

Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Removal And Installation

Fuel Shutoff Solenoid - Checking

Figure 70-70-6

Figure 70-70-4

1 1

P-48586 P-51940

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Stop the engine and open the rear door [Figure 70-70-4].

Disconnect the connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-6].

Disconnect the connector (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-4] from the fuel shutoff solenoid.

Figure 70-70-7

Use an ohmmeter to check the fuel shutoff solenoid. Figure 70-70-5 2

P-51943

Remove the mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-7] that secure the fuel shutoff solenoid. P-51941

The reading between electrical connector terminal C and terminal A must be between approximately 15.6 ohm [Figure 70-70-5].

NOTE: There is a ground strap (Item 1) [Figure 70-707] that is needed for the fuel shutoff solenoid to function correctly. A good ground is essential for correct operation of the fuel shutoff solenoid.

The reading between electrical connector terminal C and terminal B must be between approximately 0.35-0.4 ohm.

Reverse the above procedure to install the fuel shutoff solenoid.

70-70-3

S130 Service Manual

Cap the inlets on the injection pump vent where the hoses were removed [Figure 70-70-9].

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation

Remove the four oil fill tube bolts (Item 3) [Figure 70-709].

Figure 70-70-8

Figure 70-70-10 1

P-51933

P-51945

Clean the area around the injection pump thoroughly. Disconnect the high pressure fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-8] from the fuel injectors.

Remove the high pressure fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 7070-10] from the injection pump. Note:

IMPORTANT

Do not loosen the clamp screws (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-10] on the injection pump. This is to be done only when the entire injection pump is sent out to be serviced.

Do not bend the high pressure fuel injection tubes when removing or installing them. I-2029-0289

Figure 70-70-9

1 2 3

P-51944

Disconnect the fuel inlet hose (Item 1) and the fuel return hose (Item 2) from the injection pump vent [Figure 7070-9].

70-70-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-13

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 70-70-11

P-51683

1 Remove the high-idling body (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-13] from the engine block. P-48820

Figure 70-70-14 Remove the mounting bolts (Item 1) from the intake manifold (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-11].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 16 - 20 ft.-lb. (22 - 27 N•m) torque. Remove the intake manifold from the engine. 3 Installation: Replace the manifold gasket if it is worn or damaged. 2

Figure 70-70-12

P-51951

Remove the cover plate bolts (Item 1) and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-14]. Remove the cover plate (Item 3) [Figure 70-70-14].

P-51942

Remove the fuel shutoff solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 70-7012]. (See Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Removal And Installation on Page 70-70-3.)

70-70-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-17

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 70-70-15

P-51952

P-4359

1 Remove the injection pump (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-17] and shim(s) from the engine. P-51953

Remove the stop solenoid guide (Item 1) [Figure 70-7015].

NOTE: The pin (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-17] located on the control rack, needs to be installed correctly during installation. See the following procedure for correct installation.

Figure 70-70-16

IMPORTANT Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are trained and have the correct equipment. I-2028-0289

2 P-4357

Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) and two nuts (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-16] from the injection pump. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 16 - 20 ft.-lb. (22 - 27 N•m) torque.

70-70-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-20

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Injection Pump Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 70-70-18

P-64218

Install the injection pump in the engine. Ensure the control rack pin (Item 1) is to the left side of the fork lever (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-20].

P-4364

Install the shim(s) (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-18] on the injection pump mounting surface. For information on the number of shims used. (See Injection Pump - Timing on Page 70-70-8.) Figure 70-70-19

P-48779

The size of shims are identified by a symbol (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-19] on the shims. (1) Two holes means 0.0008 in (0.20 mm) shim. (2) One hole means 0.0010 in (0.25 mm) shim. (3) Without hole means 0.0012 in (0.30 mm) shim. (4) Three holes means 0.0014 in (0.35 mm) shim.

70-70-7

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-22

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Injection Pump - Timing

IMPORTANT Do not attempt to maintain or adjust unless you are trained and have the correct equipment. I-2028-0289

Timing the injection pump is done by changing the number of shims between the injection pump and the injection pump mounting surface. Disconnect the number one (closest to water pump) cylinder high pressure line from the injection pump. Figure 70-70-21

P-4361

Install a short plastic tube (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-22] in the number one cylinder port of the injection pump. The tube should fit securely in the port and point upward.

P-54133

Turn the fuel supply lever (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-21] to the ON position.

70-70-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-70-24

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Injection Pump - Timing (Cont’d) Figure 70-70-23

Rotation Direction

P-4364

Add or subtract shim(s) (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-24] as needed to adjust the fuel delivery timing.

P-48823

Rotate the engine in the direction shown [Figure 70-7023].

NOTE: Adding or removing one shim will vary the timing by 1.5°. Adding shims retards timing. Figure 70-70-25

Continue rotation until flywheel timing mark just appears in the window (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-23]. NOTE: The flywheel has three timing marks. The first mark to appear in the window with the rotation is 9.25° which is used for loaders with the Kubota V2003T engine.

The second mark to appear in the window is 8.2° which is used for loaders with the Kubota V2203 engine. The third mark to appear in the window is 6.75° which is used for loaders with the Kubota V2403 engine.

P-48779

Rotate slowly until fuel just starts to flow upward into the plastic tube.

The size of shims are identified by a symbol on the shims.

At this instant, the 9.25° BTDC timing mark on the flywheel should be aligned with the mark in the window (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-23] for the V2003T engine.

(1) Two holes means 0.008 in (0.20 mm) shim.

(3) Without hole means 0.012 in (0.30 mm) shim.

The 8.2° BTDC on the flywheel should be aligned with the mark in the window (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-23] for the V2203 engine.

(4) Three holes means 0.014 in (0.35 mm) shim.

(2) One hole means 0.010 in (0.25 mm) shim.

70-70-9

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D) Fuel Injector Removal And Installation

IMPORTANT Do not bend the high pressure fuel injection tubes when removing or installing them.

WARNING

I-2029-0289

Figure 70-70-27

W-2072-0807

Figure 70-70-26 2 1 2

P-48727A

Remove the four retainer bolts from the top of the fuel injectors (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-27]. 1 Remove the fuel return tube (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-27] from the fuel injectors.

P-51949

The following are some problems caused by faulty injectors: -Engine is hard to start or will not start -Rough engine operation and idle -Engine will not have full power -Excessive exhaust smoke Disconnect the fuel return hoses (Item 1) [Figure 70-7026] from the injectors. Disconnect the high pressure fuel lines (Item 2) [Figure 70-70-26] from the fuel injectors and from the injection pump. Remove the high pressure fuel lines from the engine.

70-70-10

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D)

Fuel Injector Nozzle Pressure - Checking

Fuel Injector Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

Figure 70-70-28 OEM1064 - Injector Nozzle Tester Figure 70-70-30 1

P-48728A

Remove the injector nozzle holder bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-70-28] from the cylinder head. Pull on the injector nozzle to remove the injector nozzle from the cylinder head. Installation: Tighten the nozzle holder bolt to 18.8 - 21.7 ft.-lb. (25,5 - 29,4 N•m) torque.

3EEABAC1P012A

Set the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester. Slowly move the tester handle to measure the pressure at which fuel begins jetting out from the nozzle. If the measurement is not within the factory specifications, replace the injection nozzle assembly.

Figure 70-70-29

NOTE: Injection nozzle gasket must be replaced when the injection nozzle is removed for checking. 1

Injection pressure

Factory spec.

18.6 - 20.1 MPa 190 - 205 kgf/cm² 2702 - 2916 PSI

P-37583

[Figure 70-70-29] shows the injector nozzle removed from the cylinder. Inspect the injector and replace if necessary. Check and replace the injector nozzle O-rings (Item 1) and the nozzle washer (Item 2) before installing new or used injectors. [Figure 70-70-29].

70-70-11

S130 Service Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT'D)

Valve Seat Tightness

Nozzle Spray Condition

The tool listed will be needed to do the following procedure:

OEM1064 - Injector Nozzle Tester

Figure 70-70-32

Figure 70-70-31 Correct

Incorrect

3EEABAC1P014A 3EEABAC1P013A

Set the injection nozzle to a nozzle tester. Set the injection nozzle to a nozzle tester, and check the nozzle spraying condition.

Raise the fuel pressure, and keep at 16.67 MPa (170 kgf/ cm², 2418 PSI) for 10 seconds.

If the spraying condition is defective, replace the injection nozzle assembly.

If any fuel leak is found, replace the injection nozzle assembly. Valve seat tightness

70-70-12

Factory spec.

No fuel leak at 16.67 MPa 170 kgf/cm² 2418 PSI

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD

Glow Plugs Removal And Installation

Glow Plugs - Testing

Figure 70-80-2

Figure 70-80-1

1 1

P-51933 P-51934

Disconnect the negative (-) cable from the battery. Disconnect the glow plug cables and leads.

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-2] from the top of each glow plug.

Use an ohmmeter to check the glow plugs. Touch one probe to the end of the glow plug and the other probe to the body of glow plug (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-1].

Disconnect the engine harness wire (Item 2) [Figure 7080-2] from the glow plug.

The resistance should be approximately one ohm. If the resistance is infinite, the coil of the glow plug is broken.

Remove the glow plug connecting strap (Item 3) [Figure 70-80-2].

Repeat the procedure for each glow plug.

Figure 70-80-3

P-51935

Loosen and remove the glow plug (Item 1) [Figure 7080-3]. Installation: Tighten the glow plug to 14.5 - 18.1 ft.-lb. (19,6 - 24,5 N•m) torque.

70-80-1

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Valve Clearance Adjustment

Glow Plugs Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 70-80-5

Figure 70-80-4

B-5568

P-48708

Adjust the valve clearance as follows: Photo [Figure 70-80-4] shows the glow plug removed from the engine. Inspect the glow plugs and replace when necessary.

Loosen the lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-5]. Turn the adjustment screw (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-5] until the correct clearance is obtained. NOTE: The clearance is measured between the rocker arm and valve stem tip (Item 3) [Figure 70-80-5].

70-80-2

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Valve Timing, Checking

Valve Clearance Adjustment (Cont’d)

Figure 70-80-8

Figure 70-80-6 4 3 5

1 (1) Idle Gear (2) Idle Collar (3) External Snap Ring (4) Cam Gear (5) Camshaft

B-14341

B-05569

Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 70-80-7

Remove the engine. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.) 1

Cylinder Number

Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70100-1.)

Valve Number

Valve I=Intake E=Exhaust

Make sure the timing marks are in correct alignment [Figure 70-80-8].

Adjust the valve clearance as follows: 0.0071 -0.0087 in. (0,18 - 0,22 mm) Exhaust

Intake

Use the following sequence to set the valves [Figure 7080-6] & [Figure 70-80-7]: 1. With the rocker arm rocking (valves 7 & 8) on No. 4 cylinder set clearance at No. 1 cylinder (valves 1 & 2). 2. With the rocker arm rocking (valves 3 & 4) on No. 2 cylinder set clearance at No. 3 cylinder (valves 5 & 6). 3. With the rocker arm rocking (valves 1 & 2) on No. 1 cylinder set clearance at No. 4 cylinder (valves 7 & 8). 4. With the rocker arm rocking (valves 5 & 6) on No. 3 cylinder set clearance at No. 2 cylinder (valves 3 & 4). 70-80-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-80-11

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D) Cylinder Head Removal And Installation Figure 70-80-9 4

1 2 3

1 P-47243

Remove the glow plugs (Item 1) and fuel injector holder assemblies (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-11].

P-47241

Remove the glow plug lead (Item 1), breather hose (Item 2), and valve cover bolts (Item 3) [Figure 70-80-9]. Remove the valve cover (Item 4) [Figure 70-80-9] and gasket.

Installation: Tighten the glow plugs to 11 - 14.5 ft.-lb. (15 - 19,6 N•m) torque. Tighten the injector holders to 19 - 22 ft.-lb. (25,5 - 29,4 N•m) torque. Figure 70-80-12

Installation: Gradually tighten the valve cover bolts to 5 8 ft.-lb. (7 - 11 N•m). Tighten center bolts first, then work your way to the front and back of the valve cover. 1 Figure 70-80-10 1

2 2

2 B-14332

Remove the rocker arm bolts and remove the rocker arm assembly (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-12]. P-47242

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 17 - 20 ft.-lb. (23,5 27,5 N•m) torque. Loosen the bolts on the clamps (Item 1) and remove the injection tubes (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-10].

Remove the pushrods (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-12].

Remove the overflow tube assembly.

70-80-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-80-15

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D) Cylinder Head Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 70-80-13

1 2 13

16 12 P-47247

Remove the cylinder head bolts in order of #18 to #1 [Figure 70-80-15].

P-47245

Installation: The push rod (Item 1) must be seated in the tappet (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-13] correctly or the push rods will be damaged. After installing the rocker arm assembly and push rods, the valve lash must be adjusted. (See Valve Clearance Adjustment on Page 70-80-2.) Figure 70-80-14

NOTE: (A) is the water pump side, (B) is the flywheel side. Installation: Put oil on the bolt threads. Tighten the bolts in the correct sequence in order of #1-#18 to 68 - 72 ft.lb. (93 - 98 N•m). NOTE: Re-tighten the cylinder head bolts in the correct sequence after the engine has been run for 30 minutes. Figure 70-80-16

2 P-47246

P-47248

Remove the clamps (Item 1) and remove the hose (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-14] from the thermostat housing.

Remove the cylinder head (Item 1) and gasket (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-16].

70-80-5

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-80-19

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D) Cylinder Head Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Gasket Size (Number)

Figure 70-80-17 15 20 25 30 35

Piston Protrusion 0.475 to 0.525 mm 0.0187 to 0.0207 in. 0.525 to 0.575 mm 0.0207 to 0.0226 in. 0.575 to 0.625 mm 0.0226 to 0.0246 in. 0.625 to 0.067 mm 0.0246 to 0.0266 in. 0.675 to 0.725 mm 0.0266 to 0.0285 in.

Select the correct gasket size (thickness) from the chart [Figure 70-80-19].

1 P-47249A

When replacing just the gasket, use a new gasket that has the same mark (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-17] as the original gasket. When replacing the gasket after an engine rebuild, the piston protrusion must be measured. (See Cylinder Head Top Clearance on Page 70-80-8.)

Find the measurement of the highest piston protrusion and the lowest piston protrusion (recorded earlier) for each piston. If the highest measurement exceeds the piston protrusion of the selected gasket, use the gasket which is one size larger. If the measurement exceeds gasket size 35, the engine must be disassembled, clearances checked, and reassembled. If the measurement is two sizes smaller than the selected gasket or smaller than gasket size 15, the engine must be disassembled, clearances checked, and reassembled.

Figure 70-80-18

After the gasket and cylinder head have been installed, turn the crankshaft by hand to be sure there is no interference between the piston, cylinder, and valves.

P-47252

Measure and record the protrusion of each piston in the four places shown (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-18]. Find the average of each piston, then find the combined average of the four pistons.

70-80-6

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Cylinder Head - Servicing

Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly

Clean the surface of the cylinder head.

Figure 70-80-20

Figure 70-80-22 1

PI-9987

P-51629

Use a valve spring compressor to compress the valve spring [Figure 70-80-20].

Put a straight edge (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-22] on the cylinder head.

Figure 70-80-21

NOTE: Do not put the straight edge across combustion chambers. Put a feeler gauge (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-22] between the straight edge and the surface of the cylinder head. Figure 70-80-23

1 Cap

2 Collets

6 Seal

3 Retainer

5 Valve

Spring

B-4122C

Remove the valve cap (Item 1) and valve spring collet (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-20] & [Figure 70-80-21]. Remove the valve spring retainer (Item 3) and the spring (Item 4) [Figure 70-80-20] & [Figure 70-80-21]. Remove the seal (Item 6) and the valve (Item 5) [Figure 70-80-20] & [Figure 70-80-21].

PI-9988

Put the straight edge on the cylinder head's four sides and two diagonal as shown in figure [Figure 70-80-23]. The maximum distortion of the head surface is ± 0.002 in. (± 0,05 mm). If the measurement exceeds the specification, replace the cylinder head.

70-80-7

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Valve Guide-Checking

Cylinder Head Top Clearance

Remove the valve and spring from the cylinder head. (See Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly on Page 70-80-7.)

Figure 70-80-24

Remove the carbon from the valve guide. Figure 70-80-25

P-51631

Install the cylinder head gasket. Put the piston (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-24] being checked at T.D.C. Put 3 pieces of 0.06 in. (1,5 mm) diameter solder (Item 2) [Figure 70-80-24] on the top of the piston. Use grease to hold them in position.

B-14335

Measure the valve stem O.D. [Figure 70-80-25]. Measure the valve guide I.D. [Figure 70-80-25].

NOTE: Put the solder in position so they do not touch the valves.

Calculate the clearance. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the valve and/or valve guide.

Turn the piston to bottom dead center. Install the cylinder head and tighten to the correct torque in the correct sequence. (See Cylinder Head Removal And Installation on Page 70-80-4.) Turn the crankshaft until the piston exceeds T.D.C. Remove the cylinder head. Remove the solder wire (Item 3) [Figure 70-80-24] and measure it.

Valve Guide I.D. Valve Stem O.D. Clearance Between Valve Stem and Guide Allowable Limit

0.3156-0.3161 in. (8,015-8,03 mm) 0.3134-0.3140 in. (7,96-7,98 mm) 0.0016-0.0028 in. (0,04-0,07 mm) 0.004 in. (0,1 mm)

If the measurement exceeds the specifications, check the oil clearance of the crank pin journal or the piston pin. Top Clearance

0.0236-0.0276 in. (0,6-0,7 mm)

70-80-8

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Reconditioning The Valve And Valve Seat

Valve Guide-Checking (Cont’d)

Figure 70-80-28

Figure 70-80-26 8.86” (225 mm) 0.787”

2.76” (70mm)

1.77” (45 mm)

(20 mm)

0.460-0.468” (11,7-11,9 mm) 0.2” (5,0 mm)

0.263-0.275” 0.98” (6,7-7 mm) (25,0 mm)

0.256-0.259” (6,5-6,6 mm)

0.350-0.358” (8.9-9.1 mm)

0.787” (20,0 mm)

PI-9993

0.490-0.50” (12.5-12.8 mm) MC-1364

Grind the valve face to the correct angle using a valve refacer [Figure 70-80-28]. To remove and replace the valve guide, make the driver tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-80-26].

Clean the valve seat and combustion chamber.

Figure 70-80-27

Figure 70-80-29

PI-9992

P-51632

Press the used valve guide out of the cylinder head using the special driver tool [Figure 70-80-27].

Install the valve into the guide. Measure the valve recessing or protrusion with a depth gauge [Figure 7080-29].

Put oil on the outside diameter of the new valve guide. Press the new valve guide into the cylinder head from the top side. Use the special driver tools (Items 1 & 2) [Figure 70-80-27], press the new guide until the tool contacts the cylinder head. Ream the valve guide to the correct specifications.

70-80-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-80-32

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D) Reconditioning The Valve And Valve Seat (Cont’d)

15° Exhaust

Figure 70-80-30

30° Intake

1. Cylinder Head Surface 2. Recessing 3. Protrusion

PI-9995

Check the seat surface and valve face (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-32].

PI-9990

If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the valve or cylinder head [Figure 70-80-30]. Protrusion Recessing Allowable Limit (Recessing)

0.002 in. (0,5 mm) 0.006 in. (0,15 mm) 0.016 in. (0,4 mm)

(a) identical dimensions above and below the valve seat If the seat surface (b) is too wide, use a 30 degree cutter (Item 2) on the intake, and a 15 degree cutter on the exhaust to get the correct width (Item 3) [Figure 70-8032]. Valve Seat Width

Figure 70-80-31 Intake Exhaust

0.0835 in. (2,12 mm) 0.0835 in. (2,12 mm)

Valve Seat & Face Angle Intake Exhaust 15° Exhaust 30° Intake

60° 45°

45° Exhaust 60° Intake

PI-9994

Grind the valve seat surface in the cylinder head to the correct angle [Figure 70-80-31].

70-80-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-80-34

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D) Valve Spring Figure 70-80-33

A-2759

Put the spring on a tester and compress to specified length [Figure 70-80-34].

B-3680

Measure the length of the valve spring. If the measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace the spring [Figure 70-80-33]. Free Length Allowable Limit

Read the compressed load on the gauge. If the measurement exceeds allowable limit, replace the spring. Setting Length Setting Load Allowable Limit

1.6417 - 1.6614 in. (41,7 - 42,2 mm) 1.622 in. (41,2 mm)

1.378 in. (35,0 mm) 26.4 lb. (117,6 N) 22.5 lb. (100,0 N)

Put the spring on a flat surface, place a square on the side of the spring [Figure 70-80-33]. Rotate the spring and measure the maximum tilt. If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the spring. Tilt Allowable Limit

0.039 in. (1,0 mm)

70-80-11

S130 Service Manual

CYLINDER HEAD (CONT'D)

Rocker Arm And Shaft Checking

Valve Tappets

Figure 70-80-37

Figure 70-80-35

1 2

B-3697 P-47267

Measure the rocker arm I.D. (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-37] with an inside micrometer. Remove the valve tappets (Item 1) [Figure 70-80-35]. Measure the rocker arm shaft O.D. (Item 2) [Figure 7080-37] with an outside micrometer.

Figure 70-80-36

If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the bushing. If the clearance still exceeds the allowable limit after the bushing is replace, replace the rocker arm shaft. Oil Clearance Between Rocker Arm & Shaft 0.0006-0.0018 in. (0,016-0,045 mm) Allowable Limit 0.004 in. (0,10 mm) Rocker Arm Shaft O.D. 0.5501-0.5506 in. (13,973-13,984 mm) Rocker Arm I.D. 0.5512-0.5519 in. (14,0-14,02 mm)

P-47268

Measure the O.D. of the tappet [Figure 70-80-36]. Measure the ID of the tappet bore [Figure 70-80-36]. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the tappets. Tappet OD Tappet Bore ID Clearance Between Tappet and Tappet Bore Allowable limit

0.9433-0.9441 in. (23,96-23,98mm) 0.9449-0.9457 in. (24-24,02 mm)

0.0008-0.0024 in. (0,02-0,06 mm) 0.0028 in. (0,07 mm)

70-80-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-2

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS Piston And Connecting Rod Removal And Installation Remove the cylinder head. (See Cylinder Head Removal And Installation on Page 70-80-4.) Remove the top edge from the cylinder bore with a ridge reamer. Remove the oil pan. Figure 70-90-1

P-51633A

Remove the rod cap and bearing [Figure 70-90-2]. Use a hammer handle and push the piston/connecting rod assembly out of the cylinder bore [Figure 70-90-2].

NOTE: Make sure the pistons are marked so they will be returned to the same cylinder bore. Figure 70-90-3 P-47269

Remove the oil pump strainer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-1] by tapping the edge of the strainer with a soft faced hammer. Turn the flywheel and put a pair of connecting rods at bottom dead center.

Remove the connecting rod bolts. Installation: Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 33 - 36 ft.-lb. (44 - 49 N•m) torque.

A-2903

Installation: Make sure the marks on the connecting rod and bearing are aligned when installing the bearing cap (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-3]. Repeat the procedure to remove the other piston/ connecting rod assemblies from the engine block.

70-90-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-6

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Piston And Connecting Rod Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

1 2

Figure 70-90-4

4 1

3 5 2

1 P-47271

Installation: When reassembling, align the marks (Item 1) on the connecting rod and piston (Item 2). Heat the piston in clean engine oil to 176° F (80° C) and tap the piston pin into position. Place the piston rings so that there are gaps every 120 degrees (Items 3, 4 & 5) [Figure 70-90-6] with no gap facing the piston pin in the cylinder.

P-47270

Remove the piston rings [Figure 70-90-4]. Remove the snap ring (Item 1) and piston pin (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-4]. Separate the piston (Item 3) from the connecting rod (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-4].

NOTE: Assemble the piston to the connecting rod with the FW mark (Item 6) [Figure 70-90-6] is facing the flywheel side and the connecting rod mark (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-6] facing the injection pump side.

NOTE: Mark the piston (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-4] and connecting rod (Item 4) [Figure 70-90-4] with the same number to ensure correct installation and proper cylinder placement. Figure 70-90-5

1 3 PI-10015

Installation: When installing new rings, assemble the ring so the mark (Item 1) near the gap faces the top of the piston. When installing the oil ring, place the expander joint (Item 2) on the opposite side of the oil ring gap (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-5]. 70-90-2

S130 Service Manual

Calculate the oil clearance. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the bushing. If it still exceeds the specifications, replace the piston pin.

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Piston And Connecting Rod - Servicing Figure 70-90-7

Piston Pin O.D. Bushing I.D. Oil Clearance Between Piston Pin & Bushing Allowable Limit

0.9843 - 0.9847 in. (25,0 - 25,011 mm) 0.9852 - 0.9858 in. (25,03 - 25,04 mm) 0.0006 - 0.0015 in. (0,014 - 0,038 mm) 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm)

Figure 70-90-9 1.38” (35 mm) 1.063” (27 mm) P-47272

6.38” (162 mm)

Measure the I.D. of the piston pin bore in both horizontal and vertical directions [Figure 70-90-7].

1.378” (35 mm)

If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston. Piston Bore I.D.

0.9843 - 0.9848 in. (25,0 - 25,013 mm)

Allowable Limit

0.9862 in. (25,05 mm)

1.098-1.1004” (27,9-27,95 mm) 0.984-0.985” (25,0-25,01 mm) MC-1366

To replace the connecting rod small end bushing, make a driver tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-90-9].

Figure 70-90-8

Figure 70-90-10

P-47273 PI-10016

Measure the O.D. of the piston pin (Item 1) [Figure 7090-8]. Measure the I.D. of the connecting rod small end (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-8].

Use a press and special driver tool to remove the small end bushing [Figure 70-90-10]. Installation: Clean the small end bushing and bore. Put oil on the bushing and press into the connecting rod until it is flush [Figure 70-90-10].

70-90-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-12

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Piston And Connecting Rod - Servicing (Cont’d) Figure 70-90-11

PI-10017

Remove the carbon from the ring grooves. Measure the clearance between the ring and groove with a feeler gauge [Figure 70-90-12].

B-3622

Install a piston ring into the lower part of the cylinder bore. Measure the ring gap with a feeler gauge [Figure 70-90-11].

If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the ring. If the clearance still exceeds the allowable limit, replace the piston.

If the gap exceeds the allowable limit, replace the ring. Top Ring Gap Oil Ring Gap Allowable Limit Second Ring Gap

Compression Rings

0.0079-0.0138 in. (0,2-0,35 mm) 0.0079-0.0157 in. (0,20-0,40 mm) 0.0492 in. (1,25 mm) 0.0138-0.0197 in. (0.35-0,50 mm)

Allowable Limit Oil Ring Allowable Limit

70-90-4

0.0020-0.0035 in. (0,050,09 mm) 0.0079 in. (0,2 mm) 0.0012-0.0028 in. (0,030,07 mm) 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm)

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-14

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Cylinder Bore- Checking Figure 70-90-13

A-2717

Measure the six points as shown in figure [Figure 70-9014] to find the maximum wear.

B-4066

The factory specification is: Use a gauge to check the inside measurement of the cylinder bore [Figure 70-90-13].

3.4252-3.4261 in. (87,0-87,022 mm) The wear limit is: +0.0059 in. (+0,15 mm).

70-90-5

S130 Service Manual

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D)

Crankshaft And Bearings Removal And Installation

Connecting Rod Alignment

Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies. (See Piston And Connecting Rod Removal And Installation on Page 70-90-1.)

NOTE: The small end bushing is the basis of this check, check the bushing for wear before doing this check.

Figure 70-90-16

Install the piston pin into the connecting rod.

Install the connecting rod on an alignment tool. Put the gauge over the piston pin and move it against the face plate.

Figure 70-90-15

3 P-47274

Mark and remove the inside screws (Item 1) first, then remove the outside screws (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-16]. NOTE: The inside bolts are different length than the outside bolts. Install two screws in the bearing case cover and remove the cover (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-16].

B-4067

If the gauge does not fit squarely against the face plate, measure the space between the gauge and face plate [Figure 70-90-15].

Remove the two gaskets (Item 4) and oil seal (Item 5) [Figure 70-90-16] from the cover. Figure 70-90-17

If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the connecting rod. Rod Alignment

0.002 in. (0,05 mm)

1 2

P-47275

Installation: Install the gaskets (Item 1) & (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-17] as shown.

70-90-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-20

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Crankshaft And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 70-90-18

1 2 2

1 P-47278

Remove the main bearing case bolt (Item 1) [Figure 7090-20]. P-47276

Install the bearing case cover (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-18] with the casting mark (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-18] in the upward position. Tighten the bolts to 17 - 20 ft.-lb. (23,5 27,5 N•m) torque.

Installation: Align the bearing case hole (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-20] with the hole in the block. Put oil on the bolt threads and tighten to 51 - 54 ft.-lb. (69 - 73 N•m) torque. Figure 70-90-21

Figure 70-90-19 1

P-47279

Remove the crankshaft/main bearing assembly from the engine block [Figure 70-90-21].

P-47277

Before removing the crankshaft/main bearings, check the end play. Install a dial indicator. Move the crankshaft [Figure 70-90-19] to the flywheel side, zero the dial indicator. Measure the end play by pulling the crankshaft toward the gear case side.

NOTE: Turn the crankshaft as needed to allow the crank pin journals to pass through the cut out (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-21] of the engine block. Mark the bearing case halves for correct installation.

If the measurement exceeds the allowable limit, replace the thrust washers [Figure 70-90-19]. End Play Allowable Limit

0.0059-0.0138 in. (0,15-0,35 mm) 0.0197 in. (0,5 mm)

70-90-7

S130 Service Manual

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D)

Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing

Crankshaft And Bearings Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 70-90-24

Figure 70-90-22

A-2763

Put the crankshaft on V-blocks. Install a dial indicator on the center journal [Figure 70-90-24].

B-4092

Remove the two bearing case bolts [Figure 70-90-22].

Turn the crankshaft at a slow rate to obtain the misalignment (one half of the alignment measurement).

Remove the bearing case and bearing. Installation: Tighten the bearing case bolts to 34 - 38 ft.lb. (46 - 51 N•m) torque.

If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace the crankshaft. Alignment

Figure 70-90-23

0.0008 in. (0,02 mm)

Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 33 - 36 ft.-lb. (45 - 49 N•m) torque. Figure 70-90-25

120 PI-10021

Installation: When installing the main bearing case assemblies, face the mark FLYWHEEL to the flywheel side of the engine block [Figure 70-90-23]. The thrust washers oil grooves must face outward.

A-2727

Measure the crankpin bearing I.D. [Figure 70-90-25].

70-90-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-27

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing (Cont’d)

Figure 70-90-26

PI-10022

A-2716

Measure the crankpin O.D. [Figure 70-90-26].

Check the wear on the crankshaft sleeve (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-27]. If the wear exceeds the allowable limit or the seal leaks oil, replace the sleeve.

Calculate the oil clearance. Crankpin Bearing I.D. Crankpin O.D. Oil Clearance Allowable limit

Wear of Sleeve 1.8504-1.8522 in. (47,0-47,05 mm) 1.8488-1.8494 in. (46,96-46,98 mm) 0.0010-0.0034 in. (0,025-0,087 mm) 0.0079 in. (0,2 mm)

0.0039 in. (0,1 mm)

The special tool set will be needed to replace the crankshaft sleeve. Remove the sleeve.

70-90-9

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-30

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing (Cont’d) Figure 70-90-28

2 1

B-3618

Measure the O.D. of the crankshaft journal [Figure 7090-30].

PI-10023

Calculate the oil clearance. Install the sleeve guide (Item 1) and stop (Item 2) [Figure 70-90-28]. Heat the sleeve to approximately 300° F (150° C). Install the sleeve on the crankshaft using the special driver tool (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-28]. NOTE: The sleeve is installed with the larger chamfered surface to the front of the crankshaft (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-27 on Page 9].

If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the crankshaft bearing. Bearing 1: Bearing I.D. Journal O.D. Oil Clearance Allowable Limit

2.3614-2.3637 in. (59,98-60,04 mm) 2.3591-2.3598 in. (59,92-59,94 mm) 0.016-0.0046 in. (0,040-0,12 mm) 0.0079 in. (0,2 mm)

NOTE: Make sure you use the correct size bearing when installing. Oversize bearings are generally marked.

Figure 70-90-29

B-3631

Measure the I.D. of the No. 1 crankshaft bearing [Figure 70-90-29].

70-90-10

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-90-33

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing (Cont’d)

1. Seam 2. Bearing 3. Engine Block 4. Bearing Recession

Figure 70-90-31 Removal Tool

5.31” (135 mm) 0.8” (20 mm) 2.354-2.358” (59,80-59.90 mm)

2.83” (72 mm)

P-48778

0.8” (20 mm) 1.57” (40 mm)

0.4” (10 mm)

2.551-2.555 (64,80-64,90 mm) MC-1367

To remove the front bearing make the tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-90-31]. Figure 70-90-32

5.12” (130 mm)

2.83”

Installation: Clean the new bearing (Item 2) and bore, apply oil to the bearing and bore. Install the new bearing with the seam (Item 1) [Figure 70-90-33] towards the exhaust manifold side, using the installation driver tool. Check the depth (Item 4) of the bearing (Item 2) from the face of the engine block (Item 3) [Figure 70-90-33]. This will ensure proper bearing alignment with the crankshaft.

Installation Tool

0.16” (4 mm)

Remove the front bearing with the special removal tool [Figure 70-90-31].

0.8” (20 mm)

Bearing Number 1 Recession

2.551-2.555” (64,80-64.90 mm)

0.1654 - 0.1772 in. (4,2 - 4,5 mm)

Clean the crankshaft journal and bearing. Put a strip of press gauge on the center journal.

(72 mm) 2.68” (68 mm)

Install the main bearing case halves and tighten the bolts. Remove the bearing case halves.

0.8” (20 mm) 1.57” (40 mm)

0.4” (9mm)

2.354-2.358” (59,80-59,90 mm)

NOTE: DO NOT turn the crankshaft with the press gauge installed. Incorrect measurements will be obtained.

MC-1365

To install the front bearing make the tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-90-32].

70-90-11

S130 Service Manual

CRANKSHAFT AND PISTONS (CONT’D) Crankshaft And Bearings - Servicing (Cont’d) Figure 70-90-34

PI-10025

Measure the flattened press gauge [Figure 70-90-34]. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the No. 2 crankshaft bearing. Crankshaft Journal O.D. Bearing I.D. Oil Clearance Allowable Limit

2.3591-2.3598 in. (59,92-59,94 mm) 2.3614-2.3632 in. (59,98-60,02 mm) 0.0016-0.0041 in. (0,04-0,12 mm) 0.0079 in. (0,2 mm)

70-90-12

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-100-3

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation Figure 70-100-1

7.87” (200 mm)

P-47256

Remove the speed control plate (Item 1) [Figure 70-1003].

P-47254

Figure 70-100-4 Bend a hook on the end of a 7.87 in. (200 mm) long, 0.050 in. (1.2 mm) diameter hard wire [Figure 70-100-1]. Figure 70-100-2

1 1

P-47257

Remove the wire (Item 1) [Figure 70-100-4] from the springs.

P-47255

Disconnect the two governor springs (Item 1) [Figure 70100-2].

Installation: Do not drop the governor springs into the gear case. Remove the crankshaft pulley nut. Installation: Tighten the nut to 101 - 116 ft.-lb. (137 - 157 N•m) torque.

70-100-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-100-7

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS (CONT’D) Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 70-100-5

P-47259

Remove the timing gearcase cover [Figure 70-100-7]. Figure 70-100-8

P-47258

Use a puller and remove the crankshaft pulley. [Figure 70-100-5].

3 2

Figure 70-100-6

1 2

1 B-14340

Remove the crankshaft collar (Item 1), O-ring (Item 2) and oil slinger (Item 3) [Figure 70-100-8]. B-14339

Remove the crankshaft pulley (Item 1) and key (Item 2) [Figure 70-100-6]. Remove the bolts from the timing gearcase cover. Installation: Tighten the bolts to 13 - 15 ft.-lb. (18 - 20 N•m) torque.

70-100-2

S130 Service Manual

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS (CONT’D)

Timing Gears Backlash - Checking

Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

When the gears are installed, check the backlash of the gears.

Figure 70-100-9

Figure 70-100-10

Oil Seal

O-Rings B-3617B

P-47264

Installation: Install new O-rings and oil seal into the timing gearcase cover [Figure 70-100-9].

Install a dial indicator [Figure 70-100-10]. Hold one gear while turning the other gear [Figure 70100-10]. If the backlash exceeds the allowable limit, check the oil clearance of the shaft and gear. If the oil clearance is correct, replace the gear. Crank Gear & Idler Gear

0.0016-0.0044 in. (0,042-0,112 mm) Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm) Cam Gear & Idler Gear 0.0016-0.0045 in. (0,042-0,115 mm) Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm) Injection Pump Gear & Idler Gear 0.0016-0.0045 in. Allowable Limit Oil Pump Gear & Crankgear Allowable Limit

70-100-3

(0,042-0,115 mm) 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm) 0.0016-0.0043 in. (0,042-0,109 mm) 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm)

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-100-13

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS (CONT’D) Idler Gear And Shaft Removal And Installation Remove the timing gearcase cover. (See Timing Gearcase Cover Removal And Installation on Page 70100-1.)

Figure 70-100-11

1 P-47262

Align the holes (Item 1) on the camshaft gear with the camshaft retainer plate bolts (Item 2) [Figure 70-100-13]. Remove the bolts. Installation: Tighten the camshaft retainer bolts to 18 20 ft.-lb. (24 - 27 N•m) torque.

P-47260

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) and collar from the idler gear shaft (Item 2) [Figure 70-100-11].

Remove the camshaft from the engine block. Figure 70-100-14

Installation: Make sure the timing marks are in correct alignment when installing the timing gears [Figure 70100-11]. Figure 70-100-12

PI-10002B

Installation: Check the camshaft end play. If clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the camshaft retainer plate [Figure 70-100-14].

B-3699

Camshaft End Play

Remove the idler gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-100-12]. Installation: Check the idler gear end play. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the gear collar. Idler Gear End Play Allowable Limit

Allowable Limit

0.0028-0.0087 in. (0,07-0,22 mm) 0.0118 in. (0,3 mm)

0.0047 - 0.0189 in. (0.12 - 0.48mm) 0.0354 in. (0,9 mm)

70-100-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-100-17

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS (CONT’D) Camshaft - Servicing Figure 70-100-15

B-5001

Measure the cam lobes at their highest point [Figure 70100-17].

P-47263

Measure the cylinder block bore in the engine block [Figure 70-100-15].

If the measurement is less than the allowable limit, replace the camshaft. Cam Lobe Height Allowable Limit

Figure 70-100-16

1.3346 in. (33,9 mm) 1.3327 in. (33,85 mm)

Figure 70-100-18

A-2761

Measure the camshaft journal [Figure 70-100-16].

A-2760

Calculate the oil clearance. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the camshaft. Cylinder Block Bore I.D.

1.5748-1.5758 in. (40,0-40,03 mm) Journal O.D. 1.5722-1.5728 in. (39,93-39,95 mm) Oil Clearance of Camshaft Journal 0.002-0.0036 in. (0,05-0,091 mm) Allowable Limit 0.0059 in. (0,15 mm)

Put the camshaft in V-blocks. Install a dial indicator [Figure 70-100-18]. Turn the camshaft at a slow rate. If the misalignment exceeds the allowable limit, replace the camshaft. Camshaft Alignment Allowable Limit

70-100-5

0.0004 in. (0,01 mm)

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-100-20

CAMSHAFT AND TIMING GEARS (CONT’D) Idler Gear And Shaft Servicing

1.49” (38 mm)

Figure 70-100-19 6.89” (175 mm) 1.77” (45 mm)

1.575” (40 mm)

1.650-1.652” (41,9-41,95 mm) 1.494-1.495” (37,95-37,97 mm) MC-1366

To replace the idler gear bushing, make a driver tool as shown in figure [Figure 70-100-20].

PI-10003

Figure 70-100-21 Measure the O.D. of the idler gear shaft [Figure 70-10019]. Measure the I.D. of the idler gear bushing [Figure 70100-19]. If the clearance exceeds the allowable limit, replace the bushing. Idler Gear Shaft O.D.

1.4945 - 1.4951 in. (37,96 - 37,98 mm) Idler Gear Bushing I.D. 1.4961 - 1.4970 in. (38,0 - 38,03 mm) Clearance Between Idler Shaft & Gear Bushing 0.001 - 0.0026 in. (0,025 - 0,07 mm) Allowable Limit 0.0039 in. (0,1 mm)

PI-10004

Use a press and special driver tool, to remove the old bushing and install the new bushing [Figure 70-100-21].

70-100-6

S130 Service Manual

FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING

Ring Gear Removal And Installation

Flywheel Removal And Installation

Figure 70-110-2

Remove the drive belt shield. (See Shield Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-1.) Remove the drive belt. (See Belt Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-3.) Remove the drive belt tension pulley. (See Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-4.) Figure 70-110-1

1 P-48850

The ring gear (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-2] on the flywheel is an interference fit. Heat the ring gear enough to expand the gear. Hit the ring gear evenly around the gear to remove it from the flywheel.

Clean the outer surface of the flywheel thoroughly so the new ring gear will fit smoothly onto the flywheel. 2 Clean the new ring gear and heat it to a temperature of 450° - 500° F (232° - 260° C).

P-48649

Remove the six mounting bolts (Item 1) from the engine flywheel (Item 2) [Figure 70-110-1].

Fit the ring on the flywheel and be sure the gear is seated correctly.

Installation: Apply engine oil to the threads and seats before tightening. Tighten to 72 - 80 ft.-lb. (98 - 108 N•m) torque. Remove the flywheel from the engine. Installation: Be sure to align the hole in the flywheel with the pin located on the crankshaft. Reverse the removal procedure to install the flywheel.

70-110-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-110-4

FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING (CONT’D) Housing Removal And Installation Remove the drive belt shield. (See Shield Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-1.) Remove the engine/hydrostatic pump package from the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on Page 70-10-8.) Remove the drive belt. (See Belt Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-3.) Remove the drive belt tension pulley. (See Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation on Page 30-60-4.) Remove the starter. (See Removal And Installation on Page 60-40-2.) Remove the flywheel. (See Flywheel Removal And Installation on Page 70-110-1.)

P-48651C

Install a puller in the drive pulley and remove the pulley from the hydrostatic pump shaft [Figure 70-110-4]. Installation: Install the pulley key in the shaft before installing the drive pulley.

Figure 70-110-3

P-48651B

Remove the hydrostatic pump drive pulley mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-3] and washer. Installation: Tighten the mounting nut to 175 - 200 ft.-lb. (237 - 271 N•m) torque.

70-110-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 70-110-7

FLYWHEEL AND HOUSING (CONT’D) Housing Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 70-110-5

P-48648

1 Remove the seven mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70110-7] which fasten the housing on the engine.

P-48650

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 70-1105] from the drive belt housing which mount the hydrostatic pump to the housing. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 65 - 70 ft.-lb. (88 - 95 N•m) torque. Figure 70-110-6

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 35 - 40 ft.-lb. (48 - 54 N•m) torque. Remove the 2 bolts (Item 2) [Figure 70-110-7] which fasten the housing on the engine. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 60 - 65 ft.-lb. (82 - 88 N•m) torque. Remove the housing. Reverse the removal procedure to install the housing.

P-4231A

Remove the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 70-110-6] from engine coolant tubeline mounting bracket which is attached to the flywheel housing. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt to 25 - 28 ft.-lb. (34 - 38 N•m) torque.

70-110-3

S130 Service Manual

70-110-4

S130 Service Manual

HEATER HEATER COIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-50-1 HEATER FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blower Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

80-60-1 80-60-1 80-60-4 80-60-2

HEATER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-10-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-10-1 HEATER UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-40-1 Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-40-1 HEATER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-70-1 Disassembly And Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-70-2 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-70-1 REGULAR MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-20-1 Cleaning The Heater Coil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-20-2 Filter Elements Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-20-1 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blower Motor Does Not Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blower Motor Operators Normally, But Air Flow Is Insufficient . Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Coolant Bypassing The Heater Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Valve Not Opening Or Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

80-30-1 80-30-1 80-30-1 80-30-2 80-30-6 80-30-7

HEATER

80-01

S130 Service Manual

80-02

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-10-3

HEATER SYSTEM Description Figure 80-10-1

1 N-20876

Control Panel: The panel (Item 1) [Figure 80-10-3] has two separate components.

P-67081

Heater Unit: The heater (Item 1) [Figure 80-10-1] is located behind the loader cab. The unit delivers the warm air for heat into the cab. The unit contains the blower and heater coil.

Fan Switch: This is a four position rotary switch (Item 2) [Figure 80-10-3]. When the fan switch is in the off position the heat valve will operate, as it is controlled by the ignition power. Potentiometer: The potentiometer (Item 3) [Figure 8010-3] controls the Heater Valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-10-4] from fully Off to fully On. This can be used for defrost of the windows and temperature control.

Figure 80-10-2

2 1

N-22092

Heater Coil: The heater coil (Item 1) [Figure 80-10-2] supplies the warm air into the cab by passing air through the coil. Heater Blower: The blower (Item 2) [Figure 80-10-2] is used to push air through the heater and into the cab.

80-10-1

S130 Service Manual

HEATER SYSTEM (CONT’D) Description (Cont'd) Figure 80-10-4

P-66921

Heater Valve: The heater valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-10-4] is used to control the amount of engine coolant that flows to the heater coil.

80-10-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-20-3

REGULAR MAINTENANCE Filter Elements Removal And Installation Figure 80-20-1

P-28820

Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-3] from the cover.

P-48012

Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-1] from the fresh air filter cover at the rear of the loader cab. Figure 80-20-2

The fresh air filter must be cleaned sometimes as often as twice a day, depending on the operating environment. The filter can be cleaned by removing and shaking it. A small amount of air pressure can be used to clean the filter. However the fresh air filter should be changed at least 2-4 times per year in normal conditions. In extremely dusty conditions the fresh air filter may need to be changed weekly. Figure 80-20-4

P-28819

Remove the filter cover and filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-202] from the loader.

1 P-48005

Remove the two retaining knobs (Item 1) [Figure 80-204] from the recirculating air filter cover, at the back of the cab. Remove the retaining cover (Item 2) [Figure 80-20-4] from the loader cab.

80-20-1

S130 Service Manual

REGULAR MAINTENANCE (CONT’D)

Cleaning The Heater Coil

Filter Elements Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Figure 80-20-5 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 80-20-7

P-48008

2 P-48006

Remove the recirculating air filter (Item 1) [Figure 80-205] from the rear of the cab. Installation: Make sure the arrows (Inset) [Figure 8020-5] on the filter are facing the front of the loader. Figure 80-20-6

P-67081

Loosen the six mounting screws for the rear cover (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-7]. The screws do not need to be completely removed, they are secured on the back with plastic retaining washers. Remove the cover (Item 2) [Figure 80-20-7]. Figure 80-20-8

P-48007

The recirculating air filter [Figure 80-20-6] is made of a paper filtering media with a rubber seal. A small amount of air can be used to clean the filter. It does not require cleaning as frequently as the fresh air intake filter. Reverse the removal procedure to install the filter element.

P-43852

The heater coil (Item 1) [Figure 80-20-8], can now be cleaned with low pressure water or air. High pressure may damage the fins of the heater.

80-20-2

S130 Service Manual

TROUBLESHOOTING Blower Motor Does Not Operate POSSIBLE CAUSE

INSPECTION

SOLUTION

1. Blown Fuse.

Inspect the fuse/wiring.

Replace fuse/repair wiring.

2. Broken wiring or bad connection.

Check the fan motor ground and connectors.

Repair the wiring or connector.

3. Fan motor malfunction.

Check the lead wires from the motor with a circuit tester.

Replace Motor.

4. Resistor malfunction.

Check resistor using a circuit tester.

Replace Resistor.

5. Fan motor switch malfunction.

Check power into and out of the fan switch.

Replace Fan Switch.

Blower Motor Operators Normally, But Air Flow Is Insufficient POSSIBLE CAUSE

INSPECTION

SOLUTION

1. Air leak.

Check to make sure air hoses are properly hooked to Louvers, and air ducts.

Repair or adjust.

2. Plugged cab filters.

Check cab filter condition.

Clean or replace filters.

80-30-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-30-3

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D) Electrical System NOTE: The key must be put in the ON position when checking for power in circuits. Figure 80-30-1

2 1

P-68444

Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-3] for voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts. If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the harness for broken wires or blown fuse.

P-66829

Remove the access cover (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-1] from the operator cab. Figure 80-30-2

If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the resistance to the blower fan at the blower fan wiring connector (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-3]. If there is no resistance value replace the blower fan. (See Blower Removal And Installation on Page 80-60-1.) If there is a resistance value check the climate controls at the control panel inside the loader cab.

P-68118

Disconnect the blower fan wiring connector (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-2] from the loader wiring harness.

80-30-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-30-6

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D) Electrical System (Cont'd) Figure 80-30-4

P-28918

1 Disconnect the loader wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-6] from the blower switch.

N-20876

Remove the three mount screws (Item 1) [Figure 80-304] from the cab control panel.

Check the loader harness for voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts. If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the harness for broken wires or blown fuse.

Figure 80-30-5

P-28920

Remove the control panel and wiring harness from the cab [Figure 80-30-5].

80-30-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-30-8

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D) Electrical System (Cont'd) Figure 80-30-7

1 C H B M L

P-28920

The potentiometer will affect the operation of the heater. N-22288

If heater valve does not open, or close, check the potentiometer. If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the blower switch [Figure 80-30-7] for resistance. With the switch in the OFF position, there should be zero resistance between all terminals.

At the loader cab, disconnect the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-8] from the potentiometer. Figure 80-30-9

With the switch in the 1 position, there should be resistance between C terminal and the B terminal, between the C terminal and the L terminal and also between the B terminal and the L terminal frame [Figure 80-30-7]. With the switch in the 2 position, there should be resistance between C terminal and the B terminal, between the C terminal and the M terminal and also between the B and the M terminal frame [Figure 80-307]. With the switch in the 3 position, there should be resistance between C terminal and the B terminal, between the C terminal and the H terminal and also between the B terminal and the H terminal frame [Figure 80-30-7]. If any of the above resistance tests fail, replace the blower switch.

P-28919

Check the loader harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-9] for voltage. The voltage should be 12 volts. If there is no voltage at the wiring harness, check the harness for broken wires or blown fuse.

If the above resistance tests are good, check the potentiometer.

80-30-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-30-12

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D) Electrical System (Cont'd) Figure 80-30-10

N-22175

B To check the resistance of the white wire, turn the potentiometer control (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-12] to the full A/C position.

N-22290

If there is voltage at the wiring harness, check the potentiometer [Figure 80-30-10] for resistance.

Figure 80-30-13

The resistance should be 10 K Ohm's between wire terminal A and wire terminal C frame [Figure 80-30-10]. If no resistance is found replace the potentiometer. C

Figure 80-30-11

N-22290

The resistance between the wire terminal A and wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-13] should be approximately 49 K Ohm's.

Check the resistance between the wire terminal C and wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-13] should be approximately 39 K Ohm's.

N-22201

The white wire B, (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-11], on the potentiometer, is a resistor wire.

80-30-5

S130 Service Manual

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D)

Engine Coolant Bypassing The Heater Valve

Electrical System (Cont'd)

Figure 80-30-16

Figure 80-30-14

1 1 N-20876 N-22175

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) To check the resistance of the white wire, turn the potentiometer control (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-14] to the full Heater position.

Turn the fan switch (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-16] to the High Speed position, with the loader ignition switch OFF.

Figure 80-30-15

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 80-30-17

N-22290

Check the resistance between the wire terminal A and wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-15] should be approximately 39 K Ohm's. Check the resistance between the wire terminal C and wire terminal B frame [Figure 80-30-15] should be approximately 49 K Ohm's. If the resistance is not found replace the potentiometer.

P-68119

Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.) Start the loader and run at high idle, for ten minutes. Check the heater hose (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-17] for temperature. If the hose is hot, the heater valve is leaking by, and needs to be replaced.

80-30-6

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-30-19

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT’D) Heater Valve Not Opening Or Closing Figure 80-30-18

2 1

P-68117

N-20876

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Turn the fan switch (Item 1) to position 1. Turn the temperature control (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-18] to the High cold position, with the loader ignition switch OFF.

Place the remote start tool on the left fender of the loader, so the heater valve can be clearly seen. Watch the valve shaft (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-19], as the key of the remote start tool is turned to the ON position without starting the loader. The heater valve should rotate. Place a mark on the heater valve shaft. Turn the key of the remote start tool to the OFF position and remove the remote start tool from fender. Lower operator cab.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the remote start tool to the loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT-MEL1563 on Page 10-601.)

Turn the temperature control (Item 2) [Figure 80-30-18] to the High Heater position, with the loader ignition switch OFF. Raise the operator cab. Place the remote start tool on the left fender of the loader, so the heater valve can be clearly seen. Watch the valve shaft (Item 1) [Figure 80-30-19], as the key of the remote start is turned to the ON position without starting the loader. The heater valve should rotate. If it does not rotate, check the potentiometer for proper function. (See Electrical System on Page 80-30-2.) Replace the heater valve. (See Removal and Installation on Page 80-70-1.)

80-30-7

S130 Service Manual

80-30-8

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-40-3

HEATER UNIT Removal And Installation Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Figure 80-40-1

P-68840

Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-3] at the right side. Figure 80-40-4

P-66829

Remove the access cover (Item 2) [Figure 80-40-1] from the operator cab.

Figure 80-40-2

P-68841

1 Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-4] at the left side.

P-68118

Disconnect the blower fan wiring connector (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-2] from the loader wiring harness.

80-40-1

S130 Service Manual

HEATER UNIT (CONT’D) Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Figure 80-40-5

P-66921

Remove the heater hoses (Item 1) [Figure 80-40-5] from the heater coil. Remove the heater unit from the loader. Reverse the removal procedure to install the heater unit.

80-40-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-50-2

HEATER COIL Removal And Installation

Figure 80-50-1

2 P-69829

Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-2] and remove the mount plate from the end of the unit.

P-66921

Figure 80-50-3 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the heater unit from the cab. (See Removal And Installation on Page 80-40-1.) 1 Remove the heater valve (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-1]. (See Removal and Installation on Page 80-70-1.) Mark the heater hoses (Item 2) [Figure 80-50-1] for proper installation. Remove the two heater hoses from the heater coil.

N-22094

Cap the hoses and the heater coil to prevent coolant loss from the system. Remove the rear cover from the heater unit. (See Cleaning The Heater Coil on Page 80-20-2.)

Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-50-3] from the heater coil. Remove the heater coil from the unit. Reverse the removal procedure to install the heater coil.

80-50-1

S130 Service Manual

80-50-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-60-2

HEATER FAN Blower Removal And Installation Figure 80-60-1

1 1

N-22099

Remove the blower fan wiring harness and grommet (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-2] from the unit.

N-22096

Figure 80-60-3 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 1

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the heater unit from the back of the cab. (See Removal And Installation on Page 80-40-1.) NOTE: The heater fan assembly can be removed from the heater unit without disconnecting the heater plumbing. The unit is removed here for photo clarity. Remove the grommet (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-1] from the side of the evaporator/heater unit.

N-22100

Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-3] from the blower fan housing. Remove the blower fan housing from the heater unit. Reverse the removal procedure to install the heater fan.

80-60-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-60-6

HEATER FAN (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 80-60-4 1 2

2 N-22108

Remove the outside rings (Item 1) and fan wheel covers (Item 2) [Figure 80-60-6] from the fan motor and blower wheels.

N-22102

Remove the eight mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-4] from the blower wheel cover.

Figure 80-60-7

Remove the blower wheel cover from the fan housings. Remove the four mount bolts (Item 2) [Figure 80-60-4] from the fan motor mount. Remove the fan motor mount. Remove the fan motor assembly from the housing. Figure 80-60-5

N-22109

Inspect the end rings and fan wheel covers for wear and replace as needed [Figure 80-60-7].

1 2

N-22107

Check the blower housing (Item 1) and fan motor mount (Item 2) [Figure 80-60-5] for wear and replace as needed.

80-60-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-60-10

HEATER FAN (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 80-60-8

1 N-22111

Remove the inside blower wheel clamp (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-10] from the blower wheel.

N-22110

Figure 80-60-11 Figure 80-60-9

1 2

1 N-22116 N-22112

Remove the outside blower wheel clamp (Item 1) [Figure 80-60-8] & [Figure 80-60-9] from the blower wheel.

NOTE: Before removing blower wheels, mark their orientation to ensure they are assembled back on the correct side and the fins are facing the same direction. Remove the blower wheel (Item 1) and inside ring (Item 2) [Figure 80-60-11] from the blower fan motor shaft. Repeat the procedure for the other blower wheel.

80-60-3

S130 Service Manual

HEATER FAN (CONT’D) Connector Identification Figure 80-60-12

P-68118

The wiring code for the blower fan connector [Figure 8060-12] is: Number on Connector 1 2 3 4

Wire Color Orange Red Yellow Black

Reverse the removal procedure to install the wire connector.

80-60-4

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-70-2

HEATER VALVE Removal and Installation Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the Heater Unit from under the cab and place it across the mainframe supported by blocks (See Removal And Installation on Page 80-40-1.) Remove any tie-straps that hold the heater hoses.

Figure 80-70-1

P-66922

Disconnect the loader wiring harness (Item 1) [Figure 80-70-2] from the heater valve.

P-66921

Remove the mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-70-1] from the heater valve mount. Remove the heater hose clamps (Item 2) & (Item 3) [Figure 80-70-1]. Remove the heater hoses from the heater valve. Cap the heater hoses and the heater valve with plugs to prevent coolant loss from the system.

80-70-1

S130 Service Manual

Figure 80-70-5

HEATER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 80-70-3

1 1

P-66925

Remove the three mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-705] from the heater valve mount plate.

P-66923

Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-70-3] from the heater valve actuator.

Remove the mount plate (Item 2) [Figure 80-70-5] from the heater valve bracket. Figure 80-70-6

Figure 80-70-4

1 1

2 2

P-66926 P-66924

Remove the actuator (Item 1) and the three mounting spacers (Item 2) [Figure 80-70-4] from the heater valve mount plate.

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 80-706] from the heater valve.

80-70-2

S130 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1 Decimal And Millimeter Equivalent Chart. . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1 U.S. To Metric Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-50-1 HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . Flare Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-ring Face Seal Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port Seal Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight Thread O-ring Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tubelines And Hoses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SPEC-30-1 SPEC-30-3 SPEC-30-1 SPEC-30-4 SPEC-30-2 SPEC-30-2

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS . SPEC-40-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-40-1 (S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SPECIFICATIONS

SPEC-10-1 SPEC-10-4 SPEC-10-2 SPEC-10-4 SPEC-10-3 SPEC-10-2 SPEC-10-3 SPEC-10-1 SPEC-10-2 SPEC-10-4

DRIVE SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM & ANALYSIS ENGINE SERVICE

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1 Torque For General Metric Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-2 Torque For General SAE Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-20-1 TIGHTEN ALL HARDWARE PER SIZE TO GRADE 5 TORQUE (SEE STANDARD TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS, SECTION SPEC-01) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND STANDARD ITEMS MAY VARY.

SPEC-01

S130 Service Manual

SPEC-02

S130 Service Manual

(S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS Machine Dimensions •

•

Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and 54 inch dirt bucket and may vary with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in inches. Respective metric dimensions are given in millimeters enclosed by parentheses. Where applicable, specification conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.

55 in. (1398 mm)

96°

65.6 in. (1666 mm)

139.5 in. (3543 mm) 40°

109.5 in. (2781 mm)

19.2 in. (488 mm)

84.9 in. (2157 mm)

77.3 in. (1964 mm)

23°

7.4 in. (188 mm)

25° 35.5 in. (900 mm) 42.9 in. (1089 mm) 53.4 in. (1355 mm)

120.1 in. (3051 mm)

B-24432 B-24433B

Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and can cause failure of the loader parts.

SPEC-10-1

S130 Service Manual

(S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Performance Rated Operating Capacity (ISO)

1300 lb. (590 kg)

Tipping Load (ISO)

2634 lb. (1195 kg)

Operating Weight

5235 lb. (2375 kg)

SAE Breakout Force - Lift - Tilt

2800 lb. (1270 kg) 3000 lb. (1361 kg)

Push Force

3400 lb. (1542 kg)

Travel Speed

7.3 mph (11,8 km/hr.)

Controls Vehicle Steering Loader Hydraulics - Lift and Tilt - Front Auxiliary - Rear Auxiliary (Option) Engine

Direction and speed controlled by two hand levers or optional joysticks. Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS) or Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or optional Right Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or optional Right Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) Hand lever speed control, key type start switch or optional keyless start, and function error shutdown.

Starting Aid

Glow Plugs - Automatically activated by Key Switch or Keyless instrumentation.

Service Brake

Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering levers.

Secondary Brake Parking Brake

One of the hydrostatic transmissions. Mechanical disc, hand operated rocker switch on front instrument panel

Engine Make/Model

Kubota V2203-M-DI

Fuel/Cooling

Diesel / Liquid

Horsepower (SAE Net) Torque (SAE Net)

46 HP (34,3 kW) @ 2800 RPM 103.5 ft.-lb. (140,4 N•m) @ 1700 RPM

Number of Cylinders

Four

Displacement

134 cu. in. (2,2 L)

Bore/Stroke

3.425 in. / 3.638 in. (87 mm / 92,4 mm)

Lubrication

Gear Pump Pressure system with Filter

Crankcase Ventilation Air Cleaner

Closed Breathing Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element

Ignition

Diesel Compression

Low Idle

1075 - 1225 RPM

High Idle

2860 - 3000 RPM

SPEC-10-2

S130 Service Manual

(S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Hydraulic System Pump Pump Capacity System Relief at Quick Couplers Filters Hydraulic Cylinders Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (1) Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (1) Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (1) Control Valve

Engine driven gear type 16.9 GPM (64 L/min.) @ 3135 Pump RPM @ 91% efficiency 2650 - 2750 PSI (182,7 - 189,6 bar) Full flow replaceable, 3 micron synthetic media element. Double acting; Tilt cylinder has cushioning feature on dump & rollback 2.00 in. (50,8 mm) 3.50 in. (88,9 mm) 1.25 in. (31,8 mm) 1.50 in. (38,1 mm) 26.57 in. (674,9 mm) 14.50 in. (368,3 mm) 3 spool, open center type with float detent on lift and electrically controlled auxiliary spool.

Fluid Lines

SAE standard tubelines, hoses and fittings.

Fluid Type

BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic 6903117 - (2.5 Gal.) 6903118 - (5 Gal.) 6903119 - (55 Gal.)

Hydraulic Function Time: Raise Lift Arms Lower Lift Arms Bucket Dump Bucket Rollback

2.7 Seconds 1.8 Seconds 2.2 Seconds 1.9 Seconds

Electrical Alternator

Belt driven, 90 amps ventilated

Battery

12 volts, 600 cold cranking amps @ 0° F (-18° C); 115 minute reserve capacity at 25 amps

Starter

12 volts; Gear Reduction Type; 4.02 HP (3 kW)

Instrumentation

Standard Instrumentation: Gauges: Hourmeter, Fuel, Engine Temperature. Warning Lights: Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Oil Pressure, Hydraulic Oil Temperature & Charge Pressure, Hydraulic Filter, Engine Air Filter, Seat Belt, Fuel Level, General Warning, System Voltage. Indicators: Attachment Control Device (ACD), Advanced Control System (ACS), BICS Functions, Engine Preheat, Headlights, Bucket Positioning, Attachment Auxiliary Hydraulics modes. Optional Instrumentation: Same gauges and warning lights as standard Instrumentation. - Additional bar-type gauges for: Engine Oil Pressure, System Voltage, Hydrostatic Charge Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Temperature. - Additional Features Include: Keyless Start with password capability, Digital Clock, Attachment Information, Digital Tachometer, High-Flow & Two-Speed Lockouts, Multi-Language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability & Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.

SPEC-10-3

S130 Service Manual

(S130) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Drive System Main Drive Transmission Final Drive

Hydrostatic 4 wheel drive Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving 2 fully reversing hydrostatic motors. #80 HS endless roller chain & sprockets in sealed chaincase with oil lubrication.

Total Engine to Wheel Reduction

33:1

Axle Size

2.00 (50,3)

Wheel Bolts

(8) 9/16 in.

Capacities Cooling System Without Heater With Heater

12 qt. (11,4 L) 12.6 qt. (11,9 L)

Fuel

13.3 Gal. (50,4 L)

Engine Oil With Filter

9.2 qt. (8,7 L)

Hydraulic Reservoir

14 qt.(13,3 L)

Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System (Including Reservoir)

6 Gal. (22,7 L)

Chaincase Reservoir

7.5 Gal. (28,4 L)

Tires Standard Duty Heavy Duty Severe Duty Flotation Solid Recommended Pressure

10.00-16.5, 8 ply rating 10.00-16.5, 10 ply rating 10.00-16.5, 10 ply rating 31.5x13-16.5 10.00-16.5 Poly Foam Filled, 10 ply rating Inflate tires to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the side wall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same loader.

SPEC-10-4

S130 Service Manual

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS Torque For General SAE Bolts The following table shows standard torque specifications for bolts with zinc phosphate coating. Bolts purchased from Bobcat that have zinc phosphate coating are specified by the letter H following the part number.

in.-lb. (N•m)

Thread size 0.250 0.3125

ft.-lb. (N•m)

0.375 0.4375 0.500 0.5625 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.125 1.250 1.375 1.500 1.625 1.750 1.875 2.000

sae grade 5

sae grade 8

80 - 90 (9,0 - 10,2) 180 - 200 (20,3 - 22,6) 25 - 28 (34 - 38) 40 - 45 (54 - 61) 65 - 70 (88 - 95) 90 - 100 (122 - 136) 125 - 140 (170 - 190) 220 - 245 (300 - 330) 330 - 360 (450 - 490) 475 - 525 (645 - 710) 650 - 720 (880 - 975) 900 - 1000 (1200 - 1360) 1200 - 1350 (1630 - 1830) 1500 - 1650 (2040 - 2240) 2000 - 2800 (2720 - 2980) 2500 - 2750 (3390 - 3730) 3150 - 3500 (4270 -4750) 3800 - 4200 (5150 - 5700)

110 - 120 (12,4 - 13,6) 215 - 240 (24,2 - 27) 35 - 40 (47 - 54) 60 - 65 (81 - 88) 90 - 100 (122 - 136) 125 - 140 (170 - 190) 175 - 190 (240 - 260) 300 - 330 (410 - 450) 475 - 525 (645 - 710) 725 - 800 (985 - 1085) 1050 - 1175 (1425 - 1600) 1475 - 1625 (2000 - 2200) 2000 - 2200 (2720 - 2980) 2600 - 2850 (3530 - 3870) 3450 - 3800 (4680 - 5150) 4300 - 4800 (5830 - 6500) 5500 - 6100 (7450 - 8300) 6500 - 7200 (8800 - 9800)

SPEC-20-1

S130 Service Manual

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BOLTS (CONT'D) Torque For General Metric Bolts THREAD SIZE (DIA. X PITCH)

MATERIAL HEAD MARK 4

M 5 x 0.8 M 6 x 1.0 M 8 x 1.25 M 10 x 1.25 M 12 x 1.25 M 14 x 1.25

6 - 9 ft.-lb. (8 - 12 N•m) 13 - 18 ft.-lb. (18 - 24 N•m) 22 - 30 ft.-lb. (30 - 41 N•m) 36 - 50 ft.-lb. (49 - 68 N•m)

HEAD MARK 7

HEAD MARK 10

3 - 4 ft.-lb. (4 - 5 N•m) 6 - 7 ft.-lb. (8 - 9 N•m) 11 - 16 ft.-lb. (15 - 22 N•m) 22 - 30 ft.-lb. (30 - 41 N•m) 40 - 54 ft.-lb. (54 - 73 N•m) 58 - 80 ft.-lb. (79 - 108 N•m)

6 - 9 ft.-lb. (8 - 12 N•m) 18 - 25 ft.-lb. (24 - 34 N•m) 36 - 50 ft.-lb. (49 - 68 N•m) 69 - 87 ft.-lb. (94 - 118 N•m) 116 - 137 ft.-lb. (157 - 186 N•m)

SPEC-20-2

S130 Service Manual

Figure SPEC-30-2

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS

O-ring Face Seal Tightening Torque

O-ring Face Seal Connection

Figure SPEC-40-1

Tubeline Outside Diameter

x x Thread Size

TORQUE ft.-lb. (N•m)

1/4”

9/16” - 18

13 (18)

3/8”

11/16” - 16

22 (30)

1/2”

13/16” - 16

40 (54)

5/8”

1” - 14

60 (81)

3/4”

1-3/16” - 12

84 (114)

7/8”

1-3/16” - 12

98 (133)

1”

1-7/16” - 12

118 (160)

1-1/4”

1-11/16” - 12

154 (209)

1-1/2”

2” - 12

163 (221)

B-7575

When the fitting is tightened, you can feel when the fitting is tight to eliminate leakage caused by under or over torqued fittings. Use vaseline petroleum jelly to hold the O-ring in position until the fittings are assembled [Figure SPEC-40-1].

SPEC-30-1

S130 Service Manual

Tubelines And Hoses

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Replace any tubelines that are bent or flattened. They will restrict flow, which will slow hydraulic action and cause heat.

Straight Thread O-ring Fitting Figure SPEC-30-3

Replace hoses which show signs of wear, damage or weather cracked rubber.

Nut Washer

Always use two wrenches when loosening and tightening hose or tubeline fittings.

Nut

Washer

O-ring O-ring

A-1852

Lubricate the O-ring before installing the fitting. Loosen the jam nut and install the fitting. Tighten the jam nut until the washer is tight against the surface [Figure SPEC-303].

SPEC-30-2

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Flare Fitting Figure SPEC-30-4

TS-1619A

Use the following procedure to tighten the flare fitting: Tighten the nut until it makes contact with the seat. Make a mark across the flats of both the male and female parts of the connection (Item 1) [Figure SPEC-30-4] Use the chart [Figure SPEC-30-5] to find the correct tightness needed. If the fitting leaks after tightening, disconnect it and inspect the seat area for damage. Figure SPEC-30-5 Flare Fitting Tightening Torque Tubeline Outside Diameter

x x Thread Size

TORQUE ft.-lb. (N•m)

1/4”

7/16” - 20

13 (18)

5/16”

1/2” - 20

17 (23)

3/8”

9/16” - 18

22 (30)

1/2”

3/4” - 16

40 (54)

5/8”

7/8” - 14

60 (81)

3/4”

1-1/16” - 12

84 (114)

7/8”

1-3/16” - 12

98 (133)

1”

1-5/16” - 12

118 (160)

1-1/4”

1-5/8” - 12

154 (209)

1-1/2”

1-7/8” - 12

163 (221)

2”

2-1/2” - 12

252 (342)

SPEC-30-3

S130 Service Manual

Figure SPEC-30-7

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Port Seal and O-ring Boss Tightening Torque

Port Seal Fitting Figure SPEC-30-6

Nut Seals To Fitting

Nut Seals To Port

x x Thread Size

TORQUE ft.-lb. (N•m)

7/16” - 20

13 18)

9/16” - 18

22 (30)

3/4” -1 6

40 (54)

7/8” - 14

60 (81)

1-1/16” - 12

84 (114)

1-3/16” - 12

98 (133)

1-5/16” - 12

118 (160)

1-7/16” - 12

154 (209)

1-5/8” - 12

163 (221)

Use the following procedure to tighten the port seal fitting: Secondary O-ring Seal

P-13008

Port seal and nut, washer and O-ring (O-ring Boss) fittings use the same tightening torque valve chart.

The nut is the primary seal, the O-ring is the secondary seal and helps absorb vibration and pressure pulses at the connection [Figure SPEC-30-6]. The hex portion of the nut does not contact the surface of the component when the nut is tight.

SPEC-30-4

S130 Service Manual

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS Specifications

WARNING

Use Bobcat hydraulic/hydrostatic transmission fluid (P/N 6903117 - 2, 2 1/2 Gal.), (P/N 6903118 - 5 Gal.), (P/N 6903119 - 55 Gal.).

During cold weather (32°F [0°C] and below), do not operate machine until the engine has run for at least five minutes at less than half throttle. This warm-up period is necessary for foot pedal operation and safe stopping. Do not operate controls during warm-up period. When temperatures are below -20°F (-30°C), the hydrostatic oil must be heated or kept warm. The hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low temperatures. Park the machine in an area where the temperature will be above 0°F (-18°C) if possible. W-2027-1285

DO NOT use automatic transmission fluids in the loader or permanent damage to the transmission will result.

When temperatures below zero degree F (-18° C) are common, the loader must be kept in a warm building. Extra warm-up time must be used each time the loader is started during cold temperature conditions. Cold fluid will not flow easily and it makes action of the hydraulic function slower. Loss of fluid flow to the hydrostatic transmission pump (indicated by TRANS light ON) can cause transmission damage in less than 60 seconds.

SPEC-40-1

S130 Service Manual

SPEC-40-2

S130 Service Manual

CONVERSIONS Decimal And Millimeter Equivalent Chart

U.S. To Metric Conversion Chart

SPEC-50-1

S130 Service Manual

SPEC-50-2

S130 Service Manual

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 1 23 March 2006 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (11-05)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER

40-10

FOREWORD

40-20

10-20

50-40

10-30

50-41

10-70

50-50

10-90

50-80

10-100

50-100

10-120 10-140

60-10

10-160

60-30

10-200

60-50 60-70

20-01

60-140

20-20 20-40

70-10

20-41

70-50

20-60

70-70

20-80

70-90

30-10

80-30

30-30

80-50

30-40 SPEC-40

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 2 7 September 2006 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (9-06)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER

60-01

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 60-72

20-01

60-80

20-30

60-100

20-41

60-141

20-60

60-160

20-70 30-01 30-30 30-40 30-50 30-51 30-60 50-01 50-41 50-101 50-112

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 3 4 October 2006 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (10-06)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER ALPHABETICAL INDEX 50-01 50-101 50-112 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 70-01 70-21

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 4 4 May 2007 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (5-07)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOREWORD SECTION 10 20-130 SECTION 30 60-01 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 60-10 60-20 60-30 60-40 60-50 60-80 60-90 60-100 60-180 60-190 60-200 60-210 SPEC-10

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 5 27 July 2007 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (7-07)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER ALPHABETICAL INDEX 10-01 10-60 10-61 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 60-01 60-150

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 6 7 September 2007 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (9-07)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER 10-70

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 7 16 November 2007 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (11-07)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOREWORD SECTION 10 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS 20-41 20-110 30-20 50-100 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 60-150 70-01 70-10 70-50 SPEC-10

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 8 5 December 2007 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (12-07)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER 20-60 20-70 30-10 40-30 60-01 60-160 60-161 ADDED

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 9 10 January 2008 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (1-08)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS 20-120 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 70-01 70-50

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 10 6 May 2008 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (5-08)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATICS 60-01 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 60-80

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 11 3 March 2009 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (3-09)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER FOREWORD 10-01 20-01 30-01 30-51 40-01 50-01 60-01 70-01 80-01 SPEC-01

Printed in U.S.A.

ROUTE TO ATTENTION

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION NOTICE Revision No: Date: Product: Model: Manual No:

PARTS MANAGER SERVICE MANAGER SALES MANAGER

Insert This Sheet With The Below Listed Manual For Future Reference.

S130 - 12 1 July 2009 Bobcat Loader S130 6904121 (7-09)

The following Sections are a revision to the above Service Manual. COVER MAINTENANCE SAFETY 70-70

Printed in U.S.A.